The Concept Of Tomorrow
by Brendan Lee Sprague

Chapter One: DNA Activation, and Spiritual Awakening

"We all evolve at some point."

Spirituality is a journey with no end in sight, such that we shall find answers that only lead to more questions, and yet, somehow, we have arrived at a pivotal point in human history, and we have incarnated at this -- the midnight hour -- to see the world changed by Light.

"We are all born from the same Source" -- no matter what title, name, or deducement: -- there is only One Spirit moving through everything.

We all have a name, an identity, a personality, an ego, and various uniqueties that set us apart from mankind, but in essence, as we are all born from the same Source, and the living Source Field invariably binds us, infinitely draws us together. Such that we are all in event -- toward a return -- to the Source from which we came -- perceiving the beginning of time as the "big bang" -- approximately 13.75 billion years ago -- and the "end of time" -- the times in which we are now living, as the perceived return to the Source.

All life and evolution is in event and order toward the eventual return to unity, one-consciousness of which many souls operate as One, bound by the primordial spark, the radiating fount of Light that is known as the Source. Thus we perceive a start, and an end, but what lies between is the imagination -- where learning takes place. Here, we are discovering the power of our thoughts, the concept of epiginetics, and the self-controlled environment. We are learning how to evolve.

Now we are finding the next step in human evolution lies within the subconscious mind.

Bruce Lipton in "The Biology of Belief" writes that we can alter our RNA proteins resulting in a shift in our genetic structure, in a process known as "epiginetics", of which the expressed control over the environment results in a change in our RNA proteins, causing a shift in our genetic structure. This belief suggests that thought and environment are entangled, and by thus altering the environment, we alter our thoughts.

Philip K. Dick, the afamed sci-fi writer, describes enlightenment, referred to as "phylogenic memory packets" that contain complex DNA information -- to which these packets are disinhibited -- induced to “fire” -- and fire off, in due time, depending either on synchronized inner biological clocks or on pure chance stimuli. Such that one road is found in the catalyzation by the intake of certain information, that in a linear flux from one source to the next, we find ourselves within the recess of the "dream of awakening." The dream of awakening contains direct symbols that wake up our subconscious mind, and invite us to believe that the Light has entered the filaments of our DNA helix. In this spontaneous occurrence, we are awakened to feel that a change has occurred within us. We feel "different" -- renewed, vitalized, and wholly enamored with a certain spark of mysticality. We have entered the initial stages of Lightbody, and here all aging, dis-ease, and illness ceases in the process to which we are renewed, bodily, by the presence of Light/Information within our DNA.

In this, we are becoming our perfect avatar self, and live the highest conceivable life, in full control over our environment, and all inhibitors (people, places, and events) that step into our lives. We have succeeded in shifting our RNA proteins through the control of the environment, in what is known as the living environment -- always in flux between thought and environs, finding that through the achivement of our Lightbody -- information arrives instantaneously, and we find the revelatory state easily achieved -- that through our meditations, we endeavor to communicate with the subconscious mind, and there is where all the Light resides.

The subconscious mind is the right-brain hemisphere of the human brain which operates on feeling and emotion.

It is the "imaginative" half of our brains, to which William Blake would refer to the imagination as the "body of God" and Einstein himself has said "the imagination is more important than knowledge."

As we have found ourselves in the New Age with the close of the Mayan calendar, and many strange events occurring in the lives of many a Lightworker, from events to the extrasensory, to the profound experience of UFO sighting, abduction dreams, and visitations -- we perceive that the humans have reached a pivotal point in their cosmic growth, and there is a "plan" hard-wired into our collective DNA.

As the phylogenic memory packets release complex DNA information into our minds through the event of the "dream of awakening" -- the Light, which is theoretically being projected from the brightest star in our night-sky -- the North Star -- located in the constellation of Canus Major, known as Sirius, to which New Age belief suggests that "Light" is being projected from the Vortex of Sirius, coursing through space like a river of iridescence, to end up within the filaments of our DNA. Enlightenment as found through the symbolic encodements found within the dream of awakening as projected by the Vortex of Sirius, endows us with a new body, the body of Light -- and here, we are finding ourselves ceasing to age, and immortal in due result. The Vortex of Sirius has been open for quite some time, and has been infecting us with revelations, and mystical dreams. Sirius has been projecting high-frequency waves into the filaments of our DNA for years now, as the vortex has opened, and this is all in accordance with the plan, although not sure of its entire details, we know that it makes sense, and however patternless the array, we know things will "add up" in the final analysis.

Originally, the human race was a divine race of creatures endowed with twelve-strand DNA.

Scientists refer to the unused strands as "junk DNA" -- but this is in truth the ninety percent of our brains we haven't been using. I of course lack the scientific evidence to back up this claim -- it is simply understood that the DNA helix is like a dimmer switch, and we can raise this at will . . .

As Light projected from Sirius inhibits us with the dream of awakening, and we are endowed with "living information" -- as the deducement will resound: "Light is information, information is the matter which composes the universe, information is alive, and this living information will travel and be expressed as a natural result of the life-force possessed.” We are learning at a faster rate, certain divine thought-text seem to occur instantaneously within our psyches, and we feel wholly enamored through the matrix of cognition, the ability to think at all. In activating our DNA through epiginetics, we start to tap into that previously unused portion of our brains, with a growth in the pineal -- the pineal which is referred to as the spiritual part of our brains, where the soul-energy both comes and goes, as transceiver, becomes fully employed. Once the Light has entered ones body, it absolutely never goes away; this is a permanent change in the DNA structure. The only possible future is divination, and nirvana.

In the book "Welcome To Planet Earth" by Hannah Beaconsfield, it is described that a certain symbol is tied into the energy of Sirius.

"There are two mythic images carried in your global subconscious that in some aspects have held the promise of this return: the snake and the bird. Many of the Sirius-related images combine these into one image. The caduceus. The symbol carried by the medical community, is one such image, of course, this is not a coincidence but a true reflection of Sirius' support for the healing of human misery. These mythic images are the dream symbols that rose from the human subconscious to remind you of your Sirius connections. Even more important, they hold the promise of a return to an integrated state and the healing of humankind through balance."

My dream of awakening occurred in an instantaneous event given to me through the media of the specifically symbolic dream-sequence. The dream involved the symbol of the Caduceus, to which I took flight, and felt as though I was the Caduceus. At first, in the dream, I was hearing a voice asking me if I were “ready” to which I replied that I was. Then I heard a million different thoughts roaring in static drone through my entire right-brain hemisphere, I took flight, and found myself hovering in the kitchen mirror, to which I soon awoke. I believe that my subconscious mind recalled skimming across the table of contents of the book, and was inhibited with the symbol of the caduceus. As a result of being primed, the caduceus -- I would become the caduceus, in my dream of awakening, to which my entrance into the world of spirit is directly symbolic, and seems directly linked to the chapter in the book, which seems to have a life of its own. This, it would seem, as pure evidence of enlightenment to be found in such a direct symbol for spiritual awakening as the symbol for balance, the caduceus. It would seem that through my own course of evolution, I have been given the symbol -- only to read about in the book later on, and find that I was awakened by the dream.

The dream occurred immediately after I lied flat down on my stomach, leaving no room for rest or the usual alpha-state processes, I was catapulted into the dreamstate instantaneously after lying down. Thus, I perceive through the endurance of the Light through my crown chakra/pineal gland, the phylogenic memory packets would release complex DNA information, as a result of the subconscious activated by the Light/Information, inviting me into the world of spirit -- a world I would never leave or depart from -- I was twenty-three years old, and I was enlightened with the symbol of the caduceus.

And I would look at it now and then, the interesting covery, the interesting title. "Many Lives, Many Masters" -- a book I would calmly look at prior to reading, and honestly tell myself "this is the book that will change my life."

I would read each chapter, and feel the conclusion of each one nearing toward the end, and wholly enamored with the words contained. Brian L. Weiss wrote an amazing book about past-life regression, and it is greatly suggestive that we have all lived before. The subject, Catherine, repeatedly goes back in time, to perceive all of the lives that she has lived, and the book contains messages from spirit-guides while Catherine is in the in-between state, the bardo otherwise known as purgatory. Here, we find the words of the poet-master, echoing:

"Patience and timing . . . everything comes when it must come. A life cannot be rushed, cannot be worked on a schedule as so many people want it to be. We must accept what comes to us at a given time, and not ask for more. But life is endless, so we never die; we were never really born. We just pass through different phases. There is no end. Humans have many dimensions. But time is not as we see time, but rather lessons that are learned. Everything will be clear to you in time."

In time, through whatever processes involved, enlightenment is the end-result of all self-aware growth.

In my case, the concept of past-life regression was the catalyst for my spiritual growth, and it all began with the book. Further, I was influenced by The Biology of Belief" by Bruce Lipton, which I read only enough of, to 'believe' -- the book about belief, suggesting the concept of epiginetics, and RNA protein shift through expressed control of the environs. It made enough sense to me. I read enough of the book to believe in epiginetics, and I have come to find that Bruce Lipton is a genius. He was entirely correct in his revelation about the biology of belief, and he is a pioneer in the world of New Thought. I must also attribute much of my growth to Harry W. Carpenter who wrote "The Genie Within: Your Subconscious Mind, How It Works, and How To Use It." This book concluded with a chapter on God, referred to as the Universal Mind. This, the Universal Mind, I would discover is a living, thinking mass of many minds which seemingly operate together. A dog will walk from state to state all the way to where his owners have re-located, as bound by the natural subconscious force which was left as a residue in their tracks. A person will instantaneously know when a loved one is in trouble, etc. We are bound by the Universal Mind, the mass aggregate of all subconscious thoughts otherwise referred to by Jung as the "collective unconscious". Names, titles, and deducements -- essentially just different names for the same thing.

So we become enlightened, it would seem, through the linear intake of certain information. One text, one guide, leads to the next, in a linear slope of growth which for some may run as such: "body -> instinct -> subconscious mind -> past-lives -> god -> enlightenment." This was the slope of learning that I found, which started with an understanding of tension referred to as TMS by John E. Sarno in "Lower Back Pain: The Mind-Body Connection." Which led up to the next book about instinct, and selection reduction "Blink" by Malcolm Gladwell. I would read this, and enter into the world of the subconscious mind. An interest that became fully manifest upon the endurance of The Genie Within, with the chapter concluding about God, and thus catalyzing my belief in Spirit. In Many Lives, Many Masters, I would discover the true nature of reality, and incarnation, and the belief in the existence of the masters -- that life is like a school of which karma bases and determines our growth through the continuum. As I learned from one source, it only led up to the next, and the information was gathered, collected, and inhibited upon my mind in the most fluid, natural, linear, and effortless way of which I would devote much time every day toward concentrated, meditative reading. I was searching for the answers, and through the dream of awakening to which I "became the caduceus" I am wholly enamored with the thought that I am undergoing the ascension process, to this day.

"At last, the answer came . . ."

I was awakened by the Light, and I now possess a genetic mutation that is known as the De Novo mutation.

At a research study performed at McClean hospital in 2009, it was discovered that I possess a permanent genetic mutation that is known as the De Novo mutation. Derived from the Latin meaning "fresh, to start anew" De Novo is a "new mutation" which scientists are still trying to understand, and has often been linked with schizophrenia. But so it goes, most religious zealots are schizophrenic, and many spiritualists are decreed as such as well. We are often reduced to a label in order to make sense in the minds of the logical, but where is the logical deducement for the answer to the question I would ask the doctor himself, as I had experienced drug-induced telepathy earlier in 2009 with a group of friends at an LSD party, telling me "yes, telepathy has been known to occur more with people who have the De Novo mutation."

Direct non-local thought-transferrence, otherwise known as telepathy, is the sharing of sentience unto a mass mind, the mind at large, to which all subjects seem to "think together" and thoughts travel through words without the use of the vocal registers. I will go into greater detail about this later on in the text, as it bears some pertinence to the greater scheme of things, and how information is alive, to which it travels by the volition of its own life-force thus possessed. In this life, I have come to find that mysticality has always followed me, and the many coincidental avenues I have found myself walking, only lead me to believe that I have a purpose in the world, has invariably led up to my self-evolution. My family may not support the belief that I am endowed with Light in my DNA, resulting in such things as telepathy, but the evidence is mounting that a number in the millions are in Lightbody at this time -- such that I am one within the matrix of all, a singular facet of the primordial spark to which this all began. I am no better than the reader of this text, and for the idealism I possess, and the hope for mankind, I perceive that absolutely anyone can become enlightened, and activate their DNA.

Chapter Two: Diagnosis: Enlightenment

Arise, shine, O children of Light!
For my Light is come upon thee,
And thou shalr make the Glory of the Law
To rise upon the new earth!

As an individual evolves, it is perceived in the eyes of some as a form of illness. Whereas the Light once cast into the DNA is a process that once begun, never ends until full divination has occurred -- we see that as certain people who used to control us, lose their grip, they will run to their diagnoses in order to validate the change in the individual. Often it will seem we require certain outlets, such as a spiritual mentor, within which it is safe to talk about evolution, DNA activation, and spirituality, because the person is open minded, doesn't judge, but perceives our purpose, and our goal of divination.

Here, we find the listener open minded, and perceiving we are on the right path. They believe in us -- that we have a soul, and the soul will be expressed freely without the expectation of judgment. If one has a spiritual family member, this may be pivotal in our growth. We may find some outlets, and in our ascension process start building planetary advocacy groups, and forming a spiritual network. We will learn, verily, that others in Lightbody exist, further, others with permanent genetic mutations exist, and we are not the sole-experiencers of the extrasensory.

Perceived as "ontological terrorists" for the powers that we possess, namely telepathy (direct non-local thought-transferrence) -- it is thus seen that certain people will work very hard to reduce the Lightworker to their own label, and diagnosis. As my mutation is both tied into telepathy, and schizophrenia, it would seem the choice is mine -- to perceive myself as ill, or enlightened. There are two roads before me, and the obvious choice is ascension and the divination of my existence. Such that we endeavor to "live our Light" -- express our beliefs with kind, open-minded sources, allowing us to learn from other peoples unique hue regarding the One Spirit, and how we essentially believe in the same things.

We can never truly learn unless we are willing to be changed by our fellow man -- and "it only takes two seconds to believe in someone." There are many different styles, classes, and archetypes of the human race -- and however born from the same Source, it shall seem our oscillations into indifference only make the journey back to the Source all the more worthwhile.

As we may share details of our enlightenment with the wrong people, finding the diagnosis, and the label used to reduce us to something logical within their minds; we see they do not believe in the concept of enlightenment, nor are they comfortable with the concept of DNA activation. So it goes, in the spiritual life, we are to surround ourselves with high vibrations which resonate with us at the highest frequency -- and we inhibit ourselves with certain information, from divine works of art, to the many enlightening texts that exist. We endeavor to surround ourselves with "beauty and information".

We shall find that there are safe places to put our thoughts, and we will not always be judged for our evolvement. There are sources that exist, within ones own location -- often in close proximity without realizing it. Interpolating our thoughts into anothers mind, for the experience of a reaction that will affect us in due process, we are always learning from one another, and as it shall come to pass, that as we evolve, and come to learn certain things, our greatest sources for knowledge will be our fellow man.

"This path is not walked in vain."

It is to be expressed that as our vibration rises, and certain people who used to control us lose their grip, we are entering into the life of the perfect avatar self -- our actualized, most divine existence. Here, within the enlightened thoughts that we possess, we are enamored, feel "the presence" and can tell that we are producing worthwhile memories, in the life of the self-divined soul. As we are now in the New Age, at a pivotal point in human history, we are coming to see that many are enlightened to that new strand in DNA, and the controlling forces, our male-oriented society, which has reigned supreme for so long, is in for a paradigm shift. Eventually, we find a civilization of intuitive right-brain thinkers who operate as based upon the Light that lies within, which is a logical eventuality. People will not fear the expression of their beliefs, but be open in their quest toward the highest Light, and we will serve the "inner Light" -- the master that lies within, as independents, as self-created individuals.

Through our own choice to see ourselves divined by the Light, in the New Age, we have incarnated at this hour to see ourselves enlightened by the concept of the life of value and purpose. There is always choice over what occurs in our life -- such that through the endurance of our Free Will, we will activate ourselves, writhing through proactive animation -- to rise in vibration through the power we possess -- and see to it that the environment is totally controlled, from crystal grid, to sacred objects.

In the sacred space, where we designate as our place for learning and self-renewal, it will be found that certain books, films, and works of art, further catalyze our growth, and further enamor us with a sense of confidence, and hope. We endeavor to "stay enamored" in a world of beauty and information -- always willing to flip to a random page in a book, and purposefully inhibiting ourselves with the Light of other souls. As we may find power in certain labels such as writer, or artist, or simply Lightworker, or evolutionist -- many titles and labels exist, but there is only One Spirit moving through us all -- and this is especially realized in light of the experience of telepathy.

As seen through the ontological expressions of our power through such means as telepathy, or telekinesis, we are regarded with fear, and held in the minds of the consensus reality, as too much to comprehend. We find that however unique we may be, it was through solitude that we arrived at the same genius thoughts realized by so many geniuses before us -- and we humbly realize that we are all the same.

Yet through tones of uniqueness and indifference, the purposeful individuating process, setting ourselves apart from the rest of mankind, this oscillation into indifference only makes the journey back to the Source all the more worthwhile. Through uniqueness, we are brought closer to God, that through the profound use of our imaginations to provide a world of uniqueness, and our own special tint of Light in reference to All That Is, we are to see that through creativity, and self-expression as artists, writers, Lightworkers, evolutionists, and we grow as a result of our own ability to teach ourselves. Become our own masters, educating ourselves through the concept of a higher self, a soul, a spirit, a "guide" -- we perceive, some of us, that there is an archetypal energy associated with our evolution, and we can tap into the higher self -- communicate with our soul directly, and find the future is realized, and equalized into -- through the endurance of our own prescient machinations -- that we are in the future tense, set goals, and always feed the crockpot of our subconscious minds with divine texts, art, and information -- ever-enamored with the radiance of the unconditional Light.

The living environment, of which thought and environment are entangled, we see that through the inhibition of certain things, ranging from the comforting words of a close friend, to the information found in channeled text -- that we are always on a quest toward the fullest divination, and we hope to activate ourselves, our natural inborn process of evolution, through the inhibition of the concept of the living environment. It shall be seen that through the Light which radiates through every cell of our body, reality is directly manifested, and divine knowledge just seems to come to us, instantaneously.

Many who are in Lightbody experience the geometric shapes and patterns that lie at the root of all human existence. As the subconscious mind is most powerfully expressed through symbols, it may come to pass that a symbol such as the caduceus, our own sigil, will come manifest through the many processes involved. We will find a specific symbol to relate to our evolution.

As some will not be pleased to perceive your entrance into the world of the divine, but see a path that accrues to grandiosity, and narcissism, they deduce that you are not enlightened, but under the influence of a fabrication invented by the mind. They believe, in their own logical deducements, that the "dream of awakening" was merely a product of the imagination, validating his or her own reality through the "belief" in enlightenment. Through the invention of ones own perceived entrance into the world of the divine, and the grip certain people will lose on us -- watch as they run to their diagnoses. As the consensus, and the church doesn't want to see people praying to the master that lies within, but desire they rely on their own preset systems of thought -- it is to be seen how threatening the concept of a Lightworker/evolutionist is to some people, and how evolution in itself seems to stand in the way of most organized thought. As we are bound through a certain independence, of which we only serve ourselves, as writhing through the proactive animation of our indelible Free Will, it shall come to pass that our evolution is no fabrication, and many of us including myself have experiences in the extrasensory to validate the apparency of our genetic change.

Events of the extrasensory, ranging from telepathy to telekinesis, we see that it is to be found that through the interpolation into other peoples thoughts -- as endowed with the living information, the Light, our genetic mutation allows us to broadcast our thoughts into the mass psyche through what is known as direct non-local thought-transferrence. Here, thought is shared unto a singular sentience, and all subjects "think together." In this event, of which matter is obviously entangled, and thoughts travel by the natural life-force thus possessed through the concept of living information, as information is alive, it travels invariably. This only blooms into further events such as teleportation which I will describe later on.

Telepathy, as a result of the life force of the living information that binds us, will come to be seen as something we all used to do -- that the thought "remember, remember, remember" was repeated in the mass psyche preceding my first event of shared thought, suggesting that telepathy is an archaic ability that all humans used to possess.

As I have experienced direct non-local thought transferrence about a dozen times, with three outstanding examples that stand out from the rest of the experiences, I have come to believe that as a result of my genetic mutation, that once unused ninety percent of my brain is now being activated. In the highest levels of Lightbody, to which it is theorized that there are a total of twelve levels to Lightbody -- we all find these powers, I believe, and I theorize that telepathy is going to become the future in communication. Here, as we are to be seen as pure, idealistic, and hopeful, safety resides in the concept of shared thought knowing our inclinations are geared toward the highest Light, and the ontological expression of thought-transferrence, as an ability we all used to possess -- this may be an interaction of a drug mixed with that of ones mutated DNA -- but my most profound experience in telepathy was experienced in Two Cats restaurant, in 2011, with a pair of total strangers, without the influence of any drug.

I enjoyed having my thoughts read, and I soared through my most natural, imaginative creativity -- entertaining the two girls with my thoughts. Once they were "finished with me" thus inhibiting me with the belief that the changes I am awareized in the mind of other Lightworkers -- and through the experience with the two girls to whom I refer to as "angelworkers" I am invariably guided to believe that the extrasensory is a result of my activated DNA, and I am awareized in the minds of others to whom are in Lightbody.

Tapping into the unused portion of the brain, thus employed, we are to see the change in our genetic structure is given evidence of the thought that the changes are real, in light of the extrasensory, and we are truly are evolving.

There is a perfect counterpart to every soul, the greatest conceivable relationship for ones soul-growth, and this relationship will come manifest through the endurance of believing it to occur. Synchronized into existence through the admission of believing in ones self, and knowing that we are all worthwhile players in the show of evolution -- we all have a purpose, a unique Light to relay back to the Source -- and we shall find our place, and it will come to pass that we find ourselves involved in the highest relationships, surrounded by fellow believers, and fully under the belief that these changes within our DNA structure are real.

Events of the extrasensory work to solidify our beliefs, as these which are direct evidence of the change will only serve to catalyze, ontologically, the growth in others. As enlightenment is not a concept that has truly reached the masses, it will come to pass that as we are moving into the Age of Aquarius, a time for learning and self-renewal, that we have much to learn from our fellow Lightworker, and these stellar souls are the next step in human evolution, our link toward future advancement. As we are entering into a re-vitalized civilization of intuitive, right-brain thinkers, of which there will be no fear in sharing of ones beliefs, but it shall come to pass that many are enlightened by the knowledge -- of the living information -- that we are One, a collective, moving together into the world of the new; enlightenment is a blessing, not a disease, and it is the reason we all came to be alive.

It will come to pass that many are enlightened by the ontological expressions, and the powers of the extrasensory only serve as evidence of the change. Through our right-brained thinking society of dreamers and evolutionists that shall come to pass in time to come, it will seem that the events of the extrasensory become a widespread phenomenon, as many are tapping into the formerly unused ninety percent of their brains. This is human evolution, a process of which is catalyzed by the expressions of those we know -- that there is an indelible, pure, universal system behind all of this, and we may tap into the same enlightened thoughts once reached by so many an ascended master before us. Energy is infinite, it recycles itself, and travels from one body to the next through the powers of our expressions -- and as we are all energy, producing electricity with our thoughts affecting our bodies made of water, we are always manifesting our own realities with the thoughts that we possess. In Lightbody, our reality becomes more directly manifested by the thoughts which we possess, and our karma becomes active.

Our Light will come to be expressed, we will have no fear in sharing our beliefs, and it will come to pass, as understood by the masses, as witnessed through events of the extrasensory, that enlightenment is a reality -- it occurs invariably, and it is the purpose and goal of all human life. This is a blessing, a gift, of which we shall see our ontological expressions catalyze the shift in other minds -- as we all guide one another, invariably, we are all guides to some degree. We work for the sake of evolvement through the continuum, the endurance of power found in the collective, and the final belief system of Light and universality. In our future civilization of right-brained intuitive thinkers, we will come to share our deepest vacillations, and self-concepts for the benefit in growth in others. It will be expressed, that we are imaginative, and creators of infinite, machinetic grace -- we are creators of our own destiny, all in event toward the final return to the Source. Perceiving the beginning -- the big bang -- to the end -- the return to the Source -- and what lies in-between, the infinitude of the human imagination. Evolution invariably occurs as a direct result of the natural processes of time, and this is eventually realized by all of us. We all have the capacity to tap into the unused portions of our brain, to find powers of the extrasensory, and know, verily, that we are the shift -- we are the prophecy, and evolution is found by the power of the Light that lies within.

Chapter Three: The Free Endless Resource

Up! Rise up and roll along!
Thou immortal, shining,
Swift-steeded Angel of Sun!
Above the mountains!
Produce Light for the world!

What is a Lightworker..?

A Lightworker is simply someone who cares about the planet, the living Earth, and works toward the greater good of the catalyzed awakening of his fellow man. In a sense, we are all Lightworkers who believe in divination, and human evolution. This which is just a label, which is simply used to align ourselves with the power of our beliefs -- we simply employ the label as means for activating the theme of our beliefs into the form of what expressions we have come to see. It is my belief that through the Light we are become telepathic, and in the highest levels of Lightbody, I humbly realize may be a great stretch of the imagination -- but as I am governed by experience, and I have experienced it in a near-death experience, I believe through the endurance of the Light, we are also become capable of teleportation.

As this "new resource" is nothing new at all, but simply energy that has always existed -- we know that our bodies are made up of a majority of water, a conductor, and our thoughts produce electricity which effect our bodies in turn. Through the endurance of a risen DNA strand, in which we find the powers of the extrasensory, it will come to pass that these new abilities are something we all used to possess, and once we have tapped into the formerly unused ninety percent of our brains, we shall see the endless, free energy resource of the energy generated by our souls.

Fueled by the soul, living in symbiosis with the planet Earth, we are become a class 3 civilization, and thus potentially re-integrated into the Cosmic Family, with all the many races that exist within the universe. The future which lies in store as a result of our divination, as a result of re-discovering the free endless resource of the photons emitted from our DNA, it shall come to pass that a convert is employed which transfers the soul-energy, directly, into the body of the Earth, creating a frequency between thought and environment -- which only results in the risen vibration, that our home, the living Earth, mother Gaia, is moving into a higher dimension, taking all her inhabitants with her.

Theoretically, we will use portals to teleport from one end of the Earth to the next, and as I have already achieved teleportation once, in this life, I am primed to believe these events will reach the masses in time to come.

The teleportive event, which was a near-death experience, involved being nearly hit by a car, of which I was walking alone at night on a spiritual quest, with no money and no plan, anchoring my ability to see through the headlights of the passing cars. This is a stretch of the imagination, but the reader is nonetheless expected to believe that it was totally instinct to run in the direction of the car that was coming towards me -- I felt as though I were in my body the whole time, but it would seem I was not always in the path of the moving vehicle. I found myself in a new location, safe from the crazed driver, and entirely enamored with a certain catharsis of awareness, because I knew I had just been re-located through the teleportive event. Of course, others perceive it was a memory lapse, or hallucination -- only I know the truth.

Through this, and the realized concept of "Light convergence”. As I teleported near-collision, and re-materialized, bodily, to which I believe I was a few yards from the car, the "convergence of Light" -- of my illumined DNA, in convergence with the Light emitted from the headlights of the car, merged, causing the time-space continuum to be folded, and thus teleport, time-travel further up the street, safe from the crazed driver, survived by the Light of my mutated DNA. I have come to discover one method for teleportation through experience alone. And it is Light convergence.

I know this is hard to believe, but I expect only open-mindedness, that I am not making this up, my story involving teleportation occurred almost a year ago to this day, of which one beliefs are invariably tested -- we see this may be the future in transportation, as found through self-contained vehicles that travel through the convergence of Light. Here, we perceive the teleportation machine as based upon a track, of which a spotlight is attached to a cart at the opposite end of the track. The subject is located on the opposite side, which will move along with the opposite Light at a relative speed, going from about forty miles per hour, to a complete stop, at a stopping distance of approximately one foot. This resulting in the convergence of Light, the bending of the time-space continuum, and thus: teleportation.

This which is to be seen as the future in human transportation, is to be found that we are self-contained vehicles, and once all humans are endowed with the primordial ability of teleportation, we will be teleconnected, the entire Earth brought together, in which we are able to be in one place, with a certain group of friends, and then to the very opposite end of the Earth, somewhere else, with another group. We will be “teleconnected” through this, and as such, find that our connection with one another is wholly improved.

This may strike the heart as profound, or simply far into the future -- but I believe teleconnection of the human race is possible, and that through the free endless resource of the Light of our illumined DNA, we will fuel ourselves, our bodies, the Earth, with the energy of the Light -- that the soul-body will shine through, and we are living the greatest conceivable life imaginable. Teleportation is not as rare as people think, as there are many reports from ex-government officials, especially regarding the Philadelphia Experiment, that teleportation is achievable, and this power is something many Lightworkers in the highest levels of Lightbody, are starting to uncover. Through the concept of "Light convergence" I believe that we can teleport, and through the near-collision of the convergence of Light, of that of our illumined DNA, in conjunction with that of the oncoming Light, re-location occurs instantaneously, and here, we imagine ourselves in the new location -- for example: from Bar Harbor, Maine, in the United States, to Chiba City, Japan.

The imagined destination is held within the mind -- and we "imagine ourselves into the new location." An XYZ Locator may be employed, which is a crystal perhaps amethyst or rose quartz, which is held up to the brow chakra/third eye, and programmed with the destination. This crystal is either held or worn around the neck, and will be carried with us in our travels . . . I perceive, through the advent of shutting down the space program, potentially in light of how the universe is in essence just a massive hologram -- teleportation is something NASA, and various other researchers, are coming to find is going to become a widespread reality in all futurity to come. As I have already teleported through my body alone, such that the clothes I was wearing, and all objects I was holding, teleported along with me -- it is thus theorized that teleportation, as a result of Light convergence, discovered through instinct, the concept of "running towards the Light" was realized through my own intuition, and was entirely instinctive, and this is no fabrication.

“Through teleportation, telepathy, and the teleconnection of the human race as bound by the free endless resource of the Light of our DNA, we will be self-fueled, self-contained vehicles for travel, expression, and proactive animation.” This may lie far into the future, but as the writer of this text has himself already experienced the events of telepathy and teleportation, as well as one instance of telekinesis, the evidence is mounting that one is not alone in this quest, but other Lightworkers are discovering the same truth about the free endless resource.

As the Lightworkers are the fuel, and belief is our mode for self-advancement, finding ourselves self-actualized to the perfect avatar self, once we become teleporters, collectively, and all humans are brought together -- teleconnected -- all races, all civilizations, all cultures, will be brought together under One Unitive Light -- the great party of souls realized, as we find no more need to work for energy, or rely on limited resources, but exist as based upon the photons emitted from the Light of our DNA.

As I am one of the few believers in this idea, of which I have reached the deducement through experience, the concept of Light convergence, I am only under the belief -- the faith -- that this will come to pass as a future of which teleconnection presents only deeper possibilities, through our human advancements; and that through harnessing the Light of the photons emitted from our DNA, we will live in symbiosis with the Earth, outmode the use of certain physical technology, and find ourselves within the deepest conveivable future as a result. The free endless resource is a matter that lies within, of which we fuel ourselves -- by the Light -- and Light it shall come to pass, is the true energy which has always been lying beneath the diaphanous walls of the third dimension -- as something we were bound to tap into, discover, and realize, as the free endless resource. This is one belief within the plethora of many, and I am merely presenting a possibility as based upon direct experience.


Chapter Four: Aliens Among Us

"Oh! that my young life were a lasting dream!
My spirit not awak'ning till the beam
Of an eternity shall bring the morrow.
Yes! tho' that long dream were of hopeless sorrow,
'T were better than the cold reality
Of waking life, to him whose heart must be,
And hath been still, upon the lovely earth,
A chaos of deep passion, from his birth.

-- E. A. Poe

As we are now in the New Age, and the human race is advancing, it is coming to our awareness of a certain influence that has come to us, seemingly, from a foreign source. What are known as starseeds, and walk-ins, have come to arrive on the scene with their universality, and seemingly natural understand of reality and how it works. Wearing the human body, as the soul is amorphous and can take on any form, the body is used as a vehicle for their expression. They have come to incarnate on the Earth at this pivotal point in human growth to act as guides and catalysts for change. Often bound by a "mission of the mind" they are bound by a certain purpose which is born from the soul, and the goal is human evolution. The many races that exist, are many, but as we have come to find, there are some specific groups that are now working with us. Hannah Beaconsfield claims to have had multiple extraterrestrial souls inhabit her body, and many reports of extraterrestrial souls, as experienced on other worlds, are greatly detailed in the book "Other Worlds, Other Lives" by Brad Steiger. In the book, it was found in past-life regression therapy, that with some subjects, their history extends beyond the Earth.

Philip K. Dick who wrote about the phylogenic memory packets released upon enlightenment, was a starseed, and was even so bold as to suggest he came from a race that "crash landed" to Earth in the past. He openly suggested that he was born from a foreign source, and much of his beliefs are contained within the Exegesis of Philip K. Dick. -- As Philip K. Dick had a natural understanding of the universe, and was a prophet to some degree, and we see clear evidence of his genius contained within the works, the evidence is found within his high-charged thought-patterns. As starseeds have existed throughout history, and it is theorized that DaVinci himself was an extraterrestrial, as well as many other artists, writers, and renaissance men, it has come to pass that we have been influenced by the E.T.'s throughout history, that we are invariably "guided" by their influence, and they have always been here, pointing us in the right direction.

In 1987 during an event referred to as the "Harmonic Convergence" which was an event prophesized by the Mayans, a time when the human race would, collectively, on a subconscious level, acknowledge the existence of other life. I was two years old at this time, had seen no movies, read no books, and heard nothing about the concept of extraterrestrials. I barely had an identity, yet, in the "abduction dream" which recurred in my infancy, I would find myself in a very strange place, a massive dome-like auditorium . . . and a mysterious figure in the distance. Upon noticing the figure, he/she would teleport right in front of me, the pale, expressionless, noseless face nearly touching my own, staring endlessly into my infant eyes. I would wake up from the "dream" feeling as though it were entirely real, and I have been haunted by that "face" for the entirety of my life. Allegedly, a subconscious agreement is made prior to abduction, and ones free will is never taken advantage of. As I was only two years old, only fresh into my human existence, I must have been in a state for which my subconscious was in the most open, and accepting state at that perceived window of my life. Needless to say, the dream occurred, I was inhibited, and I have shared this information with very few people. Where is the logic in such a thing..? Who is truly responsible..?

The mystery resounds, and I continue to wonder, but I do have some inkling of the truth . . .

A race known as the Zeta Reticuli, I theorize, were responsible for my abduction. They are a mass mind of clones who refer to themselves as "one people" who all look, act, and behave the exact same. In the book "Visitors From Within" it is heavily detailed how involved the Zeta's have been in our advancements, and it is theorized that they exchange technology with our government, in exchange for experimenting on certain humans. As their civilization ended due to their lack of individuality, they would travel to the Earth, eventually, and come to learn from the humans, and how to become more individualistic. The Zeta Reticuli are probably one of the most well-known races of extraterrestrials, and it is theorized that their evolution, and ours, is tied together. Much can be learned from this concept of a race of clones, who all think and operate the same, suggestive that the universe will work to produce reflections of the primordial spark of universality, and sameness, that would result in such a race as the Zeta Reticuli.

As we are now in the recess of the New Age, at this seemingly pivotal point in our growth and understanding, it has come to pass that many are now endeavoring into what is known as "channeled writing." Here, we see through such channels as Tuella, Eric Klein, Beaconsfield, Rachele, Royal, and Marciniak, that information which seems to bear a universal tone, come from sources ranging from Pleiadian, to Sirian, all the way to the concept of a race who live on Venus, that we are not aware of as they exist at a higher vibratory frequency than us. In "stepping down their vibrations" it is found that transmissions from these races will come to be expressed through certain individuals. The Zeta Reticuli, who channel much in the book "Visitors From Within" allegedly communicate through a computer, that translates their thoughts into the English language, and is thus transmitted into the psyche of the channel. Referred to as a matter of telepathy, certain hosts for higher dimensional frequency will, through meditation, often in group meditations with others present, delve into the cosmic Source, of which we are capable, theoretically, of channeling any one of the many ascended masters, and accordingly, through belief, anyone in Lightbody is capable of channeling.

In the book "Archangels and Ascended Masters" by Doreen Virtue, a complete list of many of the channeled guides is given, and the text details how these energies can be called into our waking life. It is possible, however perceived as far-fetched to perceive we would be guided by a voice that is transmitted through the ether; much discernment must be utilized, and there are a number of channels who only channel low, sub-astral thought-forms, who believe they are channeling divine wisdom, but in truth are merely recyling the matter around them into the illusory conception of being something new, while in truth they are merely channeling a thought form. Thought forms are energy aggregates left in the environment through the densification of a thought that is repeated. Through the energy aggregates left behind, it has come to pass that the ideas, beliefs, and notions once cogitated leave an etheric residue in the environment which can be channeled into the open, revealing everything from details of the future, to totally worthless information. As there are people who claim themselves to be channels for divine wisdom, who are merely transferring thought forms from the environment, we result in the class of people for which are only taking the New Age for their own selfish gain, and I have seen much of this.

Perceived, many refer to the book "Opening To Channel" by Sanaya Roman, which is used by many to reach into the higher dimensions. Here, a channeled text that is in itself about channeling, we invite the possibility of contacting a guide (to which every soul has a guide associated with) -- often finding a certain name to attribute to this energy, and through the name, thus, draw the energy out. Here through meditation, we will endeavor to either write, or type, in a effortless manner that is continuous, streaming-consciousness. As we do this, eventually, we may find a certain universality to our thoughts, of which we are now capable of channeling divine principle. The book "Cosmic Continuum" by Ernest L. Norman was entirely dictated, meaning recorded through voice first, and then translated into text. The text refers to energy as waveforms that travel through the continuum, and does much in its offering of universality to suggest that we can tap into the Akasha, a guide, or some universal source, through effortless dictation, and thus produce amazing, evolutionary works. The book "Eureka" by Edgar Allan Poe was also dictated, and is based upon his lectures on the universe. The text represents some of the earliest form of channeling, and does much to invite us to believe Poe was aligned with certain E.T. influences.

Jane Roberts, who channels the spirit-entity known as Seth, has produced over a dozen books that are channeled, and has represented one of our most humble modern mystics, who would through seance, communicate with Seth, and transfer divine cosmic principles regarding everything from the nature of reality, the nature of the soul, to our relationship with mass events, and the true nature of the psyche. Seth represents one of the first guides to arrive on the scene, which took place mostly in the seventies. His wisdom is infinite, and the many books channeled by Roberts, namely "Seth Speaks" are a well-spring for universal information.

The "Starseed Transmissions" by Ken Karey, is one stellar example of some of the earliest channeled text, which is not entirely descriptive of the source to which the information arose, but I have my theories it is extraterrestrial. Written just before 1980, it represents one of the first well-known channeled documents, a short and easy read, that may be the right channeled text to open ones self to that world. Later, we would eventually find some people who wish to remain anonymous, that channel a space-entity referred to as Ashtar.

Tuella is the primary channel for Ashtar, and these beings who allegedly exist at a higher vibratory state, who use Venus as their home-base, are within several starships which exist at a higher vibration, such that our machines and technology aren't capable of detecting them. I draw much Light from the concept of the Ashtar Command, but I have my doubts. The information is generally uplifting, but the doom and gloom of some channeled text causes us to veer away. In the book "Project World Evacuation" by Tuella, channeled through Ashtar, is suggestive of many things, and as the title suggests, which seems to run along the same lines as the rapture -- strikes most hearts as fantastical, and hard to believe. However, Project World Evacuation still contains deep insights, and is not to be ignored however "much" it may strike the heart. Other books by Tuella, such as Cosmic Telepathy, are rife with some of the most profound universal principles, and much can be learned. Other books such as Portals and Corridors by the Whitneys, suggest a plethora of advanced races, and seems to even possess aesthetic depictions of some of the many creatures. In the end, we must use discernment, and not all can be appreciated as enlightened thought.

Channeled text, as born from many who are in Lightbody, is a result of our evolution. This subconscious primer, the belief thus germinated with the seed of the evidence of their divine thought-patterns, we are preparing ourselves . . . we are readying for integration. There will be a time in our human history, when we find ourselves in league with the plethora of advanced souls. What I refer to as the "Cosmic Family" otherwise described as the galactic federation, is the joining of many ascended masters, E.T.'s and evolutionists, all working toward the collective end of peace, and harmonic convergence. We seek to be a part of the council, to have our say in the universe. Further, we hope to explore the deepest reaches of outer space, and employ our own volition, and free will, to act as extraterrestrials in our own right. In a sense, we are alien to them, just as they are alien to us. However, we are all born from the same Source, and this truth which shall infect many minds with the concept of the One Spirit, is clearly evidenced in thought-transferrence. As I was under the influence of the altered state, transmitting my thoughts telepathically, I would channel in my own right, the spirit of one of my past-lives, and describe how the universe is a "unisphere" with curved walls that "fluctuate with our attainment of new information." The channeling was detailed, and hopeful, and I would discuss much about cells, and how the "unisphere" is made up of them. I channeled that humans are all unique "styles" and the concept that it is through our indifference, and uniqueness, that essentially brings us closer together in the end.

The world of channeling is still new to us, and for what information may be drawn from the many entities, extraterrestrials, and ascended masters, we are learning of information that seems to agree, from one source to the next, as bound through a certain universal tone of knowledge. Personally, my favorite channeled book I have ever read was "The Prism of Lyra" by Lyssa Royal, which details heavily into the history of many races within the universe, starting with the Lyrans, who were theoretically the first settlers of the Earth, to the development of other races as the Sirians, Pleiadians, and Zeta Reticuli. The Prism of Lyra is written with a factual tone, and states things as though they are entirely real. The universal tone of the text, and message contained, is invariably uplifting, and through the knowledge we learn through such channeled text, we are being invited, prepared, for communion.

Communion, intervention, the "landing of the ships" -- God knows -- we have so many fictions, and fabrications, that it is almost impossible to grasp the concept of a real living, actual "space entity." We have been desensitized to believe that aliens are only a figment of the imagination, however miraculous the collective gravity of our triad sun, moon, and Earth, arrangement, with the Earth seemingly the perfect distance from the sun -- how this world could come to exist so marvelously, and be the only one, is nothing short of absurd. We can't be alone, there must be a meaning to life, and the thought of other life existing in the universe only gifts us with the furtherance of belief, hope, and the idea that life has meaning -- that we have much to learn from the many races that exist. As we become a class 3 civilization that lives in symbiosis with the Earth as governed by the free endless resource of the Light of our DNA, it shall come to pass, verily, that we find integration, and are finally re-united with our brethren from the stars.


Chapter Five: Universality

"Father, put your words in order before me."

The concept of universality, absolutes, and the belief that there is an underlying cosmic truth, behind all things, is invariably tapped into by the Lightworker. Here, we endeavor to think in terms of universality, that our thoughts are the same thoughts once cogitated by many an ascended master, and we are aligned with the energy of the higher self.

Through our own natural prescience, and ability to project the mind into the future -- through tones of universality, it shall come to be seen that we are able to peer into the Akashic Records -- the Akashic Records -- which is the metaphysical storehouse of all thoughts and events within a given locale. A profound concept, and Einstein, who was a high-charged thinker, received his knowledge about relativity in an instantaneous burst of insight which I believe to have been born from the Akashic Records. Edgar Cayce, who was known as the "sleeping prophet" would actively delve into the Akashic Records, finding the records of a subjects soul, view them, and thus relay them back to the group. As the principle will resound . . .

"Light is Information, Information is the matter which composes the universe, Information is alive, and this Living Information will travel and be expressed through a natural result of the life-force possessed.”

As a natural result of timing and synchronicity, the world of absolutes will find the Lightworker. Here, through universality, operating in terms of which we are aligned with cosmic principle, we may channel a guide, or otherwise peer into the depths of the Akasha. Anyone who dreams, or has an imagination, is in relationship with the Akasha, and many who find themselves elocuting beautiful words, and speech, will actively channel things from the Akashic Records without even realizing it . . . as information is alive, and we see clear evidence of this in the experience of thought-transferrence. I would operate through tones of universality, in my own right, as a Lightworker, the depths of information thus peered into, it would become natural for me to channel information about cells, and the physical universe, the image of the whole perceived as what I refer to as the "unisphere" because I was operating through universal principle.

Through the creative act of writing, and other forms of self-expression, it will be evidenced that we are able to perfect our thoughts in the form of lyrics, poetry, and prose, by truncating the lines, re-working the thoughts, and thus re-shaping our cogitations to that which we most prefer. As the title of "writer" in reference to how conscious thought is composed of words, is a powerful title to wear, we see that through the theme of such a title, that it affords us the ability to channel universal principle, and we are aligned with our soul-energy. Scribe is another powerful title that ties into conscious thought. In essence, the soul wants to breathe and flow effortlessly, and whence we are aligned with the energy of the soul -- it will come to pass that universal principle is natural to us. There is an inborn, Akashic truth to all things -- there is a universality -- further, there is only One Spirit and thus, only one real belief system. Finding the inborn truth of the nature of things is possible for anyone in Lightbody, and as we move into the highest levels of Lightbody, to which there are allegedly twelve different levels, it will come to pass as natural that we start to operate through universal principle.

In finding universality to our thoughts, we are to see that there is a certain unique rhythm behind our cogitations. Here, we move into the world of study of ones thoughts as reduced to a number -- through the concept of thought syllabation. In this, a thought will naturally occur, and then we will count up the syllables of the thought which just occurred, arriving at a certain number, for example: eight. Here, we will imagine the number in our minds eye, and potentially repeat it in our heads -- in order to solidify, and densify into a more tangible matter. In densifying ones thoughts through the concept of thought syllabation, we will find a certain self-awareness, and control over our thoughts as reduced to a mere number. This will be used in meditation, that naturally-occurring thoughts possess a certain syllabic intonation, to which all thoughts are invariably reduced to a number within our minds. Thought syllabation, a matter of understanding ones thoughts through syllabic tones -- is one form of self-awareness that will come to pass as one of the many means for understanding the natural rhythm of ones thoughts.

The concept of word-vibrations is to be found through the natural adding up of the numerical values for each letter, such that A = 1, B = 2, C = 3, etc. As the subconscious mind is a natural adding machine, we already pick out the vibrations naturally, but understanding how this works will only enhance our subconscious processes. The subconscous mind naturally picks out the vibrations of the patternless array, and is always reading into the natural vibration of a thought just cogitated. Here, with a thought such as "I am divine Light". For each letter is a number, and we add up the numerical values of each letter, as such: 9 + 1 + 13 + 4 + 9 + 21 + 9 + 14 + 5 + 12 + 7 + 8 + 20 = 132, to which the subconscious mind naturally adds the resulting numbers of the number 132, to 1 + 3 + 2 resulting in 6, which is divided into three, leaving the phrase of “I am Divine Light” which a vibration of “three.”

Through the natural understanding of how the subconscious mind naturally adds things together, resulting in the thought-vibration, this process naturally operates through its own volition, and it is simply believed that by understanding the vibration-deducing adding machine of the subconscious mind, we better actualize ourselves toward the understanding of our thoughts. As all thoughts produce the energy aggregates known as thought forms, it shall come to be seen that through the repeated endurance of the new, a seemingly "new thought" that is unique unto itself, we writhe through the natural poetics, and vibrational frequency of the new thought. In the world of universality, it shall come to pass that the future is in our hands, and we are always manifesting our realites through the thoughts that we possess; as we work for the collective evolution of the human race -- by existing for the collective, we are rewarded with certain things. As universality will be found in our enlightened thoughts, to which we pray to the Akasha, and dredge cosmic truths from the recordbook of our souls, we are in the process of existing in the highest Light -- finding the perfect avatar self through the understanding of absolutes, that there is a permeating truth behind all matter, and this universality will be understood.

Through the subconscious mind, and the goal-oriented processes involved, we are always "deducing" our way through reality, as the subconscious mind is an adding machine which always resides in the present tense; -- such that the subconscious mind literally has no sense of the past or future, but resides infinitely in the now. Here, within the recess of the "living moment" -- we endeavor to feel the presence of God, and know that our thoughts are the most Light-based cogitations.

Just as Einstein received his knowledge about relativity in an instantaneous burst of insight, it shall come to pass that the same experience of cosmic truth finds itself integrated into the life of the Lightworker. Universal principle, as repeatedly endured through history through so many shamans, and mystics, is a thought which has already been cogitated by many an ascended master, as there is really only One Spirit -- and only One Truth -- that of the incarnation system, the system of karmic responsibility, and the cycling of matter through the continuum. All of these things, and more, that there are simply some truths that never change -- and whence found in Lightbody, we start to become in touch with these cosmic truths.

So we perceive the concept of universality, that there is an underlying truth through the One Spirit which moves through everything. Belief in the existence of the Akasha, and the thought that we can peer into the radiant depths of human history, as a universal source, can be learned from. Through the endurance of high-charged thought-patterns of universality found in some meditations, it is to be discovered that we peer into the depths of the universe, and draw Light from the universal source of the Akashic Records. "A metaphysical storehouse of all events and thoughts within a given locale", living information, which travels through the force of its own Light. As all thoughts are energy, and we invariably gravitate new knowledge into our lives with each passing day, we are always learning, always growing, through the epiginetics, and belief in belief itself -- we find that the concept of universality affords us a sense of peace, fortitude, and longevity. That through the Akashic, we can peer into the depths of human knowledge, and come to produce divine masterpieces of enlightened thought. Enlightened thought, as a result of our evolution, as bound by universal principle, as mystics, we continue to search -- and this search will absolutely never end . . .


Chapter Six: Thought Forms and Thought Vibrations

"Before there was language, there were numbers."

As suggested, all thoughts, through repetition, produce the energy aggregates known as "thought forms." The residue of thought left on the environment, which lingers like a ghost, to which we may find ourselves performing tasks, and living, as based upon pre-conceived thought forms. With the evolution of thought, we hope to produce thought forms that are so powerful, they act like standing waves the emanate through the environment. Invariably, one thought leads to the next -- "in-var-i-ab-ly one-thought-leads-to-the-next" -- eleven symbols, we thus repeat the number, imagine it within our minds eye, and densify the thought through the syllables thus contained. This method, psychologically suggestive of a certain power over ones thoughts through the concept of an underlying rhythm as found through syllabation, we are always "intonating" thoughts within our minds, always gravitating things toward us through the thoughts that we possess. As we are all unique reflections of the One True Light, invariably separate through the astrological, cognitive, and spiritual archetypes -- we each represent a "style" -- we each represent an important part of the mass hologram, such that as within every cell of the human body contains the holographic image of the whole, so it shall seem all Lightworkers are microcosmic reflections of the holographic totality of God. This may strike the heart as profound, but as we move through this life -- and human evolution, always continuing to grow, always continuing to learn, we perceive the end -- the return to the Source -- and the beginning, the big bang -- 13.75 billion years ago -- that there is a middle ground which is governed by the imagination, and so it goes, studies have proven that when a subject is hooked up to an EEG and sees an image directly, and then shuts their eyes to imagine the same image -- the same parts of the brain light up, suggesting that the imagination/subconscious mind can not tell the difference between what it sees and what it remembers. We truly define our own realities. And our present choices actively create the future.

As we come to produce thought forms through the theme of evolution, and continuous growth, we are going to find a meaning to the numbers, the syllabic intonations, and very much as seen through the reference as ones self as a writer, or artist, creator, or simply "expressor" -- through such a theme, such a title, we relate our conscious thoughts to the word-vibrations, intonations, syllabations, and the unique rhythm found therein. I believe through the simple act of referring to ones thoughts as numbers as found through the simple act of counting the syllables of thoughts which naturally occur, we enter into a certain rhythm, that the consequenting thought such as "this is a new thought" -- five syllables, we repeat the thought, become enamored with its syllabation, find ourselves enamored with the living moment, residing in perfect cognitive rhythm, and accordingly, we all have a certain rhythm, and certain intonations that most benefit our growth.

Through my own experience with thought syllabation, I find a certain self-awareness in the act of reducing a thought to a number -- a symbol that glows within the mind. Before there was language, there were numbers, and theoretically we originally communicated through intonation, and syllabic tones alone. There is a primordial rhythm, essentially, behind all thought -- a certain metronomic ticking which exists behind all thought -- that we perceive there is a rhythm to our thoughts, and we can tap into it through syllabation. Through the addition of the numbers, by the natural goal-oriented processes of the subconscious mind; and the belief in numerology; and word-vibrations, we hope to understand the conclusion we invariably reach through this rhythm, and we are always working toward some form of conclusion.

The subconscious mind is goal-oriented, and is like a crockpot always working on certain ideas, always working toward some goal, or realization. In finding the unique rhythm to our thoughts through the endurance of counting the tones, the syllables of the thought, and finding that number to which the rhythm is found, what thought occurs next, in due consequence, will also be reduced to a number -- and all of these numbers exist in a living matrix which is governed through a natural mathematical force of which vibrations, and frequencies relate through their own unique design. We invariably deduce meaning through the adding machine of the subconscious, we will arrive at certain truths, certain knowledge, and be enlightened by our own unique ability to cogitate a rhythmic thought-pattern. We are always providing ourselves with conclusions, and the ever-realized "final analysis" of which through acts of meditation, and the understanding of the rhythm of ones thoughts, we are to become actualized to the greatest rate, the greatest frequency, and rise, rise, rise, in vibration, until at last, we are unto the greatest rhythm, we "ride our thoughts" and feel wholly enamored by the primordial rhythm.

We all possess a certain understanding of the meaning of each number, and through the endurance of self-awareness and the reduction of ones thoughts to a mere number, a certain rhythm, it will come to pass that we learn of the meaning, behind the natural rhythm of our thoughts. Ever-computing the numbers, the rhythm, counting the intonations of our thoughts, we become enamored with the universal rhythm, and find the power of synchronicity, timing, and the goal-oriented processes involved, to always be leading up to a new, never-before-cogitated thought. Such that "the walls of the universe fluctuate with our attainment of new information" -- to the even deeper conclusion that thought and environment are entangled, and if there is an inborn rhythm to our thoughts, there must be a rhythm to the environment as well.

The Earth revolves around the sun, the moon revolves around the Earth, and within the center of our galaxy lies the blackhole of Sagittarius A. Our galaxy is a spiral, which is governed through its own celestial rhythm, of rotation, centrifugal force, and gravitation -- that our planet is alive, moves, breathes, undulates, and flows through the natural rhythm it possesses -- is a movement that is held up through the triad -- of Earth, Moon, and Sun -- and through the triad, and the movements of the heavenly bodies, that the Earth is rotating at 70 miles per hour -- we do not feel this, and yet, the rhythm of the planet continues on, as there is a rhythm to our thoughts, there is a rhythm to the environment, and our clocks are based upon the rise and fall of the sun. On a more deeper, profound level, in relationship to the concept of the rhythm of the galaxy, the Mayans who were mathematical geniuses, observed this rhythm in the procession of the equinoxes, and the 26,000 year cycle governed by what are referred to as baktuns, specified units of time that relate to the totality of movements of the heavenly bodies, in relationship to our evolution, and growth within the universe. Finding the rhythm, and tapping into the natural heartbeat of the galaxy, the Mayans were aware that their calendar would end, and start all over again, eventually, and they consciously mapped out the time when this would occur.

As a result of the prophecy, the starseeds, Lightworkers, and walk-ins have arrived at the ecliptic hour -- and we are seeing that through epiginetics, the rhythm of our thoughts, and the concept of the living environment -- we are evolving into a certain rhythm, and we are learning that there is a natural rhythm to all things. As such, there is a rhythm to human evolution through the cycles of time, that we are infinitely renewed, all in event toward the realization of one-consciousness, nirvana, and the eventual return to the Source.

I refer often to the "return to the Source" but what is really imagined, when we endeavor to produce such a thought..? Through the return to the Source, the return to unity, and one-consciousness, it is perceived that we are divined, body, mind, and soul, to the most profound rhythm that exists, which is of the creator gods, Elohims, governing the entirety of the universe. Theoretically, in our return to the Source, becoming One with God, we create entirely new universes as a result of our evolution. Such that for everyone, there is a universe, and accordingly, several billion different universes.

The rhythm of the universe -- something we will know through eventuality, as One with God, and creator of new universes. Eventing our way into the deepest imaginable future in direct relationship to ones karma as expressed, found, and realized, by the final incarnation as lived within the recess of the New Age; we find that evolution invariably occurs as a natural result of timing, and synchronicity, and the dream of awakening, activation of ones DNA is an eventual process that is realized by all human beings in the recess of the "final incarnation."

The final incarnation is realized as a result of having found ourselves within the recess of the New Age. We are becoming "actualized" -- equalizing into the perfect avatar self as a direct result of timing, and synchronicity. The Mayans knew, verily, when we would evolve, and their assumption was correct. Of course, people have been enlightened preceding the New Age, from Father Enoch, to Philip K. Dick -- many have entered into the final incarnation, to become ascended masters, timelessly, before us. The universal thought patterns of the ascended master have produced lingering thought forms in the environment, which are invariably realized through the cogitations of another finalized incarnation. Through these aggregates of enlightened thought thus committed to the environment of the third dimension, and so many mystics reaching divination throughout history, it is theorized that through the understanding of absolutes, universality, and the inborn rhythm to our thoughts -- we are self-divined, and wholly enamored with the Light of the final incarnation, as an eventuality, a probability that was hard-wired into our DNA prior to incarnation. When we die, theoretically, we meet a trio of angels, who guide us to a screen, in which we directly view the matrix of incarnations. A soul will review their karmic relationships in the perceived "life tape" and thus base the following incarnation off the life-tape. In the final incarnation, we become immortal, and do not die, so all conscious memory is in active production of the final film. We are always "working on our film" and as such, through meditation, and the endurance of divine images, and symbols, we are able to awaken our subconscious minds to the awareness of the final life, a life of great worth, value, and importance to the rest of the race -- that we are actively producing the life-tape in the final incarnation, and we realize that some day, it will be viewed, as the "final film" of which we imagine an ethereal movie-theater, with seats filled by every ascended master, and we together witness the many karmic relationships, details, lives, and incarnations of which we realize; -- as one-consciousness invariably found, that "we are all of these people" -- and we have been guiding our own self, remembering, dreaming, and activating our awareness to the realization that we are God, we are responsible for all of this, and once the credits roll, and the final film seems to bear a logical conclusion, there will only be one name within the cast, that of the totality of One, the One True Spirit. The events that follow shall be entirely new -- that the Akashic Records are revised by our evolutionary movements through the continuum -- and we continue to return to the Source -- incarnate -- and return to the Source -- in a process that never ends, but is infinitely recycled through the continuum.

Viewing the "final film" -- as a collective race of ascended masters, is imaginable, and seems to be a logical counterpart to the pre-awareized notion of viewing ones life-tape after death, but once we "ascend" it is a great party of souls, a great re-union of people who would share their stories of life on Earth, and what it was like to be a human being. Much will be learned, many stories shared, and it shall come to pass that through the futurity of technology as found within the concept of the psycho-imaginarium, to which a mind is hooked up to a computer that projects ones thoughts onto a screen for all to view, it will come to pass that many minds are wired into the machine, and great visual-audio-sensory representations are given for the entertainment, and education of the masses. Further, we imagine the "Akashic Computer" of which it is theoretically possible (and the Pleiadians allegedly possess this technology) -- to view any point in human history, on a holographic representation. Here, we may observe the Mutiny On The Bounty, to the death of Christ, to histories from Lemuria, to Atlantis.

In viewing such films, we see that our guides, and humble masters have always been with us, guiding us, like angels, toward the invariable future -- which was probable -- of which the final film is viewed, "all history contained, and all knowledge relayed back to us -- through the matrix of incarnation." We realize that our karma is shared through multiple existences, and however patternless, the theory will result in a logical accord in the finalysis.

Re-incarnation makes sense, if there is true meaning to life. That there is a cycle to everything, just as the seasons bring the seed of flowers back to life in the Spring. In essence, we have lived before, in many different times and places, however scientifically unproven the concept of re-incarnation may be, we just know that energy once expressed, creates karma, and returns to itself, in the end. There are cycles to everything, and there is even a rhythm to the matrix of incarnation. As one life will end, another begins, but what lies in between is the "imagination." In the book "Life Between Life" by Whitten, it is heavily detailed, and suggested, that we do review our lives in the bardo, the in-between state, and the whole concept of films, movies, and cinematic representations seem to hold some great truth in reflection to the true nature of reality.

So it goes, we find the rhythm to our thoughts; we writhe through proactive animation; we accept this is the final life of greatest importance and value to the rest of the race, and we work toward producing an example out of ourselves, as unitized, for the sake of learning and growth on the part of all to whom we know and effect. We accept that the world is changing, and we may be directly responsible. Upon realizing that rhythm of the final life to which we perceive the totality of value to our thoughts, and the rhythm of our cogitations -- toward the deeper concept of the rhythm of incarnations -- we see evidence of motion, rhythm, gravitation, centrifugal force, and the constancy of matter through the vivacity of the very Earth we live upon, and as the sun will rise again, as there is invariably a new day, we are always moving into the future. We know that we are evolving. And the rhythm must be found.

Chapter Seven: Manufactured For Control

"We were all created in the image of God."

As all humans were originally endowed with twelve-strand DNA, It would come to pass, through genetic alterations were being made to the human DNA, such that certain races known simply as the "reptilians" were interested in employing their Free Will, to reduce the Free Will of others. As control of the humans means control of the universe, it has come to pass that we have been fed off of -- as slaves, for the energy we produce. The double helix was, created, as a measure towards control. Through the highly limited double helix, we are cut off from the spirit unless employing the subconscious mind, meditation, or reverie. Otherwise, we are lost, and seem to reside within a world of hardset logics, and undeniable walls of a prison that was built around us, because humans are originally the divine reflections of the Godhead..

"What goes on here on the Earth will affect the entire universe as a result."

As control of the humans means control of the universe, the controlling forces -- the genetic scientists, and manipulative darker forces, would work very hard, tirelessly in their labs, perfecting the "perfect" genetic strand for which enslavement, and energy drawn out as a result. It would come to pass that the human race would live through a prolonged period of darkness, and blindness to the soul, through a number of incarnations, only to find ourselves within the recess of the New Age, the final incarnation, and our essential returning to grace as an ascended master. We have come a long way in our journey, and some of us have incarnated so many times we are now "professionals" at the self-created reality. The power is returning to us, as the dimmer switch of our DNA is activated to that new strand, and we find through the linear intake of certain information -- that the dream-sequence containing the symbols that would awaken our DNA -- and leave us enlightened by our own capacity to think -- and leave us wholly "enamored" with the Light of our true being -- the perfect avatar self . . . we know this quest now possesses a logical end.

As the double helix was invented in their labs, the seemingly "perfect" encodement for which we would be controlled, and fed off of, the controlling forces would see to it that we operate through fear, and as the Egyptans were influenced, as the Dogons were influenced, as the Mayans seem to have been influenced, they would, through certain manifestations, integrate themselves into their own experiment, and actively feed off of certain people for the existence of their own power, and selfish gain. This has come to pass through various world leaders, ranging from Caligula, to Hitler. As the world, presently, remains in a sad state of affairs -- as rape, killing, genocide, and murder, are things that actively occur in our society -- and even in my tourist town of Bar Harbor, suicides, and murders, occur just next door. The "fear level" of the human race, is profound, such that only a few years ago, when a satellite is a great distance from the Earth, a resounding, emanating "scream" was picked up being projected from our blue star. Thankfully, our fear energy is now being transmuted through the Light, and the emanating scream has transformed into something else . . .

In Blink: The Power of Thinking Without Thinking, by Malcolm Gladwell, it is suggested that we are more able to choose when our selection of choices is reduced. Tragically, the world has so many religions, belief systems, and organizations of hardset thought and belief, that we are essentially, "flooded with so much information, that the ability of choice is lost."

Thankfully, in finding universality, and the natural inborn rhythm to our thoughts, that dimmer switch activated, we are returning to our primordial grace. Certain aristocrats, capitalists, and high-standing figures in the corporate world of politics and social organizations, presently through their own wealth, are -- in many covenants and secret societies -- ruling the world -- and this insidious plot of control over the masses, through the separation of belief, production of fear-energy, and seemingly manufactured for control -- they are not sure how to react to the telepath, nor are they quite sure how to deal with the teleportive event. As my life was to be threatened by the crazed driver, and my family are unable to believe I had an attempt on my life, but it was a fabrication invented by my imagination -- my family refuse to accept that an attempt on my life was made, but are more comfortable perceiving that I am schizophrenic. Needless to say, they are not me, they do not know what it is like inside my head, and I am the only one who truly knows.

As we are now returning to our primordial grace, and the percieved "dark forces" are accordingly vast in number in contrast with the evolutionists, the numbers are growing in the way of the Light, and the "dream" of the third dimension is verily starting to break down, and re-form into something new. We are changing, actively, and we writhe through proactive animation. We actively express control over the environment, and we are aware that "the shift" lies within us, within the human individual -- a singular spark of Light to be relayed back to the Source -- through one person, the world is saved -- the power lies within the individual -- and it shall come to pass that through our indifference and uniqueness, we are only brought closer to Godliness. As there are many names for the One Spirit which moves through everything, and even the "controlling forces" are born of the same matter that composes our own reality, indifference, separation, titles, and deducements -- many names for the same thing -- and it shall come to pass that once we are in the recess of direct non-local thought-transferrence, thus tapped into the mind at large, and sentience is shared, it is apparent -- the One Spirit -- the power of One -- and these ontological expressions are manifesting day by day, hour by hour, minute by minute, second by second, thought by thought, ever-realizing ourselves as the future of the human race -- we are the evolutionists, and calm eventors into the radiant depths of the deepest imaginable future.

As we are now in the recess of the New Age, living the final incarnation, the "karma system" becomes active. I know this because I once had direct non-local thought-transferrence, originally, with a group of nonbelievers who don't possess genetic mutation. Described as an "ontological terrorist" -- and looked at with fear in reflection toward my power, it would come to pass, at Two Cats restaurant, that I would become the subject of ontological terrorism, and have my own mind read, seemingly against my will, through the perceived intervention. I was humiliated, and yet it was nothing short of the most amazing experience in my life.

"We were all created in the image of God."

As Earth is allegedly the most "dense" planet within the universe, and the humans are accordingly -- originally -- the most profound reflections of God, we are all created in the image of the deity, and we are all essentially living within the body of Christ. What we bring upon ourselves, will be brought upon the world, just as gossip over someone will result in gossip towards ones self, as "what goes around, comes around" -- as the karma system becomes active through the endurance of the final incarnation, we are to be very careful in our choice over what thoughts enter our minds, because we know these are memories that will be carried with us until the end -- as ascended masters -- all the way into the final film, which we may actively view once the technology is afforded to the us -- seeing the history of the Earth on the Akashic Computer -- the living, cinematic bible -- a source for which we will draw infinite Light, learning, and supercognitive advancement.

As in my own life, I have been intervened with, starting with a stranger on the bus who knew all about me, the evidence is mounting how the many forces involved are not interested in seeing the humans serve the inner master, but want them to serve the chaos machine -- such as to integrate themselves into certain peoples realities, through the proxy of a total stranger, and thus inhibit us with the thought -- that -- they "know" about us.

Philip K. Dick, in his own process of enlightenment, possessed great paranoia at one point in his life, that people were "after him." In the world of the evolutionist, surrounded by nonbelievers, it shall seem at times that the whole world is against us, and our quest is not worth endeavoring into for the profound difficulty in finding Light in other souls . . . the thought of the controlling forces -- knowing about us -- for most, only inspires confidence, and that is the case with me. However perceived as a ontological threat, or a perceived "one man army" -- I enjoy the difficulty of imagining the controlling forces, as I struggle to figure with the concept of evil -- I realize there is no true separation between us, and we are all only equal; only the same.

The two girls at Two Cats restaurant who would read my thoughts in the company of my family, a scene feeling as though staged, and something out of the works of science fiction -- has come to serve as evidence that the world is changing, intervention will invariably occur, and I share this knowing it may not be fondly perceived by my family, and most friends, as the question of humility invariably arises -- if they intervened in your life, at the rife age of twenty-five, how come they have never intervened in my life, why are some of us -- chosen -- for intervention...?

The question resounds, and so it will seem that we are never chosen, but have personally elected ourselves for intervention. It was our own choice to be dealt with on a karmic level, and our humiliation only works to produce new thought as a result of the evidence of a living, “human God.”


Chapter Eight: The Free Will Universe

"Anyone can save the world."

This entire universe, you are now invited to believe, was all just a massive "experiment" from the start. As begun so many billion years ago, the Light burst in all directions, and our universe was born -- the Elohims and original Creator Gods would form worlds, star-systems, and planets which would exist to house races that exist as reflections of their Light.

Once enough was created out of the matter of the primordial spark, it became logical for the existence of time to be invented, as part of the experiment, as well as the dense third dimension.

We would live as a race of equals, the primordial twelve-strand human race, for some time. All was beautiful in the universe. And then the the genetic expiriments began, as this universe is governed by Free Will, and anyone can take the power all for themself. It was found that the human race would be enslaved by the Free Will of another, and this great experiment would be darkly-illumined for quite some time.

In the world of the subconscious mind, things are patternless, but always operate through a natural goal-oriented process. Through the endurance of the Light, and our awakened Lightbodies, we are coming to find that although patternless this reality, things always "add up in the end." Invariably, sense is found in the hopeful mind -- and the science of everything from re-incarnation, to enlightenment, is invariably going to be understood in time to come. We are in the New Age, living out our final incarnations -- and it was all leading up to this pivotal point in our cosmic history, from the start.

We are nearing the great showdown.

I often tell myself "getting closer, getting much closer now . . .” all in nearing toward the union of my greatest opposing force.

With the death of Christ 2,000 years ago, and such atrocities as Hiroshima, and the collective trauma we have endured as a race, we have been hurt very deeply through betrayal of expectation -- now we have "reality shows" where people are showing off their drug addictions, celebrity lifestyles, and profound misuse of power. We have nuclear weaponry, not only this, we have alien technology gifted to us by the Zeta Reticuli. We have a seemingly limitless amount of power over one another, and yet, this was all planned out, and conceived in the mind of God, from the very start. As I have had multiple attempts on my life, in this life, and I realize how fearful some people are, of my own power, as a unique individual -- I realize how threatened some people are by the concept of self-evolution, and the concept of serving a master that lies within.

God knew a universe would be created that would breed the most unique and original souls. This has all been a process of discovery, of the concept of the New, and all power realized upon the endurance of realizing our own oneness with God. The creator wanted us to become equal, and reflect The beauty back to the Source. This universe was created through the desire to find the most unique, original, and evolutionary thoughts. My favorite writer Edgar Allan Poe describes life as having certain "difficulties" and it is through the endurance of certain "difficulties" -- the great challenge of discord, and being hard-wired for control -- it has been a great test of our Free Will, to see if we could accept our responsibility, and admit we know that we are wholly responsible for all experiences we have ever had. We all chose to incarnate here, this is the Free Will universe -- and choice always exists over what one wishes to do with their existence.

As the genetic alterations were going on, perceived by the Sirian Council, there was one man who stood up to proclaim his disapproval. This one man, who stood up, and employed his own Free Will to ensure that enlightenment would find His beloved creatures, was a unique individual, and would leave the council, and renounce his place, so as to incarnate into the third dimension with the rest of the humans -- to seed them with the concept of a messiah -- a saint -- and produce the goal-to-be-realized, of a race of ascended masters, a race of self-Christed individuals, who are all saints, masters, and saviours of the world. With Christ, as well as Buddha, and others, the human race was seeded with the concept of a one-man-army, and we have now come far in our journey to realize ourselves as equal with Christ. We have come to produce some of the most stellar writers, artists, and deep thinkers, from artists Pollock to Alex Grey, from writers Joyce Carol Oates to Bob Dylan, from deep thinkers Stephen Hawking to Bruce Lipton, the Free Will of the human race in the Free Will universe has come to produce some of the most beautiful, amazing, and incredible minds.

Power which only leads to more power, Light which only leads to more Light, life which only leads to more life, we see that growth is endless, and the extensions of our Free Will never cease to place us within the recess of the deepest imaginable future. We are alive in the New Age, we have chosen to incarnate at this pivotal time in human growth and understanding, and we are all Light as born from the same Source, and we are all, in essence, equals, however unique and different we may seem -- through indifference the return to the Source is only more worthwhile, and as we come to produce new universes to live within, as a direct result of our Free Will, it shall come to pass as inevitable that the conceivable climax of all matter within the continuum realizes a veritable end, the final life, the final incarnation, the only life which matters now: the life of the ascended master.


Chapter Nine: The Final Incarnation

"For I am the first, the last, and always."

Re-incarnation, not a widely discussed matter, is a growing theory which is beginning to hold some validity in reference to the concept the natural cycles, seasons, and processes of life on the planet Earth. We have lived in many different times and places, through many different identities, as many different people. The face, name, family, friends, and relationships change, but I possess the belief that the imagination remains intact. In "The Case For Re-Incarnation" by J. Allan Danelek it is heavily detailed with evidence born through certain individuals, how the scenery will change, but the purpose of the soul seems to remain intact. The best evidence for re-incarnation, which has stood the test of time, would, however, seem to be "Many Lives, Many Masters" by Weiss. In "Many Lives, Many Masters" Catherine is regressed, from one session to the next, as having lived many different lives, spanning from culture to culture, ethnicity to ethnicity, but it would seem the gender has remained intact, as well as the imagination, and purpose of ones life.

Living as a servant to a male-oriented society, Catherine would incarnate through many different lives, only to finally find herself in the office of Brian L. Weiss -- peering back in time, at the many lives she's lived. She would learn how the roles are switched around, and some of her family members are re-incarnated loved ones from a past life. It would seem that people incarnate in groups, that there is a "group karma" of which certain individuals are tied together by experience. Through experiencing one another, countlessly, repeatedly through the recess of the incarnation system, it would eventually be realized, life within the New Age (which started in the late sixties), and the concept of the final incarnation. As this was all planned out from the start, it would seem that the incarnation system has been a sort of experiment, in itself, that energy once committed to the third dimension, invariably returns. We see, through the evidence as found through past-life regression, and self-hypnosis, that we can travel back in time, we can "view" the details of not only how a previous life was lived, but how that life passed on, and how it relates to the present incarnation.

Just by being aware of the incarnation system is the first step toward rising above it.

Entire books have been written on the subject, but it is to be found, that just be committing ones self to the belief they have lived before, we needn't live again. Lightbody and the ascension process points to immortality, and the teleportive event is only further evidence. Through the resounding evidence of the self-mutated Lightworker, we have evidence of the final incarnation, and we humbly perceive we can be equal with the many ascended masters that already exist, outside of time. Yes, I honestly perceive that immortality is achievable, and that the "final body" of which we presently know, whatever health, figure, or physical demeanor we possess, can be changed, and we can even reverse aging. Through Lightbody, all illnesses are cured, and it is to be found that we are not going to die.

Living out the final incarnation on the planet Earth in the New Age, we have arrived at the radiating Light at the end of the tunnel -- and "just by being aware of the incarnation system is the first step toward rising above it." As we have incarnated countless times, through the identities of many different people, we have learned much in our travels through the incarnation system, manufactured for control through the double helix, and every time we re-incarnated, we were blind to the energy of the soul, living as "clean slate." Through blindness to the soul only reachable through the subconscious/imagination (the body of God) -- we have been fed off of for the energy we output, through our fear-based thought forms believing we have no control over our lives, and thus commit ourselves to some "higher being" of which we are enslaved. The true path is to serve the Light that lies within, and as Light is information, information being the matter which composes the universe, it shall seem through the endurance of the Light, our future is endless, and we see the future, imagine what we desire, and then equalize into it instantaneously. With the karma system become active through our daily lives and expressions -- whatever we think, whatever acts once committed within the life of the ascended master, will relay back to us instantaneously, finding the world of synchronicity -- and how things all work in natural accord with one another, "like attracts like" and it shall come to pass that many miracles are performed, and the world is changed by the power of the individual.

Theoretically, the soul both enters and leaves the body through the pineal gland, and when we die twenty one grams of our body weight seems to vanish into thin air. When we die, a flooding of the naturally occurring psychadelic known as DMT courses through our veins, and there is, veritably, a white Light, angels, and the after-realm is, theoretically, as beautiful as we imagine. Here, we event our way toward the screen, to which we view the life-tape with our archetypal guides. Usually, three. The next incarnation is based directly off the previous, and we re-incarnate (at our own Free Will) into the newborn child, as the soul allegedly hovers above the to-be-born child, and enters the childs body directly previous to birth, which suggests that abortion is not killing, as the soul doesn't enter the body until directly prior to giving birth. In this, we are born as a clean slate, ignorant of our past on the Earth, and often go through the exact same experiences we have already gone through before. Thankfully, knowledge has now come to afford us with awareness of the incarnation system, and we have the capacity to rise above it through knowledge alone.

Immortality, the life of the ascended master endowed with the original twelve-strand DNA, and wholly enamored with the power we possess, we see our effect on the world is direct, and thus that choice-point is realized: do we continue to effect the world, or do we calmly accept that observation alone effects matter, and we need only "exist" through certain relationships, within our present locale..? . . . Perhaps we exist through the given environment, leaving our effect on the world focused to a select locale, and select relationships. The question is: do we change the world, or do we accept that our effect on the world will occur invariably, so we now thus step back, and take a look at things from the periphery. We come to wonder how we ever came to be so powerful, and we start to realize (some of us) about our inner selfish drive. Now we endeavor to see our fellow human empowered by the Light. We write books, produce art-work, and share our story with the world. In the end, we open ourselves up to judgment, we consciously wish judgment upon ourselves, we consciously wish to see how we are perceived -- as we have become an immortal ascended master in the New Age -- we realize our power is directly evidenced by the extrasensory, and we consciously realize that the world truly is affected by our Light . . . we realize that we have an effect on people, and certain relationships, and we thus realize -- who are we to save the world..? So we really begin to look at ourselves, and all concepts of the notion of humility. What makes us so worthy of such great a task..? How can we be so powerful, and why, in Gods name, did any of this happen..? Who is truly responsible..? The question resounds, and where blame could be placed, we now find there is only peace and understanding -- that we know we are alive in the New Age -- that we know we are becoming immortal -- that we know our place within the rows of all human life is invariably found by the final incarnation -- and we know, verily, that we do have an effect on the world . . .

"You are well aware that, as no thought can perish, so no act is without infinite result. We moved our hands, for example, when we were dwellers on the Earth, and, in so doing, we gave vibration to the atmosphere which engirdled it." -- E. A. Poe

We effect the environment with our thoughts, and the environment effects our thoughts in due frequency. We have effected the environment of the Earth with our expressions, and we learn, through the final incarnation, of how direct our effect on the world, the ether, the universe, has been.

Future tensory thoughts, of which we are bound by a certain goal, and operate through a mission of the mind; we may employ what is known as a "dreambook" for the commitment of thought into the tangible form of written text, and review the dreambook daily, sharing it with no one (as the Art of War suggests sharing our plans with a third party only produces unnecessary judgment) -- we will invite certain things into our life by reviewing the dreambook daily, and contain within the things we most desire in life. In the final life, it will come to pass that we surround ourselves with the most powerful relationships, vibrations that resonate with our own. Certain low-vibrations will be cycled out. As we find ourselves endowed with the Light, becoming immortal, and synchronized into the future tensory thoughts that carry us through time, some people will view your evolution as dangerous, perceive you as a threat, and work very hard to lower your vibration. Thus, the right guides, friends, outlets, and relationships become necessary in the final life, as we know all relationships and memories that exist in the final life are carried with us into the future, as ascended master, we see, verily, that some people who are opposed to enlightenment, and evolution, who are often religiously-inclined or embroiled in preexisting belief-patterns, what is "most safe" they gravitate to, because they are in essence fearful of change, and only seek the path which is plainly laid out before them.

In the final life, we are finding the natural inborn "Light-based cogitations" of the ascended master, and essentially enlightened by our own unique ability to cogitate a thought, which emanates into the surrounding environment, that the sacred space is to be employed, and there will be a designated locale for our greatest advancements to be found. In the final incarnation, the final life -- the last incarnation we will ever know, it is to be seen through the free endless resource as the energy found within the Light of our DNA, theoretically, evident in my own case with the teleportive event -- that we become ascended masters who seem to harness the time-space continuum, and are in synchronized into the natural movements of the collective.

"It's all changing now."

So let it be.

We are in the future, and our technology is advancing. As we evolve, thought evolves, and as we change, the people around us begin to change as well. We are impressed by one another, we see one anothers growth and it catalyzes growth in our own beings. Inspired, influenced, impressed, we grow through guidance directed towards one another, and no one would learn unless it were for some teacher or guide, propelling them in the right direction. Ever-eventing our way into the deepest imaginable future; finding ourselves there, peering back at the world, and knowing, verily, that we are Home. We have arrived in the future, peering back at how things used to be . . . now we are evolving, time as harnessed, and all powers of the mind seen fully utilized -- the Earth is brought together by a teleconnected race, and we finally live in perfect symbiosis with our home, the planet Earth.


Chapter Ten: The New Earth

"Question me then, my Oinos, freely and without fear,
Come! we will leave to the left and loud harmony of the Pleiades,
And swoop outward from the throne into the starry meadows beyond Orion,
Where, for pansies and violets, and heart's-ease,
Are the beds of the triplicate and triple-tinted suns."

-- E. A. Poe

Imaginable, at this time, the world is covered in ethereal Light. The planet Earth, is rising in vibration, as enamored with the network of Light produced by the Lightworkers, a grid-work of iridescence. Beneath the Noosphere lies the biosphere, and around this resides the technosphere, but all energies are merging into the final environment of the New Earth. Here, we find expressed control of the living environment, ever-aware that by altering the environment, we alter our thoughts, and vice versa. The frequency between thought and environment, to which the Light that is now covering the Earth, in frequency with the Light of our illumined DNA -- is a high-charged frequency, a vibration which causes the transition from third density, into the fifth octave. We see the Light coursing through us -- sent from the outer space -- into our DNA -- and we perceive the Light is emanating through our bodies, coursing through every fiber of our existence, enamoring every six trillion cell of our existence. The DNA filaments contain the memories of past-lives, and cosmic information, and anyone can tap into their soul -- anyone who consciously wishes to continue growing and learning through the movements of the living universe, to which we are a part -- as a unique reflection of One -- we have a purpose, we have a Light worth sharing with the world, and we know "the book has already been written" -- "the masterpiece already perfected" -- our time machine has already been constructed in the future, and all things have in essence already been achieved. It is simply a matter of imagining this through.

We perceive the beginning, middle, and end. We see that the walls of the universe fluctuate with our attainment of new information, and we know that the environment is changing. We are the vehicle of the final body, the final incarnation alive within the New Age. Awareized to the self-created reality, we wake up in the morning -- the sacred time -- and write down our dreams, record our thoughts in meditation, gravitate toward creative acts, actively organize objects within the given environment, and thus, continue to effect ones self through the spontaneity and radiance of a continuously changing environment.

The sacred space will be used for our highest learning, and the highest sense of ones expression of Free Will. Here, we are free to think and cogitate any thought -- be creative, write, poeticize, make music, learn, have fun, enjoy life, live in frequency with the environment -- reach for a random book, flip to a random page, and guide ourselves through intuition.

Finding thought which is entangled with the environs, that these thoughts -- that are based upon an understanding of the natural feng shui and circuitous flow of energy within the sacred space, of which we are awareized to our effect on the space, we extend this environment to that of the Earth . . . seeing ourselves divined by the Light such as to be teleconnected as a race that operates in symbiosis with their blue star . . . that the environment is further extended to the curved walls of the theorized "unisphere." And here, as we know we affect the environment, the Earth, the universe, with our thoughts, affecting the Source, to which our energy is infinitely relayed, a new frequency of growth that seems endless, and continuing for as far as the universe is explorable; as the Pleiadians have come to find: the universe is endless, there is no "edge" of the universe, however imagined the curved walls may be seen within the mind -- as we search the outer reaches of the universe, it would seem that our search in itself only yields further growth in the environment, and we shall come to see, that through the times which lie ahead such as to terraform other planets with human life, and live everywhere from Venus to Mars, we know that our rocket ships are equipped with the present technology to take us to the nearest planets, and it is theorized that Venus, which is much like the Earth, is a future environment that the humans will terraform with an atmosphere, and make liveable for human life.

As the free will universe was an experiment, it would come to pass as probable that the manipulative would have their day. But this time will be nothing more than a fleeting memory in the matrix of all memories -- that we were once separated, and disagreeing with many different names, living in a time of darkness with the highly limited double helix, as we have come to remember the Light, and recall our divine place within the orchestra of all human life. It shall come to pass that time is infinitely revised, history re-written, and the world of the new realized by our Light-based cogitations, and endurance of high-charged, genius thoughts. As we revert back to our true intelligence, and writhe through powers of the extrasensory, causing an ontological shift in the perceiver, as the karma system becomes active -- living the final incarnation -- all thought becomes -- all thought manifests -- all reality is thought -- and we always have control over our thoughts . . . in this very moment, we can take a walk, we can call a friend on the phone, we can write a letter to a someone, we can perform a kind act toward another soul, we can share our beliefs with an open-minded source, we can learn, verily, that things are not as separate as they once seemed, but we have simply given many different names, for the same thing, the One True Spirit which moves through everything.

We are to see ourselves as expressors of Divine Light, who are aligned, body, mind, and soul.

Divine Light, which will emanate through us, from chakra to chakra, permeating throughout the bodily frame. We "feel" our cells, we imagine they each contain the holographic image of the whole, and the whole is a healthy, high-functioning, and proactively animated form. Allegedly, humans are made up of six trillion cells. In imagining the body as the environment, and acknowledging the power of the goal-oriented subconscious mind, we enamor ourselves with the thought of an eclipsing of our cells -- to the holographic image of the perfect avatar.

As we grow, we have much to believe, and so it has been suggested we are more able to choose when our selection is reduced -- so we find the limited array of choices -- the select matrix of possible probabilities, of which we view -- perhaps a selection of eight choices -- one mode will be followed, one path of the most deepest imaginable future will be realized, as we find ourselves on the track, converging with the oncoming Light, arriving at the imagined destination. We are now in the process of building a time machine, a time machine which lies within the mind. As theoretically the Earth, according to New Age belief, is moving through the most densely-electromagnetically-charged part of the galaxy at this time, referred to as the photon belt, or the rings of Alcyone, of the Pleaides -- the Pleiades which is connected to an entirely other universe, and is reported by many sources, to be heaven. So we perceive that the Earth is transitioning to a new state -- "Heaven on Earth" -- and here, within the recess of the New Age, divined by our creative expressions, and the self-controlled environment, we find that our home is alive, Mother Gaia, and she has always been directly affected by the thoughts of her inhabitants. As twenty-one grams seems to mysteriously vanish from the body when we die, it is thus imagined that spirit bears some weight, and the weight of the spirit thus contained within the body of the final incarnation -- shall affect our home directly, in a symbiotic relationship that is frequented, occasionally, with journeys to other planets, and other dimensions.

Here within the final reality we will ever know, through a symbiotic relationship with the planet, and ecosphere/biosphere -- as we will project our thoughts such as to imagine the iridescent Light that is now covering the blue star in hyper-dimensional radiance. We are always revising the Akasha, with each day that passes, such that history is being actively written now, and these days to which we are now found living within the New Age -- in the final life -- are memories to be the shape and form that results in our highest divination, such that we may look back on Earthlife, all the relationships, and experiences, and reflect that it was all leading up to an eventual return to the stars. As the human race becomes interstellar travelers, potentially terraforming Venus with a biosphere, and proving we are capable of creating a new environment, as Jonathon Ray Spinney theorizes in "The Last Eclipse" that the human race will survive the geological changes, and perceived pole shift that may occur in time, that our futurity may lie within Venus -- and that is where our new home will be found. Presently, we possess the technology to make it to Venus, and it is a growing possibility that human life will spread to such planets as Venus, and Mars, in our given lifetimes. Just as it was originally unimaginable that "astronauts will travel to the moon" -- we never had photographs of the Earth prior to the sixties, and now, as our technology, evolution, and advancements are carrying us into the deepest imaginable future, of interstellar travel, and the terraforming of new worlds, with an atmosphere such as to give life to the new environment, it is my perception that the human race can save themselves, we needn't be whisked away in space-ships by a foreign party, but we are, within our own human capacity, capable of saving ourselves.

As we move to Venus, and terraform the planet with oxygen, and a living atmosphere, it will come to pass that our new home will be a land of peace, unity, renewal, and understanding. Theoretically life already exists on Venus, the beings referred to as the Ashtar Command, and we will theoretically be in union with these enlightened souls, as well as the many ascended masters who exist outside of time. Referred to as the "galactic federation" or simply the Cosmic Family, we will find integration -- the eventual equality, and sharing of knowledge with the many races that exist in the universe. Already, it is suggested that Sirius has higher-vibrating life-forms who convene in the Sirian Council, and oversee human evolution. As this universe, and planet, was all an experiment from the start, to see if it would be possible for a race to live in darkness for a period of time, only to become more pure and spiritual and Godly as a result -- they perceive the experiment now has a life of its own, and the creations all stem from One are some of the brightest, compassionate, beautiful, and creative souls. The Sirian Council has been observing human evolution from the start of the experiment, and as it has occurred, it only took one man to change the world -- the shift is found within -- we are the prophecy -- we are everything, and nothing, flowing endlessly by the pulse of the heart divine. It only takes two seconds to believe in someone, and it only takes one individual to change the tides of history.

So we perceive that researcher, that scientist who believes -- and the technology to reach fruition in all futurity to come.

The New Earth, allegedly to be found on Venus, to which is terraformed, and seeded with life, is our potential future, in order to survive the prophesized "Earth changes" that lie ahead. According to many sources, the Earth is as though being held up by atlas, by ascended masters, in our to maintain its equipoise, and not tilt off the axis. Pole shift is theoretically already occurring and there is also much evidence of climate change as a result of the profound weight of the human race. Such that allegedly certain land-masses will be submerged, and others risen to the surface. The evidence is mounting, whatever the cause, that the Earth is upset, and working towards balancing herself out.

As such, we lived in darkness for a period of time in order to be greater empowered by the Light, such that our oscillation into darkness has only been a test of our Free Will, to see if we could remember ourselves, and verily, we are starting to remember ourselves.

The further we explore, only more deeply do the depths of the universe grow, that we know the universe is affected by our actions, and everything that happens on the Earth is being learned from by the children of different universes. Many stories about life in the free will universe are circulating, and many are endeavoring to live in this place -- the free will universe -- for the extension of their own Light, in order to realize their own power as ascended master.

We came here in order to become more powerful, and our power is apparently endless. That choice-point realized, do we continue to change the world, or do we reside within the status of equipoise, of transparency, and simply "exist" -- the world affected by our observation alone..? Just by existing in the Light, the world is changed, just by perceiving ones self as enlightened to finding deep pride in ones Light-based cogitations: we change the world. As it will come to pass that some stellar individuals expose themselves as Lightworkers, and express through supernal expressions of their powers of the mind, as telekinesis has already been evidenced with Uri Gellar, we are learning that matter does transcend reality, and this dimension known as the third is in truth just a hologram, with rules hardly in place. As evidenced through thought transferrence, the One Spirit comes alive, and thought is shared, and we know, verily, that we are moving into a heightened vibration.

Life on Venus will probably be a civilization to which we find the greatest leaders, and live in resounding peace. I of course have no scientific evidence, nor am I in any way in touch with how a rocket ship could carry us to Venus -- I simply deduce that it may be a possibility in all futurity to come. As the ship is referred to as the "Noahs Ark" it will carry all humans through hypersleep/cryosleep, to the New Earth, and once arrived, citizens will wake up from the prolonged dream of hypersleep, and find themselves living in a totally new world. As I have come through a certain understanding that the Earth is going to experience some changes ahead, and we are in great need of preparation, to which our survival may rely on life on Venus. Through what sources I have gleaned, it is greatly perceived as possible the human race will find a new home on Venus, and as Venus is already much like the Earth, already theoretically housing life that exists at a higher vibratory frequency.

We have evolved to the point of channeling streaming consciousness dictations from a higher source, books like "The Prism of Lyra" are sure evidence the information that is presented, through its factual tone of universality, is the truth, and we are learning from the most direct and pure sources of information. As the channeled text is priming us for the changes that lie ahead, we are readying for life aboard the ship -- preparing for hypersleep -- knowing that once we wake up, we will have arrived at our new home, as terraformed with an atmosphere capable of housing life. We will build new homes, build a new civilization, and the foundation of The New Earth will be focused on a soul-oriented, spiritual basis. This will extend our former Earthlife into the expanded civilization, the only culture, thus, the only government, and only one belief system -- through the power of singularity, and oneness, the concept of universality, and all escape from the ways of the old Earth, of duality and separation, we will be One.

The reason we must move to Venus is now to be discussed, and no fear, as scary the concepts may seem, the human imperative for survival and evolution towards the highest Light is an invariable process that always produces a formidable result. The reason why we must move to Venus, is already evident with tsunami, and global warming, and the prevailing geological changes as a result in the tilting axis. As suggested, the entire face of the planet will be re-shaped, to which it is theorized our humble blue star will be unliveable for a duration of seven years.

"And the wheat shall be separated from the chaff."

As a result of the shift in the magnetic poles, causing the Earth to tilt on its axis, and thus earthquakes and tsunami a natural result, it becomes imperative, as a race, that we either make a call -- if we are not able to save ourselves, and move to Venus at our Free Will -- we may thus require assistance from the ascended masters and ET presence. This is a humble act that may require a certain world leader, but a possibility none the less.

"Venus is the brightest star in the morning and evening skies. It's there at those magical times of transition between the conscious and unconscious dream-state to remind us of the love that our Creators have for us and that we should have for each other. Venus is there to instill peace and faith in our hearts. She represents the eternal Goddess and we are moving towards her." -- Jonathon Ray Spinney, The Last Eclipse.

Life on Venus seems to be the most probable future, and we endeavor to imagine this event will occur in our given lifetimes, because once we are immortal, the future is endless. As the ship moves toward Venus, and all passengers are in hypersleep, only to wake up once we have arrived, upon the terraformd New Earth, it will be like a rebirth of the Essene brotherhood, and we will live in the direct midst of the many ascended masters, who have always been with us, like guardian angels. Teleconnected, in symbiosis with our new home, such that memory of the old Earth will remain as a mere fleeting thought, of the darkness that once was. Our Free Will shall writhe through beautiful expressions, and we will see beauty in the details of the smallest grain of sand -- as we come to walk the surface of the New Earth. Wholly enamored with the Light of our DNA, become ascended masters, the New Earth will rise like a phoenix from the ashes of the old, and we shall know, verily, that we have arrived.


Chapter Eleven: God-Consciousness

And God said "Let there be enlightened DNA filaments."
And there were enlightened DNA filaments.


In the final incarnation to which we are now living, we are moving into what is known as God-consciousness. Here, within the natural rhythm of our enlightened thoughts, we feel our reality is directly manifested by our sentience, and we are wholly enamored with the overwhelming power of Love that permeates through all cells of the enlightened host, and this body which is our vessel -- is the body of Christ -- whatever thoughts and actions we wish upon ourselves, will be karmically relayed back to us through experience. In God-consciousness, we are finding the world of synchronicity, timing, and rhythm. Here, within the true rhythm of our being, we hope to create spaces to be filled, new universes to be learned from, entirely new star-systems for other life to flourish, grow, animate, and evolve.

All is to be found as ones own, as all is connected, that we are God -- we know this, and we express our Godliness through the creatures to which we gift with life, that shall be reflected back to us. Our many creations, fragmentations, and dispensations of life throughout the universe of ourselves, will reflect Love, beauty, and kindness. It will be impossible to deny the permeating Love of the creator -- that Zeus would commune with his creations, so one shall commune with those of whom have been created in our image. Our world, our rules -- a universe to which we may refer to as ours, forever, safe within the recess of the life of God -- that we know we are God, and we have always been. God-consciousness is not a state of mind, but a state of being, body, mind and soul -- a unitive, integrative whole that functions in balance with the outside environment, which is the universe of ones own. Here, within the recess of ones own universe, that we are God over all matter within this space -- as the Free Will universe was an experiment from the mind of One, that all reality is a dream, that the third dimension is a hologram, that things like thought-transferrence and teleportation seem to suggest that the rules of this reality are hardly in place, and we are invariably starting to realize our place of primordial power.

Once we realize that we are God, and this reality has always been controlled by our own singular facet of the permeating essence, and we realize our effect on the world has been direct, that everything we have ever done, every element, piece, and fragment of our total existence -- adds up to a unitive whole -- we know our place of responsibility -- as a creator of ones own destiny, a calmly perceived future, and all-endowed with the prescient eyes that peer endlessly into the radiant depths of the multiverse. We shall know, verily, that there is no power beyond our own -- that as God we possess total control -- we know we possess full control, that the karma system is active through the recess of the final incarnation, and this path is walked, in assured steps, toward the Thetaverse, to which we seem to be capable of communing with the highest Source -- as we exist within the matrix of universes known as the multiverse; the aggregate network of all incarnated universes; our universe will serve a purpose -- as there is a universe designated for each ascended master . . .

Here, where the rules are personally determined by the creator alone, we may witness events that were never expected, and our life-force which is manifest through the many fragmentations and dispensations of our Light, will be reflected back to us through the creation of equals -- that as Adam would create eve from his own body, our essence thus given life to the elements resulting in the manifestation of sentient life-forms, will realize their own God-consciousness, and as a result of our own, become equals, as such, their own universe, their own world, their own place of power, Light, longevity, and evolution. That we have been responsible for this process all along, is known, and we realize, verily, that our life-essence is infinite, it never ceases to fragment and incarnate into new forms.

Through the graduation of the third dimension, to which we have risen to the fifth octave, and realized as ascended master, once returned to the Source, and wholly divined by the radiating Light -- this is far into the future, far beyond Venus, that we eventually find our way into the universe of our own creation. But a time that exists for us nonetheless. Here, we reign supreme, it is our world, for our own thoughts to be reflected into the many creatures we will manifest, and nothing may invade, no force of any horror or magic can possibly affect us now, as we are God, we are the Light, we are the beginning, the middle, and the end. We are the fluctuating walls of our own universe, our life-force exists in all matter within our universe. And we see, verily, counting a number in the billions, that as there are now many incarnated universes governed each by their own Creator -- we shall have much to learn, still, as we have become God, the movements of the multiverse continue on -- and animation, life, seems to continue into the concept of tomorrow, the belief that no matter how hard we try, nothing is ever totally understood -- even unto the mind of God. In this, we may reach far into the depths of possibility, and potentially find ourselves going through the same process experienced on Earth, in our own world. For whatever reason, we may see the same process as what has occurred in this universe. Recyling matter into new forms, creating new entities, we learn from our creations, and lovingly observe as they begin to take on a life of their own.

As Christ would wish we become equals to His Light, and God is an energy which permeates through all living things -- as all is born from the same Source, all is connected, all is entangled within the mind of God. And within the mind of God, where we will find residence, it is as though our consciousness is self-actuated to a supernal, endless stance of which is infinitely renewed by the natural cycling of the elements, atoms, and sub-atomic particles of our universe. As there are six trillion cells that make up the human body, each cell is a reflection of ones Godliness, and each cell composes the holographic image of the whole. So it goes with our universe as a hologram, that within one element contains the essence of the whole, thus, we deduce that God exists through all living matter -- all living matter which is connected as having been born through the same smashed stardust, and particles, recollected, and re-gathered over time. As originally fragmented into a seemingly vast array of many different pieces, God would disperse The energy unto the masses, for the Christing of the human race. One perceived that the humans would become equals, and thus, we are all made in the image of God. God-consciousness, supernal understanding, soulful animation -- an existence which seems at the pinnacle of its growth, of which we verily see ourselves as the very heart of the universe -- we are the Source -- the Source emanates in all directions, and we emanate in all directions. Our energy flows, cycles, and renews itself through the infinite process, and as we come to find a universe of our own -- so it has been -- that this universe was just an experiment within the mind of One, and we were created by someone who was at first a mere fleeting thought -- a simple particle within the totality of All . . .

. . . and then existence would prevail as found within the recess of growth, enlightenment, ascension, God-consciousness, finding this being, become God, and thus, created the Free Will universe, at the expense of His own Free Will. Our universe is merely a thought in One mind, a thought -- a fleeting thought which is only seen as infinitely realized through the process of the continuum. However found within Godliness, still yet another lesson to be learned. We continue to grow, even once we have entered into God-consciousness, as we will create new worlds, and new environments for our energy to be fragmented into. Through fragmentation, and the dispensation of our God-essence, given life to the ether, life which seems to have come from our mind alone -- we produce life, vast, glorious civilizations, and we integrate our energy into the incarnation system, as saint, mystic, and cosmic guide -- for the endurance of the thought to be held within the mind -- God exists in the human body -- we realize, verily, that as our creations become equals with us, they too will head out into the world of the multiverse, create their own universes, and thus, become our equals. All of this was planned out from the very beginning of all existence.

From one mind alone.

The plan, subconsciously known, was to create masters out of the human race. This plan as being hard-wired into our DNA, was the originally seeding of the Earth with Light, the spark thus ignited through time to result in enlightenment, and the return to Godliness. Enlightenment is the highest achievment any human can find within their life -- that to become "One with God" suggests the end to what began 13.75 billion years ago, will reach a veritable climax upon the endurance of our highest levels of Lightbody. The experiment of the free will universe would progress through the existence of time, many souls would be awakened to their true Light, their true purpose, their true mission, and realize their effect on the world is direct. Here it is realized that the world changes when we acknowledge that we possess the power -- to change the world -- and we realize that the change often starts with friends, and the most direct social ties, relationships we possess. We all have the capacity to become One with God through enlightenment, and however far I may be projecting into the future by even suggesting the concept, of God-consciousness, I merely see this as a logical eventuality within the scope of the greater scheme of which it is only natural, right, and logical, for equality, reciprocity, and humility to exist. That what once began at the perceived beginning of time, must realize some form of conclusion in the thoughts of Godliness. Our fall from grace, through the genetic alterations resulting in the double helix, manufactured for control, was just the Free Will of one sole individual, who decided within their heart, for whatever reason, to control us. This control, as found to be expressed within the Free Will universe -- was all planned out from the start, however ill-conceived the notion may resound -- that God knew the Light would return, just as many prophets have been able to deduce and foresee.

We were seeded with the spark for enlightenment prior to incarnation, and we knew the probability of reaching God-consciousness. It was all planned out from the start, in this great art project, this great experiment known as the human race. God knew all along that his creations would find themselves in a world of darkness for a period of time, only to realize the cure-all Light at the end of the tunnel. God knew his experiment would be productive of the brightest souls, artists, thinkers, and writers -- and with great success, we now have conceivably, the most divine artists -- from Alex Grey to Josh Voke -- and some of the most divine music, text, and films. We have come to produce a great number of bright, powerful souls . . . and it is truly amazing to behold. We have come a long way in our journey through separation and ignorance, but at last, the Light is being realized by many individuals, and people are waking up from the dream with every day that passes now. We feel the world is changing. Like the wind of November passing through our body, we feel the mystical catharisis, the knowledge, that this, is, entirely amazing . . .

Chapter Twelve: The One True Belief System

"A law is valid in the vertical as well as the horizontal direction.
That is, if a law is valid on one level of consciousness,
it has to be valid on all levels. A law is universal."

-- H. W. Carpenter, The Genie Within

Organized religion is the greatest downfall of humankind. Through the separation of belief, conditioning of our children, and the forcing of ones beliefs onto another, through methods of manipulation, in order to reside within what is "most safe" to the consensus reality, we have gone far into the depths of ignorance and human malaise. We have even gone so far as to produce the thought that we are alone in the universe.

Through the separation of belief, and attaching many names to what is essentially the same thing, through bastardization of the One True Light, into the fragmentation of multiple belief systems, to which Christianity reigns supreme, it would seem we have made a real mess out of something which could have gone much differently. As history records that Christ died on the cross, of which our calendars begin, there are other theories that suggest Christ ever died at all, but became immortal, and ascended with his physical body.

As we now see evidence that a good majority of ministers and priests are sexually repressed, and operate through the lower chakras, that they represent some of the most troubled people -- as we see young evangelists in their early twenties on television, recycling the same ideas which have been spoken countlessly before them, by other "men" -- I have often turned on the TV to find someone talking about how they are a professional in belief, and their way toward God is the only way -- that these "professionals in God" are the exact opposite, who are in fact regressing, going backwards, and through the recycling of dead thoughts, they are essentially hapless drones, conduit for the energy of other men.

As we see that the bible is probably one of the worst books that has ever been written, and yet, many of us seem to pray to it as though it were the Akashic Records itself. It condescends other books with its girth, its weight, and its mass, an obese collection of contradictions, repeated mention of human slavery, profound violence, and killing. Verily, the text is becoming obsolete with the information of the New Age.

How far into the depths of ignorance does the human race need to go, reducing themselves to mere followers, mere drones, until the re-discovery of ones Free Will, and the eventual apostasy of Christianity -- into the final admission into the world of universality..? There is only One True Light, only One True Spirit, only One True Belief System. As such, there are many ascended masters, but there is only One Source to this universe, and we are all born from the same Source. So it goes, we have incarnated a number of times into this male-oriented society that is seemingly governed by organized religion, cults, and covenants, and secret societies -- much insidious manipulaton, greed, selfishness, and thought-control has come to pass in our present century, and the human race has suffered through ignorance, the separation of belief, and the overmasculinity of the human race. Females are more naturally intuitive, we see they are the dominant ones in nature, with wolves, and yet, our society has a great vacancy for female creators, leaders, and thinkers.

There is only One True Belief System.

As clearly evidenced through telepathy as having occurred countlessly in my life, with the three outstanding examples, it is thus perceived, that there is only One Spirit moving through everything. Whence mind is One, and all subjects are tapped into that higher dimension -- to which direct non-local thought-transferrence takes place, we are to find that as our thoughts merge into a singular sentience, God is realized in the event of telepathy as the Source Field, or Universal Mind -- but in essence, the One True Spirit which we have given many names . . . there is only One True Spirit behind the movements of all matter within the universe, and it is all headed in a logical, and hopeful direction, whether we like it or not; order prevails.

Through the re-distribution of wealth thus gifted to the masses through the gift of Light, and the body endowed with the Light to which we are made immortal and thus the original image of Godliness which was always hard-wired into our DNA, we are aligned with the One True Spirit. Here, within the world of absolutes and universality, we writhe through akashic propensity, the living universe -- that what we know is understood, and what is understood, we believe, and what we believe, manifests, and what manifests, progresses, endlessly, infinitely, for as long as matter exists in the continuum -- which is forever. As the Pleiadians endeavor to search the deepest recesses of the universe, they are only coming to find that the universe is endless, and only seems to grow the further we endeavor into exploring it. As the universe is endless, infinite, to which we may attach some image to the imagined curved walls -- the unisphere -- we may never reach the edge in our travels, but the walls of the universe only grow the further we endeavor to explore. As the human race moves into the space age, and we become frequenters of Venus, the perceived New Earth -- the final One True belief system will come to be understood through tones of universality, absolutes, and natural mysticism. Here, in our final civilization to which peace resounds, infinitely, a rebirth of the Essene brotherhood, our greatest leaders found, and the highest souls of Light learned from directly -- as we convene with the many ascended masters -- become Godly, and ascending in our own right -- this process which is infinite, shall only lead everdeepening into the imaginable future. That we can only imagine so far into the future, however prescient we may be, is evidence that there is still something new to learn, and thus, we are enamored with the concept of tomorrow, that we see although immortal ascended masters having reached the end of time -- the movements of the universe continue, as matter is infinite, here, we find ourselves in control of the weather, the elements, and all natural aspects of the planet. In our Godliness, as governed by tones of universality, we are to harness matter, time, and the continuum.

Entering into the One True Belief System -- words only boldly capitalized to represent the thematic tone, of which is simply that of the universe -- and continuous growth, we are entering into the mind of God -- the thoughts of the one -- true -- belief -- that there is only One. Here we are able to view the universe in its entirety. Which is a sphere with glowing walls -- a glowing sphere -- to which is found the center of the aggregate of universes -- ours -- in the matrix of universes; which we see plainly with our enlightened eyes, in the informative current of fluctuating energies found within the endurance of the thought of Godliness, -- that all universes are connected, and they exist as a multitude of cellular constructs, mechanized through the centrifugal force held up by the multisphere, which is the outer surrounding force which rotates on the axis, to which all the universes are governed by a number of energy-points, and ley-lines across the network of the cellular constructs. The imagination -- which is the body of God -- projects itself into the emanating recess, and here lies the holographic nature to which there is one universe located within the center of the aggregate of universes, that is the Free Will universe, where the night falls, and the sun rises, and the moon governs the tides, and the natural elements work toward a continual eclipse of self-renewal that occurs every Spring, as well as through each cycle of the procession of the equinoxes, and only continues to renew herself through the Light born through the complex DNA information cast into the humans who live there.

This universe which emanates Light to all other universes, is where the artists are born.

The Free Will universe is based on creative force, and constant creativeness that is used, and employed, as energy to fill the envirothoughts, and Light-based cogitations that emanate Light to all other universes within the aggregate, and this network of illumined unispheres, glowing, permeating, fluctuating, accellerating, and it shall be that vibrations rule the void -- and these Lights travel from universe to universe, in riverlight fashion, manufactured by the mind of One, that apex of the universes, the Thetaverse, which is wholly mysterious, and something of which seems to be learned from in its own function, that of which lies at the apex, the pinnacle of all universes within the total structure, of which as cellular mechanisms the universes rotate around one another, around the central universe which is ours -- the Free Will universe, where geniuses, artists, creators, and mystics are born such as to produce Light for the entirety of the multisphere. Our location within the whole of the structure seems to change, and we are not really sure of the Earths location within the whole. This it would seem, however mysterious, as the Earth is referred to as the Living Library, a sort of cosmic college system of which souls learn and share the energy and Light that was always buried within the filaments of their DNA. This is information, and information is the matter which is just a translation for Light is the matter which composes the universe, this information is alive -- the living information flows through Akashic propensity, and it is learned invariably through the existence of time -- incarnation -- the re-integration of matter -- and a sort of learning that is only going to become self-evident in language used, the words employed, the semantics understood, the intonations syllabated, the syllables counted, the tones recurring, the frequencies building, the vibrations awakening, the DNA -- bursting -- a spontaneous supernova within the mind, -- which upon the enlightenment of one cell within the structure, causes a vibration that emanates causally to the outer walls of the unisphere -- this will theoretically infect all other universes with Light, and thus -- fuel them -- which now leads us to the final concept of referring to humans as simply energy.

We all are made of water, of cells that are all come from the same Source, conducting energy that crystallizes the water within us into a pattern of which our bodies, minds, and souls, equalize into the radiance to which we see water and Light -- illumined water -- perhaps a lake, a great, vast, body of water -- and the Earth is composed of seventy percent water. So is the human brain:seventy percent. Our bodies conduct electricity, and we are fueling the rest of the universes with our Light -- we are the energy of the universe -- the energy that fuels the aggregate -- the mass of which rotates upon its own centrifugal force, and continues to be energized by the Light which is transmitted through the Source -- and the Source which is the center that is everywhere, and circumference is nowhere -- that emanates Light in all directions, and seems to project itself through the holographic nature of each dimension that is encoded through each level of the aggregatal Lightbody of the whole. As the Lightbody of the Free Will universe will be imagined as the shell of a glowing circumference, we can imagine, thus, that there is Light at the end of the tunnel, and that is what the Pleiadians are finding.

The energy that we produce which emanates from our crown chakras, an imagined river of Light, pouring out of us, into the surrounding walls of the unisphere, emanating, glowing, flowing endlessly as it only seems to continue growing in size, and it surrounds us, the unisphere, the curved walls of the universe -- whatever room, sacred space, or environment we are in. And our energy, which -- emanates -- flowing out of us, into the ones we pray for, and are to be found thus able to channel through seance once we are in the fifth octave . . . one hopes to believe through whatever occurring thought-patterns that lead us into the channeled state, it is possible, and this may even lead to the holographic avatar, or detura-like form, that is seemingly tangible. This only leads to the further belief that as matter is entangled, what once was, will exist again -- in some shape or form, whether it be spiritual avatar, or life somewhere else in the universe. It is theorized that if we do not compete our karmic responsibilities in the incarnation we now know, we will be transferred to another place, to re-learn of our power, our effect on the world, and where we stand in the totality of all universes. And this process of which is continual and infinite, goes on, the further people are not completing their missions as examples for their fellow man to follow, and fail to justify their present moment actions, through whatever environment, family, location, face, name, or identity.

Prior to the final incarnation; as we were existing within the bardo -- perceiving the details of our previous lies, the matrix of incarnation, we have viewed the entirety of all the lives we have lived -- to which we are awareized to our own energy, perceive our effect on the world is direct, and we thus witness ourselves as expressors, univeralists bound by universal law. We know that we have lived before, that we possess a karma with other individuals, and it is our mission to seek being enamored with the One True Spirit, that we know there is only "one real truth" and that is the concept of One. That there is only one person who needs to read this book. That there is only One True Belief System, and universality is to be wholly understood -- that there is an inborn logic to the chaos theory of the universe -- we know that however patternless the matrix, it always leads up to a righteous conclusion, to which we know, verily, that we have lived before, and through awareness of the incarnation system, we need not live again; -- but find ourselves within the recess of the life of ascended master, discovering that all matter is connected as born from the same Source, that there is only One Source to the universe, and this to which is found within the concept of the all-encompassing living circuitry referred by Wilcock as The Source Field -- through entanglement, we are found as One, connected, and it shall come to pass that telepathy is only further proof of the concept of One -- that when all minds are merged unto a singular sentience, and it would seem that we are thinking together, we writhe through the akashic poetics of thought, and we know, verily, that the information is alive . . .

Through the life-force possessed by the living information, as all has come from the same Source, information that is universal; here, we project the mind such as to imagine the Source Field covers the body in a luminescant shell of holographic information -- this shell of holographic information, to which the body is bound, by the living information, we imagine that the information which composes the body, is universal, as the One True Light -- and we believe that this universal information will be understood, in its own forms of Light, and essence. That we inform ourselves through certain guides and creators, of the most desirable information, and as suggested, surround ourselves, and live, in a world of beauty and surprise. We endeavor to stay enamored, to remain informed, knowledgable, and intelligent. We are all inherently genius minds only distorted by the consensus reality to believe otherwise -- that we are all primordially, geniuses, is the truth that will find us in the final analysis; that whence found within the recess of divine thought -- universal Light-based cogitations -- we are enamored with our own capacity to produce a new thought, we see our future clearly, and we know it can be changed at all times. Yet we also know that more questions only lead to answers that only lead to more questions -- and for this unknowing, this which the imagination can only peer so far into the depths of the future, we are to imagine the "apogee of awareness" -- the ability to step back and look at the universe from the periphery. Here, at her curved glowing edges, we see the many things that occur, and how it is all invariably entangled by the living information. We see ourselves within the orchestra, and how we were involved. Realizing our genius was always existent, merely distorted through limitation and the illusion of separation to believe otherwise -- we see our place within the multisphere, and we observe that we are merely energy.

Within the viewing of the universe from the periphery, extended to the macrocosm to the imagined aggregate of universes, to which the apex is the governing point, and exists as though a body, in itself, as fueled by the Light of the center. We imagine the universes, perceive them visually, the multicellular constructs, which all move, flow, and circulate through their own gravitation, and centrifugal force. As we know this universe is endless, to which we are only capable of "imagining" the outer sphere; we thus realize that the growth process of all incarnated universes must be invariably growing; that however capable of perceiving the aggregate, we are not sure if this matrix of universes is the only aggregate, but must exist within a mirroring of universes, that extends from the perceived center; of which there is perceived another sphere which encompasses the aggregate, and thus a growing multitude of multispheres. That we can further our thoughts to imagine the concept of multiple multiversal aggregates, is almost as deep as we can imagine -- that here within the perceived matrix of aggregates, there is yet another governing body which contains this, a cell within a cell, to which extends endlessly into the outer sphere which only seem to continue to grow. In the totality of form which is thus imagined, we now perceive cellular constructs composed of aggregates, of spheres within spheres, that going from the microcosm -- of thought -- to the macrocosm, of imagination, we endeavor to provide ourselves with the furthest extension of possibility -- to imagine that this is an endless matrix of spheres, all collected, and gathered through the multiform process of which all bodies surround the nucleus, which is our universe.

As the Free Will universe is the fuel, and all humans are in essence energy that is being used to power the entirety of the aggregates, located at the imagined center, we are thus found the most important race within all the universes -- that control over the humans means control over everything -- and we have been as though slaves, through the incarnation system, for many years. As we start to wake up with the perceived spontaneous occurrence of DNA activation, to which the Light enters our body -- we become the true fuel, as opposed to fear, pure Light -- which is what really fuels all matter. As fear has existed for quite some time, it would seem that the emanating scream coming from our blue star has infected the entirety the multisphere, that it would become naturally imperative for intervention of other races from Pleiadian, to Sirian, to step into our reality, guide us, and thus cause the remembrence of our true divinity, such that we are aligned with the Light, the One True Light -- know that our effect on the environment is direct, that control of the environment results in evolution, and the totality of all environments which is the perceived outer housing body, is imagined as energized by our Light -- that we are the fuel -- we are the energy -- and the human race is vital towards the evolvement of many, many lives.

As we are as vital as the imagination will allow itself to be projected into the conceivable future, as we are as alive, energized, and powerful as the mind believes, our Godliness shall grow evident -- that we calmly realize our true encodement is twelve-strand DNA, and however scientists may refer to this as "junk DNA" -- there is a purpose for the enlightened helix, that it will turn unto a new strand through epiginetics, and grow like never before. We germinate the seed with Light, and watch it grow. In our given environment, we germinate the Earth with the seed of the imagination, as artists, writers, and free-thinkers (evolutionists) -- changing the world one person at a time. As we become enlightened cells, unique microcosms of individuality, we are being learned from by beings in other worlds, and much is being learned from the human race. We now further the concepts to what is known as the Akashic Computer.


Chapter Thirteen: The Akashic Computer

"The imagination is the body of God."

-- William Blake

In the free will universe to which we know, we have lived through a matrix of incarnation all leading up to the final one. Found within the recess of the New Age, we believe in a life of purpose and value to the rest of the world. We hope to understand, through delvings into the Akasha, and the living recordbook of the soul, we can be educated by the information, and learn of certain things. Here, we endeavor toward the thought of one of the greatest technologies that exist in the free will universe. The Akashic Computer is able to tap into any point in human history, and project the visual-audio-sensory projection of the "film" that we view, of any location within the continuum, to educate the viewer of things past. Here, we see everything from the mutiny on the H.M.S. Bounty to the alleged last days of Christ -- and learn from history as directly as can be conceived.

The Akashic Records is alive, bound by living information, and what we learn from our own future employment of the Akashic Computer, will be seen as a device that is able to read into natural probabilities, and theoretically peer into the future.

One tape is put into the machine, is viewed, and then another tape is put into the machine; another life, another soul, and through the Akashic Computer it is like a movie-show that presents the details of that file in selection. As this technology already exists with the Pleiadians, and is being actively used to monitor human probabilities, the Akashic Computer is theoretically a technology that already exists.

Used for good or for ill, we are being actively viewed on the screen. Our file exists on the computer, and it is being read, and perceived by the "higher dimensionals" the ascended masters. We are being viewed, actively, for the final life that we are to know, as the final incarnation. The story of the earth is possessive of astronomical proportions, and it has taken a long time for us to re-realize the primordial Light. Finding the One True Spirit, the life of the last incarnation we shall ever know, a life of great value and importance to the rest of the world, as an ascending master, that we are worthwhile creatures with a story to tell, and a viewer for each subject -- a guide associated with each soul -- that we are being viewed, and monitored, through the probabilities which would result in the eventual "stepping out of the screen" -- to which we reach the future such as to meet our cosmic observers, and learn that they were with us all along. Just as when we die, we are theoretically greeted with a trio of soul-guides to which we view our life-tape, in the theory of the Akashic Computer, we can theoretically tap into any one incarnation that has existed in the past, and perceive the cinematic depiction for which this life can be learned from, and utilized for the present. We see the karmic relationships, the roles that have been switched around over time, and the naturally recycling ang re-integration of matter into the matrix of existence. We see the matrix of existence, and learn directly from the images thus viewed. As the imagination is the "body of God" -- and it is through the imagination that we provide a reality for ourselves, the theory of the Akashic Computer as operated by the living information, is simply suggestive "if we can imagine it, it must exist."

Just as if one were to construct a time machine, we have in a sense already built the machine in the future, and we are already time travelers. Just by imagining in the existence of the Akashic Computer, we manifest the device into existence. Eventually The Akashic Computer will be constructed, and used for self-education. A cinematic bible, the living information that is bound through images, words, and Light. As Light is information, and the Akashic Records is just that -- information -- we perceive that as information is alive, it will travel and be expressed naturally. We are nye to learn from the most direct source, and through the eventual construction of the device which lies in our near future, we will be able to directly view any point in human history.

We find the date, location, and time, and we enter it into the Akashic Computer. The file of which is contained the historical details will be presented in a linear fashion, to which we perceive the karmic relationships, and witness ourselves in history. We are able to view past-lives directly, able to see the totality of our human existence, as already possible through the movie presented in the mind during past-life regression, movies and films hold great truth in regard to the true reality -- of which in this present moment, we are being viewed on the Akashic Computer. God is omniscient, all-aware, and everything is seen, understood, and perceived by the Universal Mind. The collective unconscious of the human race is geared toward evolution, and we are all -- as born from the same Source -- equals in Light of our origins, that the past -- from the very beginning of the free will universe, leading up to the present, is available through the Akashic, to be learned from. As the Akashic Records can be peered into by anyone, and we see evidence it was used much in the life of Edgar Cayce, this universal Source -- is omniscient -- all is seen, witnessed, and perceived. As we may endeavor into the meditation of imagining a building that represents the hall of records, and we ascend the staircase of files, films, and Akashic media -- the many histories contained. We find the file of our own life, our own matrix of incarnations, enter the file into the computer, and view a certain time within the continuum. We now move toward one form of meditation that relates to delving into the cosmic storehouse of information:

I am ascending a staircase. I see the many files. I perceive the hall of records. I witness the glowing screen. Ienter one file into the computer. The entire history of my life is contained within the file, and I am able to peer into the past directly. I see my life clearly on the screen. Some numbers suddenly show up, and they are my present age. I see the numbers. Suddenly they start counting down, second by second, and I see my life from age to age, going down, from one age descending to the previous, only to find ten-nine-eight-seven-six-five-four-three-two-one-zero-negative one-negative two-negative three, etc. I learn from the most direct Source, and I witness the details of my matrix of incarnations on the screen. I take out another file, enter it into the machine, and perceive yet another life. I see the roles are switched around, that I am now living the life of someone else, and how energy is transferred from one life to the next. I realize we never die, but merely re-locate. I realize this has gone on for several millennia. I know that the Akashic Records is alive, can be learned from, and utilized for my soul-growth. I continue to ascend the great hall of records, the files lead endlessly into the heavens. There seems to be no end to the information, and I am utterly enamored with the infinite power of the many presentations, and I realize these are now leading up toward probabilities. I am now able to view the probable future from each file, and I peer calmly into the depths of the possible future. I see one future clearly. Taking out this file, and replacing it with another, I view another possibility, and eventually take one of these possible probabilities -- as the final choice -- step into the screen -- merge with my future self, and become one with the probability, take this future as my own; and find myself within the recess the moment, I realize I am alive in the New Age, that my purpose is hard-wired into the collective DNA, and my story is a beautiful matter. I can "think any thought" -- believe anything I want -- because the imagination is the body of God -- I am Light -- I am information -- and I create my own reality. I realize that this was all a choice to begin with, that I chose to live here in the Free Will universe, on the planet Earth, in this present age, at this present hour, at this present minute, down to this very second.

“The imagination is the body of God.”

We all have the capacity to imagine ourselves somewhere, and then equalize into that existence. We all have the capacity, within our subconcsious minds, to program ourselves, and choose what we want out of life. We determine this, reality is owned by the imagination, and the imagination can not tell the difference between what it sees and what it remembers. We decide what is and is not real, whatever the consensus reality may be, we are always in control, we always have choice over what thoughts enter our heads, and we are all active creators of the future. We are capable of imagining the future into existence, and the powers of the mind in this respect are limitless. As the universe is endless and only continues to grow the deeper we endeavor to explore her outer walls, so knowledge is infinite, so the universe is infinite, so the imagination must be infinite as well. The imagination is our means for time travel, and through the imaginative capacities we possess through visualization, or whatever theme song resides in our psyche, we are always moving into the future; always imagining ourselves there, and finding the inevitable feeling of deja vu -- that we have been here before. Somehow, we know this was all planned out, however mysterious the thought may resound.

Through the concept of inevitable probability, that we would be self-divined unto the final incarnation, as a direct result of time, that the imagination survives through expectation, and we are all bound through what we expect out of life. Once conceptions ought to be geared toward open-mindedness, a natural right-brain intuitive sense of which we are always learning, and take it upon ourselves to believe "in belief itself" -- that our theme of belief in itself is suggestive that beliefs may change, but we still possess a belief. We always have some belief, guiding oureslves, through the natural theme of its imaginative projections -- and we equalize into expected situations through the belief-patterns that we possess. As belief is the matter which governes our reality, the belief in Godliness, or an inevitable return to the Source -- may create a future of which we are in either heaven or hell, that we possess choice over which road, and the easiest choice is toward divination. We hope to create our own reality through God-consciousness, and universality, the natural understanding of absolutes, to which we realize, calmly and carefully -- that this moment -- the present, living moment -- the now -- is all we really have, that time does not really exist . . . yet the subconscious mind is goal-oriented, so we must feed it things that we expect to occur in the future. Whether we like it or not, time only moves in one direction, and we may watch the ticking clock -- and we may see the moving clouds -- and we may pace, assuredly, through life, from one event to the next, knowing that we are always possessive of Free Will, and control over the most probable future that can be re-written through our understanding of the Akasha. There are many things we can do, and the law of attraction is no secret anymore, most people are smart enough to already have a pretty self-modulated environment, and matrix of relational inhibitors, from fellow friends, to teachers and guides, we all must learn . . . . we all seek to learn of infinite knowledge, and therein lies the power of absolutes.

So, "the imagination always resides in the present tense, yet is goal-oriented." And time only moves into the future, so we are always working towards some goal, and it shall seem that the concept of "new thought" and new knowledge, through whatever source, guide, or inihibitor.

Finding the living moment, of which we reach the now-point of awareness, finding the alpha wave patterns of the meditative state, here, we may endeavor to meditate with the storehouse of knowledge -- punch a certain date into the machine, and watch as the tape re-winds. We view, actively, perhaps, a past-life, to something even deeper which may have been a life on a different world. We view the Akashic Records, and we may take this tape out, and put it another one at any time. Each tape is a file in human history, and contains all the karmic elements that progress from one tape to the next. All is connected. We see, in the film, certain choice-points, and turns we have made in life. Here, we may activate the "probability factor mechanism" to which the machine will project the multitude of most probable futures for a given tape. We will see each one -- whichever probable future we wish to view, through the many possibilities, and personally choose which one we most desire. Here, we program ourselves with the destination -- insert the tape into our own soul-code, and wire it into our being. We tell ourselves what will happen, and become equalized into this future.

The machines possibilities are endless, and we see that knowledge is endless in light of the concept of the ever-revised Akashic Records. Through whatever imagination we possess, we can reside in a place that is most productive of the greatest conceivable future. We activate the future, we activate the goal, we activate through proactive animation, and conscious future-based thought. This is through the many possibilities of the device, able to fast-forward into probable futures of each tape, and that future viewable as we could have experienced, thus educated by the parallel reality. Through whatever force of the imagination -- just by awareizing to the Akashic Records is one way to begin a communique with it. Through knowledge of its existence, we are primed to learn from the cosmic Source. We perceive that history is in the making, as we are always creating the future in logical relationship to the past. Riding the wave of probabilities, we will view one future over another, find favor in this locale, and integrate it into existence.

In our ability to choose the future, we may eventually ambition to a certain sight, that which is only destined so far. As the future is endless, and we can very well watch ourselves grow aged and wisdomatic through a certain future probability, in whatever parallel reality, on the screen, through the Akashic Computer, that we are able to program a future into ourselves through the endurance of desiring one certain future the most; but we only peer so far -- we can not, or at least choose not to watch the tape for very long, that we choose a probability through a selection of about eight probabilities, to which our ability to choose is the most instinctual, we shall find this address, the XYZ info, and complex details for which the event is programmed into ones psyche. In the concept of the Akashic Computer, a computer that is hooked up to a metaphysical storehouse of all human knowledge, thoughts, and events, within a given locale, that we can tap into to view the future of a certain probability, and thus choose one out of a selection of eight -- God knows how far the possibilities may extend in light of the concept. We find that reality is totally possessed and owned, and ruled by the living, riverlight of the imagination. Interpolated into the datasphere of knowledge, through every waking second, through the concept of the now, to which we see the clock-hands move, and see our eyes shift from point to point, and locate within ourselves that inner core, the center, and see this as emanating Light -- we view the screen -- full of information -- that courses outward through the body, in Akashic propensity, and only grows in frequency the further we imagine such things as the soul, and the Akasha, to exist.

The universe, as made up of informational Light, is essentially built around the records of the Akasha, and universal concepts found therein. We imagine scenario's in our heads every day. We plan things out, very often . . . the Akasha seems to be something we may be using without realizing it, as it is simply infinite universal information, and anyone who has an imagination can learn from this. So we see it as evident with many writers and musicians, and artists, and intellectual deep thinkers. We often may remain in a creative state -- as some tend to -- and it only furthers our imaginative capacities. So it goes, we continue to learn, we continue to grow, and we continue to imagine the future through our incarnational matrix which is understandable, and we see -- through our minds eye -- what the perfect avatar self looks like, how this person is behaving, and where they end up through their actions. Causally entangled, all things, that we are all counterpart to one anothers reality -- we continue to connect and learn from one another -- and the actions we commit to the datasphere.


Chapter Fourteen: The Universalist

"When one has been totally possessed by God,
one finds that God is so perfectly Lord over ones life
that one can no longer do anything but what God pleases."

-- Madame Guyon

The concept of absolutes, and universal principle, as derived from the Akasha -- we may through meditation or hypnosis communicate with the higher self, and the soul is always available to be learned from. We all possess one, and we are all bound in existence by certain uniqueties that set us apart from one another. As the oscillation into indifference only makes the journey back to the Source more worthwhile, it shall seem that as universalists, this journey is only made into a proactive effort, but our individuality prevails. We ambition to succeed through our universal belief-patterns, that we are cogitating the same thoughts once cogitated by many a genius mind, and we perceive there is a universality to human knowledge, that certain laws exist, irrevocable laws which emanate from the heart divine -- for which are realized through uniqueness -- paradoxically enough.

The concept of new thought must leave us feeling enamored, that we perceive that, as mystics, there is always something to learn. The spiritual quest is neverending, that the questions which find answers only lead to more questions. We perceive a “return to the Source, as inevitable, but what lies between is the imagination.” As originally emanated from the heart of the universe, into human life as governed by universality, only for a return to the Source to relay back to God all that we have learned. As we do not know "when" or "how" the return to the Source will be, we simply imagine this future exists, that what once began -- shall end -- that there is a conceivable climax to all human life, that knowledge ends, and there is a point . . . where matter recycles, is renewed, and yet still -- we realize we are still wholly ignorant in spite of our knowledge, and realize that we have only brushed up against the tip of the ice burg. What lies beneath the water is a mass of astronomical proportions, a vast body of information that is all future probabilities, and living matter -- that has always existed, through the Akasha, and tones of universality -- as what lies beneath the water is far more worthwhile than anything, and we endeavor to search through the water, to view the entire body, and travel through the Light-floes of information.

“As we rise in vibration, the world rises in vibration, and we effect everyone we know.”

The path of Spirit, it shall seem, is like a continuum of realizations. That through universality we can arrive at certain thoughts which were once cogitated by so many genius minds, we hope to tap into the universal fount of knowledge of the Akasha -- and we perceive, through the endurance of such beliefs, that the world has a place for us. We shall find that through a certain sense of indifference, and uniqueness, we are only paradoxically brought closer together. As the reality of evolution is the concept of "ascension to the highest conceivable vibration" -- and this is reached through an understanding of the absolutes. An absolute is a hard-grained fact, a universal law which is backed up by repeated evidence. So we are saying “we shall find that through uniqueness, and indifference, and the evolution of thought -- proving ourselves as unique sparks of Light, self-contained vehicles for the concept of which is the collective end eventually realized by all minds -- that however unique, the end-result of evolution remains the same, and the end-result of evolution is invariably reached over time. We always evolve. We always reach nirvana.”

"The end of thought are hard-set ideas . . . amorphous flow, belief in belief itself, is the true one reality."

As the universe is endless, so our environment must seem endless -- that existence on other stars, or simply the other side of the Earth, we can express our environment as something we know to be infinite, through a continual progression of travel to one locale to the next, as reduced to the minute activities of going from one space to another, within ones own dormatorial cell. The home, the structure, the cellular construct -- the glorious apparition, the hologram we know as the third dimension, a fragile dimension, with a few static rules. One is that matter is entangled with thought, and will travel telepathically under the right circumstances. It will also be affected telekinetically.

As we enter into the final life, become ascended masters, and these powers of the extrasensory only continue to remind us of our Godliness, “we are involved in the life of greatest importance to the rest of the world,” that our thoughts are valuable in relationship to the total image, the realized power that we possess, over our realities, and as we find ourselves within the highest levels of Lightbody, we are found "synchronized" -- found in experiencing events that are seemingly lined up, and built around our furtherance of growth. In the final life, we are involved in finding there is a natural order to things, no such thing as coincidences, but all is seemingly "lined up." And so it goes, whence found through tones of universality, we are most aligned with the inner Light, and as such, our evolution only continues to build, grow, advance, and flourish.

Chapter Fifteen: Evolution Of The Soul

"No thinking being lives who, at some luminous point of his life of thought,
has not felt himself lost amid the surges of futile efforts at understanding
or believing that anything exists greater than his own soul."

-- E. A. Poe

First we imagine the thought -- occurring within the phrenology of the skull, of which our soul-essence vibrates within us, through the thought. Then we imagine the body, of which thought is connected -- and move -- animate -- and activate through our own Free Will. Then we imagine the containing space, the given room to which we reside, which is to be found as an extension of the mind. All objects within the room are thoughts, and they are moveable, and organizeable through the endurance of our Free Will. Then we progress to imagine the structure, the home, made up of many rooms to which we are able to travel from one room to the next as governed by our own flow. Then we progress to imagine the neighborhood, or surrounding environment, and connexive flow of human life as found within a given locale. We are able to travel this given enviroment, from one life to the next. Then we imagine the aeriel view of the landscape, the mass of life as committed to one given locale. We see the circuitry of all human life that is all geared toward the most probable future. Then we progress to imagine the total environment of the Earth, to which we are teleconnected, and know ourselves to be One through our ability to move from place to place. We further this imagining, to the total image of the galaxy, progressed to the total containing image of the universe, made up of curved walls, one universe amid the plethora of all incarnated universes -- the Free Will universe which lies at the center of the aggregate, fueling all of the other universes with our creativity, and Free Will. The fuel emanates from the living library of the Earth, and enlightens the totality with our advancements through the continuum. We have come to imagine the original thought -- the One True Belief -- thought of a thought in itself -- and we writhe through this power of the endured creativity of ones flexability of thought. Thought, within the given space, stretched out to the macrocosm of the universe, we see All in a split second, and nothing in the next pulsing of the heart divine.

As we will imagine the soul -- how it may appear, the imagination provides, most typically, auroric nebulous images, or a sort of orchestra of Light. The evidence that twenty one grams of body weight seemingly vanishes into thin air is suggestive that the soul bears some mass, and as allegedly entered into the body through the pineal/crown chakra, it is here where the soul-transmissions find their way into our DNA. With the Light that is emanating, coursing through space in the imagined riverlight -- that travels through the conduit of Sirius, from the Source, into our DNA, resulting in the releasing the information, and we learn our place, and we realize we are now entered into the final incarnation. Here, within the recess of the final life, it shall seem that through teleportation and immortality -- that we are the shift -- we are the change -- we are the prophecy -- and the concept of Lightworkers, evolutionists, and universalists, is no figment of the imagination -- we are fueled by the Light of our DNA, we calmly realize the free endless resource is something which lies within -- and we are unique microcosms of Light within the plethora of all existence. We calmly realize that the life of the ascended master is one of great importance to the totality of all incarnated universes. Our Light emanates, into all other universes, gifting the many who exist with our great story of astronomical proportions -- and we are the Light of the Free Will universe.

As we are capable of imagining the totality of universes, with ours located at the center, we imagine the soul -- the ascended master, as able to travel from one universe to the next. Here, as interversal travelers, we shall find other places where ignorance rules, seed the star with our own Light, and thus continue the divine mission of the soul imperative to provide Light where only darkness has formerly reigned supreme. This is either done through avatar forms or the process of incarnation. As darkness must always exist in reciprocity to the Light, and we are learning that we never truly die, but re-locate, we see that energy once expressed will continue to be expressed, infinitely renewed by the Source -- and we are learning of our place, and we are seeing how vital the human race is toward the evolution of all universes. As we exist at the center of the aggregate, and produce Light for the many universes, as the Free Will Universe is like an energy-source, in its own right, we are the fuel, we are the change -- the change that lies within the subconscious mind, and all goal-oriented processes involved. Through the crockpot of the subconscious mind, we are always working toward future evolution -- and we know, verily, that our present thoughts will carry us into the future, that we perceive ourselves as existing at the periphery, the very conceived edge of the universe, if that is possible. Perceiving all matter from the periphery, as endowed with the original God-consciousness, we see our influence, and we know ourselves to be worthwhile players in the total orchestra of human life. We see our place, verily, and we understand that our effect on the world, on the universe, on the multiverse, is direct. Through our expressions of the Light/Information, the cosmic universal principles -- and cosmic Law of incarnation -- that this dimension is merely a hologram, and we are all capable of re-working the image to our own specific fashion.

Present tensory thoughts of the "I Am" -- to now-point realized, we shall see, that through "staying in the moment" and the alpha-wave patterns of the meditative state proving us most programmable, we are wholly empowered by our Light-based cogitations, and writhe within the power of the living moment.

Thought is alive, and what we think, becomes.

We were all born at a certain date, in a certain locale within the universe, to grow up, evolve, and learn about our place. As we all have a special place that is unique to us, we perceive the end of all things -- the return to the Source, but calmly realize before the return is finally made, we must writhe through the final life of the ascended master; bound by the Light of the living imagination. We are divine to be unique, and originality is something we all strive for to make ourselves stand out from the rest. However entangled and born from the same Source, we would never learn if it weren't for genius minds like Einstein and Tesla and Edison to be integrated into the datasphere of knowledge, through their own independent Free Will and originality. As the concept of originality is in itself intriguing, energy exists, it will always exist, and the probable future is invariably realized. Such that the concept of a time machine thus known and understood -- theoretically the time machine has already been constructed in the future, and we are only realizing what has already come to exist; as there is no real such thing as time in this patternless, goal-oriented media known as reality, through the operating system of the soul, that we actively choose what we want to believe -- and we all possess the Free Will to believe in anything we want . . . we all have the freedom to think any thought at any given time -- to count the numbers of the thought just cogitated -- and find ourselves within our own unique rhythm. However unique, the inner genius always leads up to the same principles, that paradoxically through indifference we essentially learn the same things once learned by so many ascended masters before us. This profound thought, that through uniqueness and originality, we eventually tap into the world of universality, is suggestive that energy which exists and will always exist, is simply represented through a certain tint of Light, in one expression, as one possibility, when the truth lies within the cosmic, universal principle, such as re-incarnation, or the return to the Source. We know these things to be logical in counterpart to the reality we have found, and however unique, there are some principles that we invariably follow which will never change -- guided by principle, and universal law -- that our life as governed by experience, in especial with experiences in the extrasensory, will work to suggest certain principles such as "matter transcends reality" and "God exists in the human body."

Matter transcends reality.

Evidence of this is seen in direct non-local thought-transferrence.

God exists in the human body.

Evidence of this is found in thought-transferrence experienced with total strangers.

There is only One True Spirit moving through everything.

We reach eclipse in the final incarnation, the last life that we will ever know -- one life -- one mission -- one goal -- one purpose -- One Spirit.

The concept of a self-contained vehicle for Light is imaginable.

We shall see, through the final incarnation, that reality as directly manifested, proving ourselves self-contained vehicles for divine Light, proxies for the energy of One. Through the endurance of intuitive thought, and a certain effortlessness in our actions, we find that as interpolated into the collective reality; our thoughts are being shared, experienced, and felt by other people -- knowing we effect people, that we are impressionable, and it only takes two seconds to believe in someone, we would not learn if it were not for some Source or guide -- such that we may pray to the ideals of certain leaders, and people to whom we admire. Through the idealized self, the perfect avatar self which is living in reciprocity with our many masters -- we equalize into a life of great value and purpose; as found within the final incarnation -- the only life that matters -- the only reality which will project itself into the future.

We are all vital elements in the evolutionary process, and as described in the following chapter; I imagine a world of creators and existentialists, people whose beliefs are based upon experience. Who work to produce the suggestion in other minds that Light exists -- it has always existed, and what will seem to be the future resource, the free endless resource of the inner Light -- we shall see how the future is growing -- is vast -- and clearly, infinite. We can stand back, view reality from the periphery, and see ourselves within the grand scheme of things. The evolution of the soul, as reaching the final incarnation, is an inevitable occurrence through the existence of time within the third dimension -- that everything which once began, possesses the conceivable end of a return to the Source, we perceive ourselves as betwixt the past and future -- with the present tense our mode for future-manifestation. We realize the power of the present, living moment, and we are able to cogitate any thought -- form any belief-pattern, and thus, provide whatever reality for ourselves that we so deem fit for our evolution.


Chapter Sixteen: Writers In The Free Will Universe

"Light is Information."

As Light is information, the matter which composes the universe, and this living information will come to be expressed through timing and synchronicity, that in the recess of the final life, a life of great importance to the rest of the world, we may derive power from the title of "writer."

As conscious thought is made up of words, and words are essentally abstractions when repeated so many times, and the subconscious mind operates in a patternless machinery, that we infinitely reside in the present tense -- great power is found by wearing this label as conscious thought is words, and information expressed through words thus committed to the third dimension through the written word -- we endeavor to view our thoughts -- to construct them through rhythm and versification.

Before physicality we were pure amorphous spirit-energy that could take on any shape and form. Through such labels as writer, creator, or artist -- within the Free Will universe -- our power is found in a creative flux, and as we may channel from the higher self, guiding ones self through the inner Light -- it may come to pass that seemingly everyday individuals cast into the world of spirit start expressing themselves as creators, and writers within the free will universe. We see their Light, and we are inspired to express our own. We are inspired by one another through our expressions, and energy once expressed invariably leaves the residue of a thought form -- that in the endurance of "new thought" or a unique turn of cogitation, we may produce thought-forms of the highest value, and focus our energy, thus, carefully and calmly, into the media of the written word.

We each possess a self-contained "uni-verse of thought-text."

A concept which suggests that our thoughts possess a sort of "thought-text" made up of letters, words, sentences, and paragraphs. We may have entire paragraphs of thought arrive from the mind through Akashic insight, and somewhat "manifest" paragraphs within the mind. As thought is alive, and we find ourselves committing our thoughts to the written word, as viewable thought can be, here we perfect our thoughts through rhythm and truncation, cutting down from line to line in a consecutive, often rhyming flow. Rhyme will be employed at times in self-aggrandized thought-patterns, that we are musical in our thoughts and express our Light through lyrical cogitations. As we go from line to line, from thought to thought, we will punctuate and add rhythm to words, "words with rhythm" -- such that it is to be imagined that the uni-verse of thought-text is inherently a masterpiece that already exists, just as the time travelers time machine has already been built and used in the future. The masterpiece exists in its entirety as fully completed, within the subconscious mind, and writhing through intuition we come to express this perceived masterpiece, piece by piece, until our thoughts are constructed in such a way that reflects the inner beauty of our soul.

We work to produce a legacy to some regard, whereas great power is obviously found in the spoken word as well, and through eloquent dictation we can easily channel the Akasha. Often streaming consciousness expressions are evidence of the universal thought-patterns, and in this we view the paragraphs of thought, work to perfect our cogitations. The uni-verse, in reference to the concept that Light/Information is the composing matter of the "unisphere" (physical body) -- in contrast with the “uni-verse.” (metaphysical body). The verse, in reference to the definition in reference to poetry, "metrical composition; poetry, especially as involving rhythmic form." We perceive each line as a thought, in a succession omnilinearly from one thought to the next, which may rhyme and flow through its own internal structuring. Truncation is the point to which one line stops, and the other begins, with the space found on another line, beneath the previous. We go from one thought leading up to the next in a seemingly logical succession. So it goes, the title of "writer" (it shall seem) is a powerful label to wear as it ties into the matter of our conscious thoughts, which are essentially words and semantics.

There is a rhythm to our thoughts, and as we may find through the reduction of though to five, six, seven, eight, nine, and ten syllables -- the root base syllabic rhythms, of which most thoughts will occur in usually no less than thirty syllables. Our thought-text as occurring in bright paragraphs that glow within our minds -- thought-text which is all based around a natural rhythm of its own, we believe that the universe is made up of Light/Information, so words -- within the verse -- names -- titles -- artists and writers -- in the Free Will universe, self-empowered by our expressions, and thus interpolated into the datasphere of knowledge by our legacy of Light, that are built into the far-but-realizable future of a return to the Source, and the relaying back to God all that we have learned through our creative expressions, and Free Will.

"One is a writer in the Free Will universe."

Through the label of writer, we will be divined to a uni-verse of thought-text that is divine in the sense that our "world of thought" is contained of a certain vocabulary, certain words, and thoughts which upon repeated use only serve to empower us. As writers, we will come to express our beliefs through the imagination, using our favorite words, thoughts, and phraseology. It not only gives us confidence in the belief we can share our thoughts, but that thought in itself -- upon principle -- is worthy of being shared at all. In a world where duality seems to be hard-wired into us, and many beliefs and ideas separated through the many labels that exist, it shall come to pass through time, in all conclusion of events, that there is only One Spirit -- only one life -- only one mission -- only one masterpiece of thought. And universal principle is reachable through the subconscious mind. Our society will concern themselves more with the intuition, and focus on the powers of the imagination. The label of writer will empower us to express our thoughts; and through the sharing of our beliefs, we only inspire others to share their own. Thought flows, as a river, into the ocean of the datasphere, infinitely integrated through time, that we are transceivers, both capable of inputting and outputting energy; oscillating from "input mode" to "output mode" -- and we are always shifting from one creative media to the next, one room within our environment to the next, one focus, one idea, one thought, one belief, in whatever medias that will form through time. We shift from one creative media to the next, and we may go from writing, to something visually focused, we writhe in a world of beauty and surprise, spontaneity, and a continual self-renewal of learning and evolutionary growth that never ends but only continues to build and rise in frequency and vibration through all matter within the continuum.

Of course we wear many labels, but there is only One True Spirit behind everything, and so it shall seem attaching a name is one specified form of self-limitation employed for a means of better growth. A name to what is otherwise simply referred to as Light, energy, or information. Writers, artists, creators, manifestors, self-expressors, evolutionists, universalists, mystics, Lightworkers, many labels are empowering to us, and as we are amorphous, we may thus shift from one label to the next in the entire scope of our evolution. I personally draw Light from the label of writer, as I see this tied into my own obsession with words -- that I am a writer, in my soul, and as such, I perceive the title as empowering through the relationship to the expression of my thoughts, and I have a perceived audience -- some who are willing to read my text, thus, I am inspired to share the information I come to believe over time. Shifts through the title worn, the focus shifted, and we are empowered from one label to the next, that we know ourselves to be amorphous -- as such, the label of “shape shifter” is one mode of theme for which the writer may realize. As shape-shifters, or simply evolutionists, believers in belief itself -- the concepts thus endured, the label thus worn, the theme thus focused upon, the result eventing toward conclusion; the conclusion logically realized, and the uni-verse of thought-text seemingly divined through its own glowing vocabulary, punctuation, and rhythm of verse.

As there is truly only One Spirit behind everything, we thus perceive the word: "Spirit" -- a concept in the mind, simply in reference to the ethereal, metaphysical realm. Something which lies in the depths of the imagination, as a concept we attribute our faith-patterns in reference to the holographic totality -- we are all born from the same Source, our thoughts will travel telepathically under the proper circumstances, and we all learn of the true reality of the One True Spirit that moves through everything, in time. This belief that there is only one life -- one belief -- one mission -- one goal -- we are activating our awareness, our capacity to live through the inner genius, as one perceives a world of geniuses and writers, many titles exist, but there is only One True Spirit -- and we are thus found as just that -- Spirit, as born from the same Source, eventing toward an eventual return via one-consciousness. Universality is real, there are some things with the third dimension such as the seasons and rebirthing of life, that would never change if it were not for our movement into the New Age, and the final incarnation. Here, we perceive the zero hour, the end of the third dimension, in transition to the fifth octave, where time is harnessed, and we are wherever we want to be; utterly synchronized, and wholly enamored with the self-created reality. This is a probable future that we all incarnated on the Earth to experience the divination of our souls toward the final life as ascended master. Naturally, ascended master is just another label -- we may wear a certain title, a certain name, even changing our names in some cases, that we are however born from the same Source, uniqueties who writhe on tones of ones own unique hue of expression, we are made divine through our uniqueness, as God is unique -- now incarnated into the system with the rest of us as the multitude of angelworkers, various unique God-embodiments, made divine through their indifference; guiding the mass flow through integration.

Angelworkers, yet another label, they are simpy Spirit -- One People -- God-embodiments (another label), expressions of the primordial Light. Lightworkers, it will seem, is another empowering label, we work to express Light, and transmute matter from one form into the higher octaves through the natural adherence to the universality and Akashic principles of the One True Spirit. Lightworkers are essentially evolutionists who work toward the furtherance of belief, concept o fepiginetics, and the rebirth into the final life. Angelworkers are in many cases ascended Lightworkers who reached their hightest levels in Lightbody, and graduated the third dimension, entered into the higher octaves, thus existing "outside of time, outside of the matrix" -- acting as guide and catalyst for certain people to be intervened with through the mission of universality that is possessed, and they all operate as One. The deducement that "God exists in the human body" in reference to the angelworkers, is eventually found in the recess of the final life; and as our karma manifests as more direct, and thought creates reality -- through tones of the Light -- and living information -- within the living environment -- we are rising in vibration body, mind, and soul; all energies eclipsing toward the highest conceivable frequency thus eventing toward the graduation from the third dimension, and integration into the higher octaves such that we ourselves become an angelworker/ascended master.

Graduation from the third dimension through the ascension process, and evolution of ones physical being through Lightbody, as integrated into the rows of the ascended masters, it will seem that we become true missionaries for the Light, and work to spread information where only darkness and ignorance has stood before. As darkness must always exist in reciprocity to the Light, we will always have work to do, and places to interpolate our knowledge into those spheres of knowledge. As guides, another label, we are catalysts for change, another label, but essentially, individuals -- uniqueties -- thoughts -- names -- titles -- information -- we are all information -- as we are found in Lightbody, we are in a sense informed, physically through our enhanced pineal, and risen dimmer switch of the DNA activated to that new strand. It is a physical change, into the status of "informed" -- and we will channel, many of us, divine cosmic principles, as bound through tones of universality, and the One True Spirit.

The New Age, the time for learning, peace, longevity, and self-renewal -- the Cosmic Spring of the universe -- as we are the energy -- we are the fuel that regulates all other universes through the experiment of Free Will. Our Light changes the world, as we are world-changers. We perceive, as universalists, or simply praying as informational Light governed by the One True Spirit -- proxies for information -- catalysts, artists, writers, many things, but essentially One: the collective aggregate, the totality of all human existence -- as the mind of God -- the God-consciousness that is eventually realized through the transition into the final life, the final incarnation. "We are alive in the New Age" -- a powerful thought to endure, that we came to this Free Will planet to learn about ourselves, and see how able to express ourselves, and thus change the world through our own self-contained vehicle, we have come here with a purpose, a mission in mind, and we writhe through the focus of our beliefs -- we see the themes -- the message -- and we focus this message into the fraze, the unique thought, thus made more Godly through uniqueness -- living the final incarnation, the one true life that matters, our greatest life, our masterpiece of existence. Writhing through supersentience, and God-consciousness, we eventually find ourselves within the final title of God, in itself. As we reach God-consciousness, and we are thinking the thoughts of God, we are thus identified with the energy of the Source -- transmit information actively, and calmly walk through the midst of the unknown, knowing that the future is new, and each day is a new opportunity; that however once all seems to have been learned, the movements of the heavenly bodies, and matter of the dimensions, continue on -- we find ourselves in control of the weather -- we find ourselves telekinetic, hyperenvironed, in the recess of the new -- that we have reached the seemingly now-point, but the movements of matter continue on -- as matter is infinite -- we thus work to produce the future of our own choosing.

As our energy is infinite; our mission is divine, and we are divine Light, we are informational, cosmic believers, evolutionists, and active creators of the future -- co-creators. We are One, in the final analysis, responsible for all of this. They attributed our energy with a name, referred to as God. Many refer to the totality of All That Is -- the Source, and all that has come from the emanating fount of Light, through informational tones, and frequencies, and vibrations, and super-strings, as God -- otherwise perceived as the Universal Mind -- the Source Consciousness -- the nirvanic conclusion of all human thought . . . this is it, we realize, the final analysis . . . we calmly accept our place . . . we realize our effect on reality has been direct . . . and we know that we are alive in the recess of the final life.

In the recess of shared thought, what is a very Godly experience, our beliefs are wholly re-shapen by the profundity of shared sentience, that the host of the event who is in Lightbody, will transmit his thoughts non-locally through transferrence, and thus tap into the "mind at large" -- the primordial God-consciousness that lies in the root of every human soul.

In my case thus channeling information about the unisphere, cells, and how the entire universe is made up of cells, that telepathy is possible with subjects who are not in Lightbody, through the projection of the One True Spirit -- the perceived host -- is a suggestion that One is all that is necessary for collective change. In what is referred to as "ontological suggestion" we place the thought within the minds of the subject, that we are enlightened, we exist through universality, as eventually realized as God-consciousness, within the recess of the final life. Our life matters, we can change the world through our one existence, all that is required is one person -- as it would be it only took one man to stand up when the genetic alterations were being made to the human race, and much love associated with the concept of a messiah. We all are saviours, healers, and guides -- eventually to be found within the ascended life of the angelworker -- guiding certain people -- integrating ourselves into certain peoples realities, to inform them that they are awareized within the mind of One, the caretaker for the planet Earth. Such that we event our way toward the final conclusion that God exists in the human body; God is aware; through the Akashic Computer; and we are invariably learning from the most direct and universal Source -- of the Light that lies within -- the complex DNA information released upon the firing off of our phylogenic memory packets; and the Lightbody of the ascending, final life of the ascended master. The most worthwhile, important, and vital element within the grand totality of All That Is -- great purpose resides within that One; we are all unique sparks of the original One True Spirit, as seemingly holofractal bits and pieces that work in collective orchestra toward the finalmost realizations.

Finding the rules of the third dimension are changing with belief, that the extrasensory events we have begun to experience are suggestive that matter is entangled, and the movements of the universe will continue, and all future thought, all concept of the new, will leave us in a permeating stasis of grace, a certain presence of awareness, a certain power over all things -- that we see other worlds in trouble, and thus come to the plea of the ignorant soul, and take it upon ourselves to act as angelworker. Otherwise, we remain in the stasis of divine thought, reside in existence alone, and humbly observe -- as our effect on the universe is found in observation alone -- we perceive that through this, our creations will only continue to further themselves through the process of evolution, and return to us in due time. We perceive that all the life we have produced through the One Spirit we possess, has been fragmented into the illusion of separation, and may require our intervention in order to guide our creations back into the proper path of Light. So we see other worlds in a period of darkness and duality, act as ascended master on those worlds. The self-contained vehicle of Light, we find that we are only one person -- who is responsible for everything, and goodness lies in the heart of one who believes himself capable of changing the world.

It only takes two seconds to believe in someone.

As this is so, and many of us are impressionable enough, it is theorized that we never truly learn unless we are willing to be "changed" by our fellow man. As the next revelation would suggest that the highest act is connection with another, we see that we can not learn unless there is some source. Here, we will pray to certain people for our existential growth-process, and learn of human nature, behavior, and psychology. We thus "expect to be changed" just as we may admire the cover of a certain book, and tell ourselves that the text will change our life. We expect to be changed.

As we are always moving into the future, and time only moves in one direction, our learning and growth is infinite, and never ceases to flow. Continually interpolated into the Akasha with our own unique hue of Light, we are in self-contained vehicles for Light -- cosmic individuals -- individuated by our own unique beliefs, however, it shall come to pass through evolution, DNA activation, and epiginetics, that the final One true belief, is belief in belief itself. To which we never continue to learn of new possibilities, only to find the final graduation from the third dimension. In the end, we realize our place as God -- as the One True Spirit -- as wholly responsible, and calmly aware that we were influential, we have an effect on the world, and we remember where we have been, and where we wish to go.


Chapter Seventeen: Acknowledging The Shadow

"Let the past, present, and future, eclipse . . ."


In this to which is the final life we will ever live as a human being, never to incarnate here again, but take this One body with us, immortalized, as integrated into the final life of the ascended master. We must rid ourselves of the demons of the past, and dredge certain things into Light in order to reach greater awareness. The past exists to be learned from, and as alleged, it is now possible to regress to the imaginetic representation of a past-life once lived on the Earth, and how it relates to the present.

In this, we perceive the karmic relationships, and awareize that we all affect one another, and where great power resides in the life of the mystic recluse, God knows, we can not all survive via occlusion, but seem to require some assistance from others in order to grow and learn. So we see, through the matrix of incarnations, that the shadow, the fear, the doubt, and questioning of ones self-worth has existed in the past, as experienced with certain relationships. We have some mistakes made in this life which we feel are perhaps unforgiveable, and thus writhe through guilt and shame that we are not worthy of divination. But of course we are worthy of divination, the past may be absolved by the future we create -- and we know that all sins, crimes, and ill-behavior, will be reckoned with, in time, by the final judge of the ascended master, or angelworker, through divine intervention. Here, we find that God does not hate us, but decrees us worthy of existence within the Universal Mind. Perceived as worthwhile, a vital element for the totality of the whole, one holofractal piece of the entire matrix of All That Is -- as we come to find through expressions of uniqueness, and individuality, we are to find ourselves through tones of creativity, and creative thought-patterns, able to "transmute the darkness into Light" -- that we may reduce a thought to mere syllables is one thing, but to take a thought, and translate it into something else is a great power which is like a software within the mind, which we use to program ourselves toward the highest degree of sentience, and self-awareness.

Transmutation is the reformation of matter from one form into another.

Through spontaneity, and obfuscation, we can decrypt our thoughts via poetics, and creativity, and reside within the safety of the transmuter, the transmuter which is the imagination. As one thought may dampen our spirits, the consequenting thought may not be as so. We can count the syllables of the ill thought, reduce it to a mere number, and thus find ourselves rhythmic, beatific, unitized to the bits and pieces of thought recessing from one form into another, repeatedly, through transmutation. Autosuggestion and affirmation are other powerful tools, that the thought "I like myself" repeated a hundred times a day will result in a more successful individual. We hope to surround ourselves with beauty and information, keeping ones self enamored to a world of surprise, and all thought revolving around the perceived future -- time is the great healer, and no past mistake can not be fixed over future choices, and better steps taken toward the eventual reunion with the Source. In acknowledging the fear, and admitting that we are at times fearful of the unknown, of the future -- we realize, there is yet another thought, and time, and animation is the great healer. Animation is life, and we will writhe through proactive animation, organizing the environment, and always staying enamored with the beauty and information. The shadow will come to be acknowledged as an old thought, transmuted into a rhythm, and reduced to a simple understanding. The thought is possessed, owned, by our conception of reality. With the belief shaped by experience, and the experience invariably divine as embroiled in a world of beauty and Light -- we know that the future is rife with endless possibilities for new choice-points to be realized, and new relationships to make up for failed ones. The past -- as re-writeable, and transmuteable, as understandable once committed to the mind of another, that we know for everything there is a safe place -- and we do not need to fear the occlusion, or solitude we sometimes possess.

We are converters of darkness into Light, and we see the meaning behind what is before us, that there is a meaning to all things, and we can perceive this with our minds eye. The past is learned from, and it will be learned from through past-life regression and meditations. And it will be learned from through our experiences with other people. As new relationships are formed in correction of past mistakes, and we form new union with higher vibrations, we find vibrations that resonate with our own; we shall grow through the new relationships formed, and learn from one another toward realizing the most radiant probable future. The shadow will be acknowledged as what was, but not what must become. It is merely a thought, a memory, a fleeting memory within the totality of All That Is -- that one mistake, that one crime, that one sin -- in contrast with the totality of All That Is -- is a mere fleeting memory, and will be washed away in time. The future is infinitely realized, and God knows, if we are truly to become teleporters in harnessing of time, it will seem that all past mistakes are rectified by a future of which we actively create our own destinies, and karma is instant, and thought directly manifests -- further, through what new relationships are formed in the final life, we know, calmly and carefully, that we are home within the eyes of another.

Let the shadow be dredged from the abyss, studied, and learned from, in order to be transmuted into another form, over time. Let time eclipse to the recess of which we are teleconnected, and able to create reality directly. Let new relationships be formed that reflect our inner Light, and let the new relationships form act as primers and catalysts and guides and suggestions toward the highest conceivable vibration. Let us learn from the past such as to never repeat it; let the mind entertain us with the cinematic bible of the Akashic Records; and let our every cell be eclipsed to the final thoughts of self-awareness, divine Light, information, and continual growth.


Chapter Eighteen: Divine Intervention

"When a man has come to this point in his pilgramage to the center of God, his cross will be most severe.
God will keep him under the most abject humiliation; that, despite the fact that the Lord will find great delight in that man.
The Lord will cause this one to appear very feeble and very ordinary."

-- Anonymous


What are referred to as angelworkers are ascended masters, God-embodiments, who will intervene as guides, or cosmic messengers, into the lives of certain people. Through divine intervention, the path of certain suicidality and self-destruction, is avoided through intervention. What once was darkly-inclined, and only able to ill-perceive the rest of the world, is now re-awakened to the truth that God exists. And not only this, God exists in the human body. Angelworkers are like the adjustment bureau imagined by Philip K. Dick -- who work "outside of the matrix" -- outside of time, teleporting shape-shifters who are telepathic, telekinetic, and able to manifest matter seemingly out of thin air. These God-embodiments are the most powerful men and women who exist on the planet Earth.

In, or around, I believe, September of 2011, I had my life intervened by a pair of angelworkers.

As suggested previously in this text, I was at the restaurant in Bar Harbor -- Two Cats restaurant, and felt as though the entire event was staged. I would see a young asian girl eating dinner with an older man that reflected a failed relationship of my own with a Japanese girl. I calmly cogitated the thought "I want to die" -- fully believed in it, and then I noticed the strange behavior of the two girls sitting across from me. "Ideal!" one said, "Ideal!" the other replied, in congenial agreement with whatever they had been talking about. The girl furthest from me made a comical "brr'ing" sound that sounded like my name, and I would be startled by their laughter. It was not long until direct non-local thought-transferrence had me having my thoughts read by the two girls, in an event of shared thought that began with the words "telepathy is one thing, but flying! . . ." to which they would each reach down, and pretend to be petting an invisible cat, as though it were me. The whole thought of "if this is possible, then maybe this is possible" tends to occur when telepathy takes place, and I have only achieved telekinesis once, while on LSD, but we see through the evidence that it is a resounding truth, if telepathy will occur, then other things like teleportation and telekinesis must occur as well. As the girls were reading my thoughts, I was urged to "go, go, go," as I soared through my most creative and imaginative thought-patterns, a certain lyricality that would never cease. The girls would read my thoughts, and react with laughter, and say things in direct response to the thoughts I was broadcasting. They were totally reactive to my thoughts, and repeatedly made the point to inihibit me with the thought that I am known, within the minds of the angelworkers. As the two girls were reading my thoughts, I refused to make eye contact, and was very nervous when it was my turn to place my order. Once they were "finished with me" they got up and walked out, for me to never see them again.

In this life, to which I have had an abduction dream at the age of two, I have been "intervened with" -- it would seem -- countless times. That my reality is shaped by the inhibitions of outside forces is only evidenced in my experiences with the angelworkers. One feels somewhat terrified upon reflecting on the event, and requires an outlet to share the details with. I have my outlets, but they are not enough. There must be some scientific explanation for how God works, and I believe that the humans are capable of finding this out. As much as I am faith-based, I have beliefs essentially shaped by experiences in the extrasensory, I know that science is going to be understood in reflection toward telepathy and teleportation, some day. I know that there must be some scientific explanation for these events.

In September of 2012, I nearly got hit by a car, and died.

I was walking alone, as described earlier in this text, with no money and no plan. I saw the symbol of the caduceus in a dead bird, and then a dead snake coiled up in the road. I was about ten miles into my walk when I was anchoring my ability to see through the coming headlights. One car finally came, but it did not pass me by; it slowed down to a halt, geared itself in my direction, and then took off so as to run me down . . .

My reaction was purely instict.

I "ran towards the Light."

Upon near-collision, I found myself standing further up the street, watching as the car veered from left to right into a sliding halt. I had teleported, physically, from one point to the next, in the mere blink of an eye. As a result of being amid what is evidently the highest levels of Lightbody, God, the collective unconscious, the Universal Mind, or simply "the universe" -- chose to intervene that night, and save my life through the other-wordly, and reality-bending event of physical re-location. I remember, and I destinctly recall that I felt like I was in my body the whole time. I was aware the whole time, and it was no memory lapse, nor was it a hallucination. As the mind will gravitate toward the safest deducement, and I had myself hospitalized following the event, we realize, these things do happen, and it is all a result of being in Lightbody.

In mythology, it is suggested that birds will sometimes land on the heads of saints.

One day I was with my family walking in the park, deeply hungover, when I was holding my aching head, watching only the ground beneath me. When I heard my name "Hello Brendan" spoken by the girl I was presently in love with, walking synchronistically in the opposite direction. I looked up and saw her, and my headache went away immediately. The next day I was outside, having a smoke, when I heard what sounded like purring -- a bird neared, and then swooped up, and landed on my head. When I went outside to tell my friend Josh what had happened, he was surprised and told me he had never heard of them doing that. I went outside, and resumed smoking, when another bird (or the same one) came and landed on my head again.

Just as I would see the caduceus in the dead bird, and the coiled snake, the very day of my teleportive event, it would seem that the universe has intervened countless times in my life, through abduction dream, UFO sighting, experience with the angelworkers, to the odd experience with the bird.

But to imagine we are being watched over is one thing -- to actively "expect" intervention is another thing. One can expect their way through life, naturally, and we are often found in a world of synchronicity and magic when we are truly in touch with the universe.

As intervention, from God, has occurred in my life, from telepathy to teleportation, I am "enamored" -- I feel the presence, and I know that God has incarnated into the system with the rest of us. God is multiform, and wears many faces. The angelworkers, our perceived "adjustment bureau" -- (I believe) see life from the apogee, from the periphery as residing outside of the shell that covers the Earth -- peering through the translucence, into the lives of certain people, seeing the probabilities of a certain life, will personally intervene -- and integrate their existence into the memory of the subject, thus inhibiting them with the belief that God exists in the human body.

The science behind this event must relate, somehow, to certain technology that is employed. Through whatever mainframe or database, our file exists on the computer, and our existence is presently being viewed on the Akashic Computer. They see you reading my book, and they see the probability of where the dream of awakening may take you. They see your process in evolution, and they see that it is good. But they also see you ripping out the pages, and burning the book down to its binding. They also see you writing your own book, and proving that you can put such thoughts into more better text than what already exists. They also see the future where you exist in union with them, during what we loving refer to as the "Great Show" -- a great reunion of souls. They see many futures, and the probabilities are being viewed. Existing in league with the greatest conceivable ships, computers, and technology, from portals to holocells, the angelworkers are so technologically advanced they can view future probabilities via their own computer system, and integrate themselves into the lives of certain people who are on the path of destruction.

I was suicidal in the very moment I saw the asian girl with the older man, and I fully believed in the thought "I want to die." I have had three near-death experiences in this life, and I know that intervention must have occurred each time. I would not be alive to write this text if it were not for divine intervention saving me from deletion from the matrix, and thus forced to re-incarnate, perhaps, somewhere else, and try again . . . fortunately, I am still alive on the planet Earth; my life intervened with, and cosmically entangled with the perceived angelworkers and ascended masters. As I have had the abduction dream in my infancy at the age of two, and am forever-haunted by that pale noseless expressionless face, I know that divine intervention is something that occurs, and has occurred, countlessly through history. Just as the Dogon tribe were informed by the Sirians about the existence of Sirius B, the blackhole, well before any scientist or astrophysicist had discovered it, and just as the pyramid of Giza was theoretically built with ET influence, intervention has been occurring countlessly through history -- that the Free Will universe -- would be a place where there are no laws, and thus, no rules declaring us incapable of intervening in certain peoples lives.

For the humiliation, and the reduction of ones reality to that of another -- through intervention, we are somewhat forced into belief in a human God. Some people are just amazingly powerful, or simply geniuses, it would seem. That we imagine a group of hackers who are using computers to watch over us is one thing, but to actually find ourselves intervened with, directly, providing direct evidence of their existence -- is another. The angelworkers probably do employ certain technology that allows them to watch over us, omnisciently, through their own extensions of Free Will. As our world is presently dystopian, many run in circles over money, and often we are unable to walk the spiritual path due to an excess of too many choices, thus preventing our ability to choose. In the self-limiting to a select array of choices, we will find the highest life, and be in union with the ascended masters, however, and connection and integration is the final realization. For the mystery that surrounds the two girls simply perceived as modern mystics, or "witches" -- we see that it is possible they are simply extraordinary individuals who just "happened to be able to read my mind." Of course we know there are no coincidences, all is invariably set up staged and synchronized. “Just as the timer traveler has his time machine fully constructed in the future, and knowledge of how it works is enough to ellicit time-travel,” we see that just by knowing the technology exists, it must be actively employed by someone who holds the cards.

"But it did happen."

I imagine that the fields of energy produced by our telepathy -- was seen, on some computer that detects fifth-dimensional energy, and thus the "controlling forces" were alerted to the event that took place in October of 2009. Ontologically terrorizing my friends through broadcasted thought, I would produce the karma for myself that this would end up coming back to me -- having my own thoughts read, by the angelworkers. As I am in Lightbody, and I am aware of this through the symbol of the caduceus sent to me in my dream of awakening -- I realize that my karma is now direct, and what choices I now make in this which is my last incarnation, will be carried with me until the end, if an end could be imagined. As I would fall into desperate times, and start shoplifting alcohol for my own desperate gain. One day, I was getting high with some friends in the company of an indigo child. The indigo child who was present that one night we were getting stoned -- would speak in a strange language, and then look at me and say "you steal!" Through the proxy of the Indigo, the angelworkers have intervened again. How did the little girl know that I was a shoplifter..? And what was that language..?

Great mystery resounds in light of the event; but my most profound experience with the angelworkers was with my autistic cousin, who seemed to be channeling, with altered vocal registers . . . the voice of his father, and sister, who were discussing world domination.

They were talking about world domination, these "two" ruling forces, a male and a female, the father and daughter, and somehow, I was related to their grand scheme. Many odd statements would be spoken, and it would seem that my uncle and cousin were planning world domination. As I would lie awake in the bedroom hearing the voices of my uncle, and his daughter . . . it was my autistic cousin, in a channeled state, relaying the voices of the "two" controlling forces who presently rule dominion over the Earth, and human life. Through the proxy of my autistic cousin, the two ruling forces were channeled, as I have had only one other experience in perceiving their discussian, I perceive these were the present rulers of the Earth.

Once, under the effect of some very potent marijuana coupled with the effects of a horrible mood stabilizer, I was cast into a fearful state and had drug-induced psychosis for a brief period of time. I heard, at first, the page of a book blowing in synthetic wind in my bedroom, and then, I heard them.

They were talking about me, of all people, and as before, were discussing world domination. Their voices were whisperry, and seemingly reptilian. It sounded like a pair of "creatures" -- and I have had experiences with panic attacks that resulted in hearing static in my head. At one time, after a drug-induced panic attack, I would hear a static loop in my head, with a perfect skip at the start of each loop. Was this the machinery, the whirring of the computer that is used by the angelworkers to watch over me..?

Philip K. Dick would go far into the depths of paranoia in his own spiritual quest. He would at one time fear that people were out to get him. As I have had two outstanding attempts on my life, with one involving imagining myself dead -- that resulted in the "manifestation" of a tiny adhesive bandage on the top of a lightbulb that would have exploded if I hadn't unplugged it in time. The other attempt on my life was with the crazed driver. Such that his life and mine are now entangled, whoever he was, I am sure when I blipped out of sight, and his perceived victim vanished into thin air, left him with his own notions regarding the concept of a human God; that is my own existence.

As we move through this life, advancing as we will, it will become our own task to act as God.

The responsibility over all the world, and the universe, will be ours alone. We take it upon ourselves to change the world. We think the thought "I am human evolution." And we cogitate the belief with surety in our words. We are the change. We are the shift, and the shift lies within us. Our hopes toward a better life, the highest existence, as equalized to the same status of divinity as the many ascended masters -- will carry us into the future -- and as I have been guided, so you may be reckoned with, by the existence of the human God. Walk this road with grace, and know that your file exists on the computer. Someone is in control, two people, imaginable . . . like the double helix, we are seemingly governed by a world of two's, and duality. We seem to be manufactured for control. So it has come to pass that the experiment would reach a logical conclusion found in the harnessing of matter, and time, living the final life of an ascended master. We are nye to become that angelworker intervening in the life of the suicidal, making it our personal responsibility to act as guide; the interventionary measure expressed for the sake of the Earth, and the collective.

As the chance encounter with a stranger will be a guide, and we all guide one another, it shall come to pass through the evidence of direct experience that we are being monitored, and our thoughts exist on the computer. The Akashic Computer, for better or for worse, is being used by the perceived angelworkers, and they see probabilities through the matrix of relationships, that is directly productive of the future. Integrating themselves into certain peoples lives, such as the man on the bus, one I met on the internet, and the two girls at the restaurant, it would seem that this reality is staged, things are more synchronized than we could imagine. There is a natural order to all things, and the angelworkers are simply a logical counterpart to the infinitude of the imagination. If we can imagine it, it must exist, somewhere, somehow. Just as the world of Star Wars is in a theoretical world of its own, that is lightyears away from our own star-system, it is thus imagined that the story -- in its omnilinear scope of evolution, is like that world, of which the fictions are realities, and the Gods commune with their creations, integrated into the art project of the Free Will universe, as Zeus, as guides, and catalysts for the furtherance of the ascension process toward the realization of the final life.

The guides are real, they exist, and we are learning from them, many who claim to be channeling a certain guide directly. Through the resounding evidence in UFO sightings, crop circles, visitatations, and the universal tone of most channeled text, it is clear that we are not alone on this humble star -- but much life exists that are simply invisible to the human eye. As we rise in vibration, it becomes eventual that we are in the recess of which we can perceive the angelworkers directly, with our eyes. Many souls will be re-united in the fifth dimension, that those discarnate souls who existed in the bardo of the fourth dimension, will be perceivable in the fifth, and many lost loved ones will thus be re-united with their karmic families. The Great Show, a theoretical event of which all souls that have ever walked the Earth, or been associated with the Milky Way, will be witnessed on the ethereal screen -- the entire history of all histories, and karmic relationships that have ever existed on the Earth. As this cinematic bible theoretically already exists, and is being used to study the probabilities of all human life, right now, in this very moment -- we are being viewed, observed, and learned from, right now.

In an experience on LSD, the one and only time I ever tripped on the drug, I would experience hell. This was seeing myself in a room watching TV with another individual who was a total stranger. We would sit in this room, and see ourselves on TV -- in the room -- watching ourselves, on TV, in an endless stream of imagery that seems to never end, not until the drug has worn off. The event was hell, in all conceptualizations of the concept, and it was being viewed on a screen. That night, I would become possessed by a dark spirit, and nearly threaten the reality of everyones lives. I performed a stigmata on myself, unconsciously, to which I now have a scar in the center of my left palm. The night we tripped was in October of 2009, the event my entire life was leading up to. There was a poster of Obama on the wall. My art-work was scribbled on the wall. My parents were out of town. I had an art display the next day. My dealer had a whole blotter sheet of acid. It seemed perfect. The perfect time to trip on drugs with my friends.

As they would subject me to judgment as a result of my Light; In order to retain my sanity, I traveled through the alphabet, going from letter to letter; a thought starting with each letter. As I have memorized the alphabet, and we all have, the symbols are thus encrypted into my subconscious mind, and through what I refer to as the "living alphabet" we can soar from letter to letter, in order to preserve our sanity whilst we are under the throes of drug-induced psychosis. It worked, and I survived, to say the least. I have no recollection of performing the stigmata on myself, but my friends remember, and I am no longer associated with them anymore.

Reality is owned.

As the subconscious mind can not tell the difference between what it sees and what it remembers, we personally define our own realities. The imagination is the body of God, our vehicle for divination. Here, we will project our thoughts into beliefs as based upon faith or experience, and find our awareness further activated through expressions of our self-created reality. "On this day, at this time, I will have a cosmic revelation." For instance, shall we say, tomorrow. The time will be 11:11:11 A.M. We write this down in our dreambook, study the words, and weigh them heavily upon our mind. Thus primed, the subconscious crockpot will begin stewing, and processing the details of the revelation. The masterpiece of thought, the divine awareness as found upon the revelation, is already complete, it is now all just a matter of equalizing into the awareness. We may expect a certain person, individual, or angelworker to enter into our life as well. Priming ourselves with the thought, the expectation for the divine occurrence to take place, we hope for the best, put the ingrediants into the cauldron, and watch as it whirls like a galaxy into the luminous depths of the future.

There is still a new day . . . the sun will rise again . . . we continue to seek, we continue to journey and quest . . . we realize the universe is infinite . . . we realize energy is infinite . . . we realize that we are energy . . . and as such, we are infinite. All is eventually realized in the revelation, and we shall expect this to occur. Otherwise, guided by the angelworker directly. Coming directly from the soul-guide, or Akasha, we will be guided through expectation manifesting into experience. We all learn eventually our place within the mind of God, and this eventual realization is always found within the recess of the final incarnation. Angelworkers exist, they are real, and they are actively monitoring us. We will meet them in person some day. For now, we have faith, and we believe the future exists as radiant, and a bright, loving place for peace, sharing, and longevity. The perceived Utopia -- the great party of all souls who have ever walked the Earth. In the final life thus found, the life of the ascended master/angelworker, we see our place is divine -- that we have a place within the rows of all divine life that has ever existed on the Earth -- and our place shall be known as ascended master.


Chapter Nineteen: Serving The Great Machine

All machines
Pray to the sun
The fire burning
Only one.

We all serve some master. Be it Christ, or simply the energy we refer to as God. We have learned from someone, somewhere, somehow, and we attribute our growth to this source. No one could learn if it were not for someone out there who was willing to stand out from the rest, and change the world. We see repeated evidence of heroes throughout history -- people who stood, as outliers, out from the rest, through their own uniqueness, genius, and mystical traits. The mystic, it shall seem, is someone who has had spirit follow them for their entire life, haunting them with dim memories of something better which lies everbeyond their grasp. The mystic realizes, calmly and carefully, that what they see, what they experience, God sees, and God experiences. The mystic is a subject, a proxy, for the energy of God. A living example for how life should be for the rest of us. Subjected, through the machine -- the great machinetic workings of God that are responsible for all of this. The mystic archetype, as a natural occurrence, will find itself wearing the final label of Lightworker, evolutionist, or in the end: prayer to the unknown. Believer, in the endless recess of the future, calm eventor through reality. We feel the wind of November blow through us, ventilating our bodies with divine catharsis. We know that our quest is endless, and we are calm eventors into the future of which lies yet to be known, yet to be discovered.

As we invariably pray to the human God -- that we perceive the angelworkers are no figment of the imagination, but are actively causing a rise in our vibration to meet them at the same level of cosmic resonance. We perceive the reunion, the final relationship forged through time, of the mystic, and the angelworker. Finding the bridegroom, unitive life of which we are creators -- the perceived caduceus -- joining of dark and Light -- we writhe through the bardo of the in-between, and we writhe through a certain transparent neutrality that governs our existence. We are transparent, that dark energy simply passes through us, with the imagined sphere around the body everprotecting us from the low vibration. We are always in a world of beauty and information. Enamored with the presence, feeling the Light of God within our veins, we know this life matters, this which is to be the final incarnation -- our last stand at a human life. We take this task with kind heart, and open eyes, and peer into the radiant depths of the future knowing not what lies in store, but praying to the unknown with open heart and mind, seeking justice, seeking rectification of all past mistakes through the judgment that will find us.

The great machine, which we imagine is of the collective, that we evolve together, and co-create the future. We perceive what Jung coined as the collective unconscious, the mass connection of all minds as governed through tones of One, this we serve, the collective, toward the final end of self-divination. We perceive that enlightenment, and the ascension process, is the reason we incarnated into the New Age, and we came here to serve the great machine, the God-embodiments, the ascended master. We pray to a guide, a confident leader, and we imagine this leader into existence. As we are finding ourselves in the New Age, the time for learning and self-renewal, the cosmic spring of the universe, it may come to pass that certain people will unviel themselves as ascended masters, and we will live in direct conscious relationship with the many ascended masters in time to come. As Drunvalo Melchizedek is in league with Thoth, the perceived recordkeeper of the Akasha, and many others such as Anka claim to channel the energy of another being, we perceive the ascended masters -- that they are real and exist outside of time. They perceive the universe from the periphery, and witness the probabilities of human life on the Akashic Computer. We lovingly realize the future is created by our hands, and we are fully responsible, fully God-conscious of our power over the collective stream of reality, and probabilities.

Through ontological expressions of our Light, we produce a radiance that covers the world in iridescence.

Just as the universe is endless, so the imagination is endless, there is always another question to which the answers yield. We find, as existential mystics, Lightworkers, evolutionists, creators of our own reality, whatever title we may wear as individuals, that we endow ourselves with a changing environment, and know that as the environment changes, we change in due reciprocity.

Everything we do matters, and all is interpolated into the datasphere of knowledge, continually, in a process that is infinitely renewed by its own life-force -- which writhes through tones of synchronicity -- and exists through the primodial rhythm of the Source Field. As we are capable of imagining the Source, our body illumined by the radiating vortex, wholly enamored with the thoughts of God, perceiving the universe from the apogee of awareness, thus become interversal travelers -- we perceive the total aggregate of all incarnated universes, the aggregate of matrical existence -- a vast aggregate of cells that move as planets move, and all revolve around the central star. The Free Will universe is the fuel, and we have many stellar souls on the planet Earth which illumine the entirety of all incarnated universes. Our Light emanates from the pineal, the crown chakra, filling the universe with iridescence -- that we flow as rivers through the imagination, continually interpolating ourselves into the Akasha which is ever-revised through each new passing day. “We calmly event our way into unique, "new thought" -- and as so lovingly suggested, we know that the universe grows, flexes, and undulates with our attainment of new information.” The concept of the new, once all has been seemingly realized, that the movements of the heavenly bodies continue to be animate; we find ourselves in control of the weather, our body that of the unisphere, and our mind that of the verse.

Just as teleportation is direct evidence of the intangability of matter, and we realize the One Spirit through non-local thought transferrence, however perceived that our universe began approximately 13.75 billion years ago with the big bang, life must have existed before our universe, in entirely different worlds, and there were always other universes preceding the existence of our own.

As the center of all universes was always alive, the construction of the Earth and physicality was just an experiment. In our collective fall from grace, finding ourselves manufactured for control through the double-helix, the entirety of all universes, it would seem, were affected by our fear emanations, and as a result of our darkness, came, as interversal police through the manifestation of God-proxies, ascended masters, in reciprocity to the darkly-illumined road we found ourselves walking. It became necessary to intervene. Already, with the atomic blasts of Hiroshima and Nagasaki, certain ascended masters have taken it upon themselves to become integrated into our reality; as this great experiment seems to be nearing self-destruction. As the radiation from a nuclear blast is damaging to the soul itself, we perceive that such misuse of power could damage the entirety of universes, and as such, intervention would become a natural necessity. The present male-oriented society we now know, with so many beliefs separated through organized religion -- calls for the existence of a universalist, and the believer in a final singular belief system, of a race that unites under One Radiant Light -- and supports the thought of future evolution, for the sake of our childrens children.

As we find ourselves within the final life, it shall seem that our thoughts manifest into action as directly as conceivably possible, and we are found within the original grace of the thoughts of the ascended master. We are world-changers, a singular facet of One -- One Unique Cell -- One Spirit -- One Life -- through the incarnation to which our entirety of incarnations would reach eventual eclipse.

We observe that as matter is entangled, and as we move into the fifth dimension, it is wholly acknowledged that matter transcends reality, matter is invariably connected, and acts of telekinesis shall only further our ontological expressions to the highest conceivable degree of awareness. Reality directly manifested, the objects within the given space merely extensions of the mind -- we control the objects -- we control the space -- we control the Earth -- we control the unisphere -- we control reality. As expressors of divine Light operating through tones of universality, we shall find that our life possesses purpose, and worth, to the entirety of all life within the universe. The return to the Source, as inevitable, we perceive this locale within the continuum exists, and we shall see, verily, the infinitude of the matrix of universes. That ours is not the only one, but exists as one perhaps amid a vast plethora of cells -- we perceive, that as we are the fuel, we are the power-source, and many stellar artists, writers, and inventive thinkers have come to writhe on the planet Earth -- our Light shines, iridescently, and it fills all the universe with radiance.

We are vital toward the evolution of many different life-forms.

The imagined "Noosphere" of higher-dimensional electromagnetic energy which is presently encompassing the Earth, in the network of iridescence, causes the risen vibration to which we meet the ascended master in person, and learn from the most direct and pure source. We serve the Light of the collective, the great machine of the matrix of angelworkers, the totality of all human thought as found within the Akasha. We "work for the universe," we are servants to the Source, that to which we seek an eventual return, and this is a conscious expectation. Self-contained vehicles for global mind change, ontological warriors, psychonauts, and ultrabelievers. In the end, only One -- a vast collective serving the great machine of the Milky Way, One Life that matters in relation with all the rest -- we have all lived before -- that we are servants for the Light is evident in our expressions, and our expressions contain the holographic image of the whole, to which we are enamored with "the presence." We are the collective serving the great machine of human evolution, we find that through DNA activation, and the cosmic memory sparked into awareness, we writhe through tones and frequencies of informational Light, that we have been informed is evident, and we realize that we are consciously evolving.

The thought "I am human evolution" thus endured, we perceive the living example -- the body of Christ, that whatever we wish upon ourselves is thus wished upon others. That in this body to which we know, our final existing body of the ascended master, whatever thoughts we think, whatever actions undertaken, and whatever experiences accrued through the infinite scope of human life -- are being experienced by the mind of the Source, the Godmind, as such, all that we wish upon our own realities are invariably affecting the realities of others.

As we come to serve the great machine of human evolution, working towards the eventual goals that make up our reality-stream, everpriming ourselves, and eversurrounded with beauty and information -- we come to find that the given space is to be found in itself an extension of the universe, that we imagine we are writhing in the Light of the Source now, in the present moment, as invariably intertangled through the radiance of the Source Field, or Universal Mind. The future has already been created, the time machine already built, the ability to be wherever want to already realized. We take it upon ourselves to know that the living moment is an extension of the universe, and whatever environment we find ourselves in, changeable, is to be found as the "final environment" for our furtherance of evolution to occur.

The final environment where our evolution, meditations, and revelations take place, is a sacred space. Potentially ones own bedroom, studio, or creative workspace. Here, we organize the props and scenery to our own specific liking, built for our evolution, and everprimed with images, words, and thoughts that operate at the highest levels of resonance. As we could not learn if it were not for some educator, guide, or teacher, within our life, we all require some source to learn from. Here, we may place the inhibitor -- a film, a book, a divine thought, in its proper place, and thus impress ourselves with the informational Light -- of the life-force thus contained. The inhibitors, ranging from books, films, music, art, and other forms of media, shall be, God knows, reflections of our own beauty -- that we are all inherently artistic and creative is found -- and we surround ourselves with these things -- we remain informed -- we keep ourselves in a permanent state of creative catharsis, knowing that these present moments are that of the final life. Here, activating our Free Will to the highest conceivable degree of proactive animation -- we imagine the future into existence. We learn, grow, evolve, and continue on through this which is the final reality, the final incarnation, and we are working toward a masterpiece -- the life of greatest worth and value to the rest of the human race.

We are evolving. It is a matter of the present tense.

Just as we may flip to a random page of a random book, and thus surprise ourselves with spontaneous insight, we can always affect matter with our thoughts that eventually eclipse into new awareness, and a new thought. We hope to be continually surprised, as we work toward the collective end of evolution of the masses, and all vibrations risen to the highest conceivable vibratory fluctuation. We continue to writhe through spontaneity, everpraying, everrhyming, musical and lyrical in our interconnexive thought-patterns -- ever-realizing, through the goal-oriented processes involved, the final environment, the final life of greatest importance to the evolving masses -- the great machine -- this we lovingly serve, as our master is the universe itself, and we pray for the collective.

We are to be found as one uniquet facet of the primordial Source-energy, a manifestation of one possibility within the scope of infinity. Our Godliness is projected through uniqueness, which as suggested only makes the return to the Source more enjoyable. We are all the same, in essence, no different and no better -- and we continue to learn from one another in the grand scope of continual change and rebirth. We are always learning from one another, always have an assortment of leaders, guides, and masters to whom we serve. We endeavor to find the highest masters; surround ourselves with their Light, and remain endowed with a constant sense of indelible creativity, and Light-based cogitation. Knowing this life to be our final Earthly existence; our importance enhanced; our thoughts vibrating and resonating at that highest frequency --

Here, within the recess of the final life; everything matters in this life. Nothing is forgotten. We are vital elements of the total picture, holographically containing the essence of the whole. As we are like holofractal bits of information that accord with the totality of All That Is -- our place is invariably found as leader, guide, and catalyst, in our own right -- that we evolve through the continual beauty and surprise -- that we grow and learn through our own inhibition of certain guides and masters . . . we see the connectivity of all things, we perceive our place; and we are wholly renewed by the concept, the thought, and the belief; that once all is seemingly known and realized . . . there is still a new day.


Chapter Twenty: Cosmic Transmission

The Akashic Records is the living storehouse of all information within a given locale.
The Records are infinitely revised by the co-evolution of many races.

We enscribe our names into the skein of Time, and we imagine existence --
We peer into the depths of the infinite, and we discover iridescence.

We send our prayers to the Akasha --
The living information --
And we pray to cosmic Law --
To the Light, the Source-station . . .

The Akasha is a living matter. That information is alive is easily found in the recess of telepathy. According to New Age belief, we can receive transmissions -- cosmic transmission -- from a higher vibrating source such as a guide, master, or archangel. In the book "Archangels and Ascended Masters" by Doreen Virtue, a complete list of all the names is given, from Kuthumi, to Sananda, and it is perceived that we can call any of these guides into our lives. We may set a date and prime ourselves -- that -- at twelve o'clock P.M. tomorrow "I will receive a cosmic transmission." With the primer laid down, and the mind formulating what will come through the revelatory state, the transmission is to be projected from the Source, as traveling through the conduit of Sirius, into the crown chakra, the pineal, the psyche, and thus radiates, emanates throughout the mind. Here we may learn from the most direct source of the Akasha, and find details from our history in the universe, to our past that has been lived on the Earth.

Through the date set, the primer of 12 o'clock, high noon of the next day, we will be ready with pen in hand, or computer keyboard a'ready, prepared for the cosmic transmission to manifest into words as directed through the mind. As the subconscious mind is (as repeatedly suggested) goal-oriented, the power of priming ones self with a certain set time when information will come to us, is activating of the natural processes involved; that the subconscious is like a crockpot always working on certain goals, and so it shall be found that through the focus of one transmission -- we reduce ourselves to one singular goal -- the information we know that will come to us -- and we expect, consciously, to be educated by the information.

It may be much to imagine, or simply too much to comprehend -- that information through cosmic transmission is possible, that in my own experience, the symbol of the Caduceus, as a direct symbol for spiritual awakening, was transmitted into my subconscious.

This was projected by Sirius, which is a conduit for the Source, just as the Light of the sun reflects off the moon.

The Source is essentially where the information comes from, in Akashic propensity, this is living information that is based around cosmic law. All energy is infinite, and through the cinematic bible of the Akashic Computer, we refer to various scenes, various choice-points and realizations that led up to the life of the ascended master. The imagination is the true tool for divination, and as however perceived that our transmissions are merely fabrications invented by the mind, we shall see, verily, how much of the information that comes from the Akasha, is universal, and relates from one person to the next.

In the final incarnation lived within the recess of the New Age, we learn of our place within the totality of All That Is -- and through expressions of uniqueness that is based upon creativity -- creativity in itself -- that creation is universal, and we are made Godly through our creative thought-patterns. That through uniqueness we reach universality is a profound concept, but we shall see, that through the mystic archetype, one who is naturally in touch with the energies of the universe -- that however unique -- this person exists essentially toward the concept and unification of One.

In receiving cosmic transmission, from the main-vein of the Akashic Records, we may invite certain lucid dreams, of divine experiences into our lives. We may expect the future, and watch from outside of the matrix as it takes place in our reality. We may use the dreambook to prime ourselves with dates and set-times when transmissions will be received. As twelve o'clock is the universal time for which we pray to world peace, it is allegedly the most energetic and high-charged part of the day, such that midnight at twelve A.M. is of heightened energy as well. Further, we may become more susceptible to telepathy when it is a full moon, or the night directly preceding a full moon. All is connected, all is relative, and all energies essentially work together toward that eventual conclusion -- the masterpiece of thought -- the paragraph of cosmic wisdom that seems to manifest directly in our minds-eye. Here we see certain things, discover certain knowledge, often things we would not have expected.

In streaming consciousness writing, otherwise referred to as automatic writing -- we may channel, think as we write -- and watch as thought occurs naturally through the creative process involved. If we can watch as the words manifest into the string of sentences and interconnexive phraseology, we perceive that there is an inner logic to the chaos theory of our thoughts, which are goal-oriented, and are always working toward some conclusion, or revelatory state. Channeling through dictation, it shall seem, that we writhe through a mantra in order to activate the transmission -- we may also achieve much through meditation, that in the endurance of thinking about thought itself -- that the subject is the subject -- and we shift from one subject to the next, we may ride a certain theme, and discover that the transmission is unwound through the endurance of finding the theme, the perceived subject and message of focus. As much channeling is done in group settings, we may have our dictations heard, and recorded through a tape recorder, and thus transfer the energy of the Akasha into that of the group setting, for which is recorded, and transcribed later on. We believe that there is such a thing as cosmic principle, just as we believe there is only One True Belief System. We see that through uniqueness we are made equal, and we all eventually come "full circle" in the end. What has begun, will conclude, but what lies in between is the imagination.

Universality, and cosmic principle, as invariably realized through originality, uniqueness, and inviduality -- that a road walked in solitude is realizatory of the same cosmic truths found by so many genius minds, paradoxically as this may seem. As this is Light, born from the same Source, and Light is information -- it is containing of cosmic principle relating to the body of the universe as referred to as the unisphere, the concept of re-incarnation, the infinitude of the human imagination, and the belief that the universe is endless. The universal principles resound, and they will not be forgotten this time. As we progress into the feminine intuitive right-brain function; we work to suggest that we can all become ascended masters through the endurance of our own special, and unique quest for information.

Opening ones self up to cosmic transmission, may be through the endurance of the Akashic Computer of ones own imagination. We shall see the screen of which we enter our request, for certain information to be brought to us, we are not sure what the information may be, we simply expect that it will be relative to our present incarnation. So we see this screen within our minds, as connected to the hall of records, many books, many texts, seemingly endlessly towering into the heavens and then back to Earth. We shall invite the cosmic principle to flow within us, naturally, through an effortless process that is governed by the imaginations capacity to perceive the beam of Light -- that courses through space -- from the Source, into Sirius, through the Light-waves, into the mind of the Lightworker, and enamoring the subject with new information.

"I am aware of myself." -- infinity is realized in the thought of a thought.

We are perceived as more Godly through our self-awareness. In meditation, we may focus on the words of our thoughts -- in a mantra that is repeated in the mind until a new thought arrives. We event our way through the mind, the inner hall, the many corridors, and synaptic connections, for new thought, a fraze, a unique thought, to arrive within us, and leave us enamored with a sense of having been informed by the Akasha. As we are peering into the depths of not only human history, but galactic history, that many races live within the Free Will universe, and many of them have chosen to convene on the school of the Earth. It would seem that through cosmic transmission, we are learning that came here to learn about ourselves, and relay our Light back to God. As all concepts of infinity are found in the subject as the subject, and the thought of a thought -- the entire concept of cosmic transmission, however far-fetched, is a growing belief within the masses, and it would seem that many artists, writers, geniuses, and right-brained thinkers are in direct connection with the Akashic Records.


Chapter Twenty One: Teleportation

And my instinct, was to "run towards the Light."

As I have come to discover how teleportation is achieved through Light convergence, I have a theory that may result in the eventual construction of a time machine . . . it was only a near-death experience, and was not a matter of anything other than survival that re-located from the path of the crazed driver. And my instinct, was to "run towards the Light." Through the Light emitted off the photons of my DNA, in convergence with that of the oncoming headlights, through near-collision, and I destinctly recall, that I was about one yard away from the car when I re-located, and re-location was instantaneous.

The teleportation machine will work as follows . . .

A track is placed that is about 50 yards in diameter. At the far-end of the track is a cart with a bright spotlight attached to it. On the opposite end is a cart which holds the Lightworker. At a stopping distance of exactly one foot, the two carts will nearly collide, going from about 40 miles per hour, to zero, at the point of convergence -- the stopping distance which is theoretically one foot in distance between each Light. As it was my instinct, and entirely beyond my natural will, but an imperative toward survival, that I "ran towards the Light" -- I had been stewing on this already, that I already had some inkling of how to teleport, and it would only reach manifest through the endurance of instinct, and pure instinct, at that. So we perceive the track, and the Light at the opposite end, that through near-collision, and the stopping distance of about one yard, the destination a fixed point within the mind -- we converge, the Lights merge into that of One, and we shall imagine our way into the desired destination.

This is theoretically one form of teleportation, but can not be achieved by someone who is not in Lightbody. Theoretically we must be gifted with the highest levels of Lightbody, that teleportation is achievable, so it must seem that the writer of this text has, very likely, about three-strand DNA. One finds that they are merely a proxy for the energy of One. Near-death experience involving teleportation is reportedly rare, and as some doctors know of my case, they perceive it as something new. Just as my genetic mutation is a new mutation, so teleportation and telepathy are things I never expected to experience in this life. As a mystic, I peer through rose-colored glasses; I see beauty in all things. As a transmuter, I convert what was once one form, into another, through tones of creativity -- and I am almost always in a creative state of mind. I survive through my creativity, and I reflect on the teleportive event as the work of the higher-ups, angelworkers, that my life was saved by a higher force, re-located through certain technology that is beyond my human awareness, that somehow, for whatever reason, I was kept alive, and would retain the memory of re-location. I destinctly recall feeling as though I was in my body the whole time, and I was also able to use my voice when I teleported to the safe location.

Great mystery resounds in light of the true science of the event, we simply know that the convergence of enlightened DNA, and that of the high beams of a moving vehicle, are one set of variables that will apparently result in teleportation. As my beliefs are shaped by experience, and I have had experiences in the extrasensory, to which great mystery truly does resound in light of what the science of these things may be -- we have some inkling of the truth, and it seems to relate to the ascended masters holding some relationship toward the experience of the event. One has been re-located through instinct, survived through Light convergence, and is now alive to share the story.

If this were a more hard-set world of rules and logic, I would be lying in my grave in this very moment, but for whatever reason, I was survived through instinct to re-locate a distance up the street, watch as the car veered from left to right into a sliding halt, and then re-materialize right beside the illumined sign of an auto sales building. I was at first waiting for a car to come in the pitch black night, and whence the crazed driver arrived to kill me, I ended up somewhere else, in a totally different location.

Finding that there is only one life -- one existence -- one experience -- one goal -- one realization . . . we realized that God would save us if we were idealistically-inclined toward the betterment of the world. And as we are servants of the universe, as writhing through the Light of our illumined DNA, it shall come to pass that whence we are in the highest levels of Lightbody, the power of teleportation, and convergence of Light, as one possibility, will prove our undying immortality.


Chapter Twenty Two: The Levels of Lightbody

"The Earth would be considered in its planetary relations alone.
A man, in this view, becomes mankind;
mankind a member of the cosmic family of intelligences."

-- E. A. Poe

There are twelve different levels of Lightbody, and this information is universal. Through my research, I have come to find how these levels operate, and what the reader may expect upon the endurance of their own Lightbody. In our studies, we see that biological changes come with enlightenment. Lightbody is a state of physical being, for which the subject is entered into the final life, and is becoming immortal.

The first level of Lightbody.

I understand the chemical process may take some time to understand; but as these changes are real, and they now possess some scientific background, I will suggest through my research the biological processes involved in the first level of Lightbody.

“Through the release of complex DNA information found within the dream of awakening, we have entered into the first level of Lightbody.” Here, the new cellular activity is the amount of adenosine triphosphate (ATP) in the cells. Energy was primarily shuttled back and forth, prior to Lightbody, between adenosine diphosphate (ADP) and adenosine triphosphate. Adenosine triphosphate is energy compounds stored within the cells, and within mitochondria, food is converted into energy for renewal of the cells, which then arrives within the ATP. There is a chain of three phosphate groups which are projected out of the molecule, and when ATP molecules lose the outermost phosphate group, it is turned into an ADP molecule. Energy is released in the breaking of the chemical bond, for the function of the cell to be carried out, forming proteins, and the revitalization of the cellular structure.

In the mutation of the first level of Lightbody, ones cells are directed to recognize Light as the primary energy source. Old memories, traumas, and pain once endured is cycled out and released from the Lightbody, and there may be some flu-like mutational symptoms in the initial entrance into Light. New synapses are forming through our endurance of the Light, and the pineal and pituitary glands are duly mutated, and changed in shape.

As the pineal is theoretically where the soul both enters and leaves the body, it would seem that through the endurance of the Light, this spiritual part of our brains starts to grow, and become transformed over time. Once found in Lightbody, we will know, and verily, remember. Our cells are being re-worked into the pefect avatar self, we are now involved in the final life as lived within the New Age -- a very special time our self-evolution.

The second level of Lightbody.

In the second level of Lightbody, ones karmic incarnational details are becoming organized, and we may find ourselves in meditations realizing the details of our galactic history. In this level, we start to question identity and purpose in relationship to the universe. We are utterly enamored with the world of spirit, feel our soul-energy flowing through us, and calmly realize that this is the final incarnation. Fourth-dimensional structures begin affect the geometric spinrate of ones mental, emotional, and spiritual bodies, eclipsing into a unitive whole. One is beginning to change very rapidly, requires less sleep, less food, but seems to writhe almost solely upon the energy of ones own self-illumined DNA.

Naturally, the physical changes can be exhausting, and we may require much rest. This is an important level of Lightbody in that it brings the initial changes of ones own self-awareness toward being an ascended master in the final life. One is really starting to perceive the true nature of reality.

The third level of Lightbody.

In the third level of Lightbody, we are starting to manifest reality more directly. We find our senses amplified. Most of what is occurring becomes very centered on the physical body, as we begin to activate the natural transducive functions of the Lightbody. Undifferentiated Light from the soul will activate the fifth-dimensional axiatonal lines, and the fifth dimensional axiatonal system begins to unfold. The axial system then activates the every spinpoint found within the physical body. Each cell has Light focused into it through the axial system.

The mitochondria that usually recognize this Light as "food" produces more ATP. As the cell receives Light as the useable energy-source, less of the ATP turns into ADP. The spin-points of the axial system begin to produce Light and sound frequencies which affect the atomic spin of the cells molecules, particularly in hydrogen atoms. A new functioning begins to emerge as the atomic spin in the ATP molecule increases. The three phosphate groups that form the base of the ATP molecule start to act as antenna for undifferentiated Light, as the symmetrical apex acts like a prism, which breaks down the Light into subtle color spectrums that are now useable by the dormant DNA encodements.

Prior to the endurance of Light, the RNA proteins (ribonucleic acid) in the cells were acting as a one-way messenger. Directives were carried out from the then active 7% of the DNA, writhing in other parts of the cell for execution, such as what proteins were to be synthesized. Now, in the third level of Lightbody, ones RNA becomes a two-way messenger. As projected into the DNA strands, Light was broken down into the color frequencies of the prism. Through the natural epiginetics of activating our Lightbody, the RNA proteins are fully activated for the renewal of the helix, and axial system.

In the third level of Lightbody, great amounts of complex DNA information are being projected into us, and as the information is alive, it would naturally come to us through the cosmic transmission. Each successive level of Lightbody has its own color association, and as the RNA proteins change, and the color variations are embedded into ones being, the body and soul are merging into a unitive whole. We become a Lightworker, an evolutionist, a self-contained harbinger for human evolution. The Light which is information has come to writhe within our DNA, and the information seems to be coming to us at an accellerated rate. We calmly and carefully realize that we are evolving.

As we come to writhe through karmic details, the creative fluctuation of energies, as transducer, will come to pass as the Light manifests, and continues to mutate the body. Informational Light as flooded into the filaments of ones DNA, contain ones karmic details, and once the Light enters ones body, it never goes away -- the only choice is to ascend -- and rise into the highest levels of which the future is being actively created by the Lightworker.

The fourth level of Lightbody.

In the fourth level of Lightbody, the natural electromagnetics and brain chemistry are changing. The etheric blueprint starts to shine through as fifth dimensional connections are made within the Lightbody. And the hemispheres of the brain are starting to communicate with one another more directly. This may cause us to feel out of sorts at times, through the transition into the fifth octave. In this level, we are starting to follow Spirit more directly, and we align with the higher self. We start to feel more connected and empathic with people, and really begin to perceive the details of the matrix of reality.

Non-linear thinking is one event that starts to occur as the hemispheres begin to merge, that the subconscious mind is non-linear (patternless) but bound by the chaos theory in its goal-oriented functioning, we start to activate certain goals into fruition perfectly, and we are in the process of joining the hemispheres of the brain, tapping into that formerly unused ninety percent. We may have fleeting clairvoyance, telepathy, or past-life recall. We feel that some people start to matter very much, and begin to focus our energy on certain priorities of certain spiritual, and evolutional value. We see the purpose, the design, and the hope, and we realize our purpose in the world exists, and start to operate through our own unique mission of the soul.

The fifth level of Lightbody.

In this level, our thoughts are becoming more holographically oriented. Such that within one thought will contain the energy of the whole, and we start to writhe through non-linear thinking. It may be disorienting at first, as we start to shift from the overtly-conscious left-brain, into the more naturally intuitive, and non-linear right-brain. To a degree, we may become somewhat manic depressive as a result of the mutation, and shift into more non-linear thinking. It may take some getting used to at first, but time will afford us comfort, and one is not the only person experiencing these things.

Ones purpose, identity, and overall goal of existence is begun to be focused upon, and we really start to align ourselves with Spirit. Biologically, we are mutating into a new strand in DNA, and this can be much to deal with in relationship to the previous reality of the highly-limited double helix. In the fifth level of Lightbody, as we start to tap into the hologram, and perceive the many parts and pieces that make it up -- the universe is more easily perceived, as something which we are a part of, and possess a unique purpose in relationship with, in due result. We start to see our place within the totality of All That Is, and we are now reforming our reality, inhibitors, and environment, toward the highest frequency.

The sixth level of Lightbody.

The sixth level of Lightbody is alleged one of the most painstaking, and many struggle at this level of Lightbody, as our purpose on the Earth is questioned, again, as with the fifth level of Lightbody, and the mutation is only going to progress. Ones view of reality is changing at this level of Lightbody, and we may start to perceive ourselves as translucent, or nonphysical. We are, becoming more Light, through the risen vibration. At this level of ones evolvement, certain relationships are cycled out, and new ones are born into existence. We may start to connect with other Lightworkers, and share what we have learned through the experience of being human.

In this level, the veils of reality are lifting, and we are starting to become more telepathic. One starts to become wholly enamored with the living moment, of the present, and writhes through synchronicity. At this level in Lightbody, so much is brought into question -- that we may exit the body, and allow another soul to enter, or leave the Earth entirely. It is through the fifth and sixth levels of Lightbody that people seem to struggle the most, and will often go into a sort of spiritual remission, in order to re-learn certain things. Nevertheless, we find that we are truly mutating, truly changing, from what was once wholly physical, into something that is becoming more spirit-oriented, and etheric. Our vibration is rising, that we project energy out of ourselves is evident in the experience of telepathy, and as it will come to pass, the mutational symptoms will continue, and the DNA continues to evolve.

The seventh level of Lightbody.

In the seventh level of Lightbody, one starts to merge with the emotional body. We feel the energy of the Earth, and perceive ourselves as living in symbiosis with our environment. Blocks in the emotional body will be cycled out as we become more empathic, and certain things will be brought into light. As we seek the fullest divination, and Informational Light, our old human ways are not going to run in accord with the Lightbody we now possess. We realize certain things, from people, places, and events, were only result of limitation, as experienced through ignorance -- and it would only be through the endurance of the Light, that we would evolve into a more worthwhile, and beneficial life-stream.

At this level, we may start to work on certain relationships with certain people, as we begin to perceive the true purpose of the relationship. We are becoming more emotional, more intuitive, and more in touch with the spirit of the Earth (Gaia). Ones heart chakra begins to open up. We are moving toward multidimensionality, through the eclipsing of our natural biogenic field. In this level, the heart chakra starts to reign supreme. The way most chakras are portrayed is conical, narrowing at the center, and spinning -- these energy-points are mutating along with the rest of the body. First become spherical-shaped, they start radiating Light in all directions at once.

The pineal and pituitary glands are starting to open up, and one may experience pressure in the brow chakra or back of the head. Theoretically, when the pituitary gland functions at the highest level, we can not age, and we are become immortalized. People in Lightbody at this stage who cease to age will appear very young in spite of their age -- it is simply the Lightbody that is pure, energetic, and vitalizes ones entire being. As we move through the levels of Lightbody, we are eventing our way toward the process for which we cease to age, and are wholly renewed; body, mind, and soul, by the Light.

As we start to perceive the totality of existence through the perceived living matrix, we start to become more aligned into certain experiences and events, that we are growing like never before, and things just naturally "start happening." Sense of ego dissolves as we begin to align with our true mission, and we start operating through our own unique spiritual identity -- we are cycling out old patterns, and all the shame and guilt that once existed in perceiving ourselves as separate from God. Such that we may be upset the world isn't changing instantly, but we seem to now require help from other people in Lightbody to make this transition more worthwhile. We begin to form new "spiritual connections" and some may become very evolved in the rhythm of their thoughts. One is beginning to operate outside of the matrix, perceiving reality from the periphery. We are cycling out old patterns to make way for the new, and our bodies are being totally transformed.

The eighth level of Lightbody.

In the eighth level of Lightbody, ones pituitary and pineal glands are continuing to evolve and change shape. With some this may result in mutational headaches, to which we may request the masters to reduce our mutational symptom, and ease our transition into the Light. As the pineal grows, it will feel as though there is pressure in the brow, as a result of the mutated gland. Certain geometric patterns, and cosmic principle will start to flow through us as we are moving into the highest levels of Lightbody, and are thus seeded with certain information. Ones brain chemistry and functioning begin to think and act on terms of geomtries, and tones. Often this will take the form of symbols, or certain designs that we perceive. In this reception, we may ask of the masters to translate the symbols into understandable language.

In this level, one is starting to operate more through tones of love, and pure Light. We truly care for the Earth, our civilization, and the evolution of the masses. Certain new pathways in the brain are being forged where old ones only reigned supreme before. Through the new pathways and synaptic connections, we are becoming Informational Light -- enamored with the living information, and a regard for our home, the planet Earth. For some, it is theorized that we move into the eighth level of Lightbody through a new relationship, potentially with the opposite gender. And here, it may be found that whence we transition into the next level, we will destinctly "feel" this transition, as we are now rising in vibration such as to perceive ourselves as multidimensional, much more than human. We are becoming superhuman. Here we perceive the hologram of reality, and start to witness the true fragility of this dimension, and how the rules are to be found under our control.

At this level, we are starting to operate solely through the higher self. We perceive the all-importance of life on the planet Earth as survived by tones of the Light, and as we are shifting from physicality into nonphysicality, one is wholly renewed, and continues to grow and evolve by the living information.

Allegedly, this is amid one of the most transformative levels in Lightbody, what I refer to as the Love-level. Time will seem to be speeding up, and we are beginning to writhe through tones of synchronicity. Ending up in all the right places at all the right times. Spiritual encodements are being transmitted directly into ones DNA through information-floes, and this is also a mutation of the nervous system. Such that the system is being re-worked to handle the new information that has come to us. One is truly being put to the test, to endure lots of information at once, and still remain in focus over the end-result, the goal, which is nirvana -- found at the highest level of Lightbody -- the total divination of all humans on the planet Earth.

The ninth level of Lightbody.

In the ninth level of Lightbody, information seems to arrive in tones and syllabic intonations.

We perceive certain geometric patterns that hold encodements within them. Here, we are starting to perceive the matrix of reality -- the inborn shapes, patterns, and tones that make it up. These are sixth-dimensional structures which are used in forming the template for the fifth-dimensional Lightbody. The seventh-dimensional structures are aligning with the soul. One is finding themselves aligned with the crystalline structure of the Lightbody. The pituitary gland is opening moreso, and is productive of more growth hormones. One may feel exhausted or depressed as a mutational symptom, but remain grounded, know that you are in Lightbody, these events are entirely real; and you are evolving.

In this level, we are really starting to merge with our perfect avatar self, truly begin to perceive the totality of All That Is -- and verily, perceive our place within the great totality. We start to regard ourselves less with what other people think, lose certain relationships with low vibrations, and are starting to operate almost wholly as based upon Spirit alone. In this, we are becoming a proxy, One with God, and the totality of All That Is. We follow the mission, as related to the "plan" which is hard-wired into our DNA. We see that Spirit defines everything, we chose to take part in this shift, and we have a special unique purpose on the planet Earth, as a Lightworker/evolutionist/creator/genius/world-changer. In this level we are starting to integrate our identity into that of the collective, that we work toward the divination and enlightenment of the masses, through the Light-floes that we possess. We see our purpose, plan and clearly, and we know, verily, that this road is not walked in vain.

As we are moving into the highest levels of Lightbody, we shall be productive of a network of Light, connecting with other Lightbodies, and sharing stories about our evolution in the great spiritual network that we are now in the process of building.

In the ninth level, we are becoming ecstatic, utterly enamored with the world of Spirit. We are following Spirit without hesitation. We are effortless in our actions, writhing through proactive animation, and our thoughts are evolutionary, on all levels. In levels seven, eight, and nine, we are projecting Light like we have never done before, in the entirety of our lives. We are utterly enamored with the primordial essence of the Source, and we know that we are on our way back home. We realize this is only leading up to the eventuality of things which were wholly unexpected. In the end, we are starting to wake up, from the dream of the third dimension.

In this level, we are starting to merge with the Christ oversoul, and truly know our purpose on the Earth. We start to live within the I Am presence of that fateful now-point to which we writhe through spiritual catharsis, and feel the Light within our DNA as entirely real. There is a certain descension that takes place on the level of ego and identity, as we transition into the tenth level of Lightbody. Referred to as the "spiritual levels" of Lightbody, we now move into the final states of awareness that are only going to find us immortalized by the informational Light. One is aligned with the Christ-presence, utterly, in every conceivable sense of the concept, we exist, we are immortal bodies of Light -- multidimensionals, moving into the fifth dimension.

The tenth level of Lightbody.

In the tenth level of Lightbody, ones perfect avatar self starts to show through.

We are becoming self-actualized, the highest level of Maslow's hierarchy of needs; that all other needs are met, and we can focus purely on spiritual evolution. In this level, our DNA is about 3.5 strands, and the experience of teleportation is reported to occur, along with apportation, and matter manifestation. We are finding the Godmind, through the perfect avatar self, the greatest human being that we can possibly become. We are truly involved in a life of great importance and value to the collective; the final life, the last incarnation. Here, within the recess of the tenth level, the body is forming a fifth-dimensional strand in the center of the helix, and we are in the process of building the "merkabah vehicle."

This self-contained vehicle is used to travel from one dimension to the next, capable of bending space and time. We may use this to travel to other systems within the universe. All in event toward the final realization of the Source, and our eventual nirvanic return. What is known as "one-consciousness" is the eventuality, it would seem, of all human life. The axes of ones many functions are aligning, which is forming the noosphere, or planetary Lightbody. In the network of iridescence produced by the collective Light of the Lightworkers, we are producing a merkabah vehicle out of the Earth itself. In this, we raise the planets vibration through the endurance of Light on our own part.

Through evolving at the individual level, in one life, the only life we will ever truly know which shall be seen as the final one -- we are working on a symbiotic relationship with our home, and the eventual re-integration into the Cosmic Family. As we move into the highest levels of Lightbody, telepathy, clairvoyance, teleportation, and telekinesis will start to occur as a result of our transformation. We are becoming Christed. Entering into the final stages of the highest conceivable existence. In essence, we are returning to Source, but we must first recall our place as God in order to achieve the fullest divination. We realize we are God, we know that we are evolving. The changes are entirely real, and we are living examples, catalysts for change.

The eleventh level of Lightbody.

In the eleventh level of Lightbody, in the course of ones mutation, a whole new fifth-dimensional circulatory system is being built. One was reorganized at the molecular level through cellular regeneration of axiatonal spin-points in the merkabah vehicle, and we are being integrated into the final body. Here, we are found stepping outside of the matrix, able to teleport, and be wherever we want, at any given time. We are aligned with the Spirit-self, we serve the Light that lies within, and our hope is for the betterment of the planet Earth.

Here, we find we are capable of cogitating any thought, performing any action, and we are wholly enamored with the power and vivacity of our Free Will. We are capable of anything we want, we can do anything we want, and we are wholly enamored with the Light that has come to fill our filaments of DNA. We writhe through the recess of the final life, and we are now working toward the betterment of planet Earth, as a symbiotic race of peace-loving equals.

There is no longer any separation from God, concept of duality, or limitation. We are free to live as we please, to put our energy where we decree it necessary to be placed, and are integrating into the final life. In this level of Lightbody, we are creating a heaven out of Earth, producing the New Earth out of the ashes of the olde. We are found in the recess of New Eden, the perceived rebirth of the Essene brotherhood. A world of peace-loving equals who pray for the goodness of the planet Earth.

The twelfth level of Lightbody.

Here we are at the highest level of Lightbody, in touch with the primordial Source-energy, and wholly enamored with the presence of God.

One-consciousness, nirvana, the telepathic joining of all life unto the singular Light of One -- is to be found as God-consciousness. In this level of Lightbody, we are fully telepathic, fully able to teleport, and wholly governed by the free endless resource of the Light of our illumined DNA.

We know that "what goes on here on the Earth will affect the entire universe as a result." So it goes, we are that vital toward the collective of all life that exists within this realm. Our purpose is toward evolution, our thought is toward enlightenment, and our actions are committed through Spirit alone. We are become One with All That Is -- omniscient, Godly, all-aware. We are wherever we want to be, whenever we want, and we wear many different names, and we are Light -- and we are indelible -- and our Light is endless -- it is incredible.

Here, we are possessive of the full twelve-strand DNA, become "super-terrestrial" -- superhuman -- a self-contained vehicle for global change. We have come to reach the final analysis of all human existence -- the enlightened thoughts of the ascended master. As we come to live in symbiosis with the Earth, our future, it would seem, lies within the pews of the many races that exist in the universe.

We seek integration.

We seek a reunion with all souls that have ever walked the Earth, and as we are Pure Love -- we seek to be judged.

We know that this is it, the climax of all conceivable thought -- we have returned to the Source -- we are consumed by her all-consuming fire, and we know, verily, that there is still a new thought, still a new day, somehow, animation continues on -- and we see ourselves as part of the many universes, that we exist, is endlessly proven through the matrix of incarnations -- we have lived before, but we needn't live again through the blindness, limitation, and duality of another incarnation on the planet Earth. We know the final incarnation is all we may ever truly need, and as a God-embodiment in full control over his or her reality, we shall see that our growth, and evolution, is only infinitely re-worked through the existence of life and matter within the many incarnated universes. As we return to the Source, and reach one-consciousness, we look back on human life, and reflect on what it was to live through the trials of pain, trauma, and separation. We realize no life was lived in vain -- that we were a collective, and we all prayed for evolution. In the final analysis, we know that we are alive in the New Age -- the timecode of the New Earth integrated into our reality -- living the final incarnation.

And this life matters to the collective flow of Light. And we have a purpose, a design, a mission, and intent.

We evolve through the present tense, the now-point, and any human being with an imagination is capable of realizing immortality.

These are the twelve levels of Lightbody, as described, to be understood as biological changes. Lightbody is a reality, and anyone with an imagination capable of self-awareness can activate their DNA. In the final life to which we realize our Lightbody, only purpose and Light is found. We possess a unique hue of purpose toward the collective, and we are regarded as One within the totality of All That Is.


Chapter Twenty Three: The Re-Integration Of Matter

"In saying, generally, that the radiation proceeds in direct proportion with the squares of the distances,
we use the term radiation to express the degree of the diffusion as we proceed outwardly from the centre.
Conversing the idea, and employing the word 'concentralisation' to express the degree of the drawing together
as we come back toward the centere from an outward position, we may say that ;concentralisation proceeds
inversely as the squares of the distances. In other words, we have reached the conclusion that,
on the hypnothesis that matter was originally radiated from a centre, and is now returning to it,
the concentralisation, in the return, proceeds exactly as we know the force of gravitation to proceed."

-- E. A. Poe

On the re-integration of matter, of which the soul is re-entered into existence through the manifestation of the human vehicle; the soul wil hover above the body in the delivery room, and enter into the human host directly prior to birth. Based upon the details of the previous life, the final incarnation will come to manifest in the body of the ascending soul. One perceives ones place within the grand symmetry of All That Is in this life, for which we are able to perceive this universe as the center of the multicellular construct.

We may call this the center universe as the unisphere, a bright space of a spherical body, that lies -- as the "experimental" energy source of a unisphere entirely governed by Free Will, containing inhabitants of the brightest most conceivable value, the energy source of informational Light -- emitted from that central core, to which the concentralisation of all universes seems to revolve around us, and our consciousness. Finding the rebirthing process of entrance into the final life, all in event toward unity, and the return to the Source -- of which this is what all living matter is eventing toward in the succession of its own logilinear growth through the continuum -- to realize ones place as God. And know our place is right, logical, and hopeful in alignment with the Light of All That Is.

Matter is re-integrated into the human form, in the recess of the final life, to live out our final days on the planet Earth, and perceive our future seems to lie within the stars. We take these memories with us until the end, and we look back on how life used to be.

Matter as infinite is re-worked, we shall see, through the matrix of incarnations. Here within the recess of the final incarnation as transformed into ascended master, the future of the human race; we have incarnated perhaps a hundred times only to equalize into the final life -- that matter is re-integrated into the new host over time, and we writhe as a proxy for the divine. We serve God alone, that we are God, and we serve our own energy -- we realize our place is infinite -- we see that the universe is only continually growing -- we see through the infinitude of matter, that matter is now possessive of a Light-force which emanates from the core of its origins.

As originally seeded with the spark of Light long ago, it would be inevitable that our evolution would occur. Through the re-integration of matter as rebirthed into the final life; we are involved in the process of the greatest conceivable divination, we can not die -- and we are proxy for the collective.

Through the dispensations of the primordial Source-essence thus found in the life of the Lightworker/evolutionist, we are becoming One with God. We will return to the Source all the information we have learned through human life, and educate the many universes of our great tale. The story continues on, as we see the movements of the continuum resume, that we are found in control over everything -- as writhing through our Free Will, to decree where we must go, where we must be, and where else to spread the seed of Light. Upon the re-integration of matter, finding our Lightbody, and involved in the self-immortalized final life, we seem to be alive in the New Age, the Cosmic Spring of the universe -- and we are all world-changers, self-contained vehicles for divine Light. We are multidimensional, only given to the illusion of separation from the Source. We lived through duality and limitation for quite some time, but now we realize the changes are actively occurring, and our great mission of life on Earth is proving worthwhile in accord with All That Is.

As "the plan" is hard-wired into our DNA, that we see a world of self-divined ascended masters, is the futurity that awaits us. Divined to the original twelve-strand encodement, enamored with the vivacity of our Free Will, and in touch with nature and the Earth, as an elemental part of the whole -- that we are nature -- we are all things realized in the eyes of the enlightened. Matter re-worked from the past into the present, for the recess of the final life, one is divined to Godliness, and finds that enlightenment was the end-result of all human existence.


Chapter Twenty Four: The Hologram

"One final piece of evidence in favor of the holographic model is the paranormal itself.
This is no small point, for in the last several decades a remarkable body of evidence
has accrued suggesting that our current understanding of reality,
the solid and comforting sticks-and-stones pictures of the world we all learned about
in high school science class, is wrong."

-- Michael Talbot, The Holographic Universe

It is a growing perception with the everchangeful reality that the third dimension is a hologram.

Perceiving the third dimension as a hologram -- to which one part contains the holographic image of the whole -- and studies proven that when a section of ones brain is removed, the memory exists non-locally throughout the brain; that the entire brain contains the holographic memory-bank of all, as found non-locally dispersed throughout the brain. So it would seem as we look at the structure of an atom, and how molecules revolved around the necleus. We stretch this from the microcosm to the macrocosm of a galaxy, and how energy spirals around the central core, in its galactic formation. So we go from the microcosm of the atom with molecules revolving around it; to the macrocosm of the galaxy with the spiral revolving around the central nucleus. Such that we are in a "holographic universe" to which the parts from macrocosm to microcosm act the same. As our universe exists within an aggregate of universes, perceived as the center to which all universes revolve, this may be profound -- but the Earth is not the center of the universe, we know, we are simply one "bit" within the entirety of All That Is. However, it is perceived that as we generate enormous amounts of Light and information -- in this which is the Free Will universe, we output enormous amounts of energy through the natural biogenic field, and we endow the entirety of the multisphere with our multidimensional expressions. We have come here, in this which is the physical dimension, the dense dimension, to live through indifference, only to realize that we are all the same. As within one individual must contain the holographic totality of the collective, we find that universality is often our ticket toward the highest life. That however unique, universal principle resounds -- and it would seem the rules of the third dimension are everchanging.

As we are now in the recess of the New Age, with the Light projected by Sirius inhibiting us with the wake-up call of our enlightened DNA, we are learning of our place within the hologram of the third dimension. We realize our place is everywhere and nowhere. That we can teleport is soon to be known, and through the concepts born through instinct we may arrive at all the right destinations, at all the right times. As we move into the fifth octave, of which we are found as able to teleport through the hologram of the third dimension, that we are synchronized into the natural workings of our Free Will which is governed by tones of the Light -- we are perceived as time-travelers, and able to harness the time-space continuum. We perceive that time can be folded, and we may arrive from point A to point B in the mere blink of an eye. In this hologram with rules that are now changing, we see the evidence in our extrasensory experiences, and as thought is shared in the recess of telepathy, it is especially understood how intangible and impermanennt matter is. We find that matter transcends reality in this dimension, what Einstein referred to as "spooky action at a distance." We see people like Uri Gellar bending spoons with the mind alone, telepathic Indigo's who can read their parents thoughts, and recent studies proving the energy-field, of which we may refer to as the Source Field, or Universal Mind, is being tapped into -- through the universality of belief of some scientists, we are learning about the true nature of the third dimension, and how the rules are only hardly in place.

As the Source Field will be imagined, the collective network of all minds that are generating electricity with their thoughts, and producing energy for the fueling of the unisphere, as we have been "manufactured for control" in two-strand DNA, cut off to the spirit, and thus involved a prolonged period of ignorance preceding the endurance of the Light. Our energy has been mal-inclined, built around fear and scapegoating. Now that we are in the New Age, and the perceived Light has come with the evolutionists, we are making the shift into a new field of awareness, that of the infinitude of the human imagination, and the natural vivacity of the life-force we possess. As the third dimension perceived as a hologram will strike the mind as logical, a hologram which is a seemingly physical image produced by intersecting lasers, we know that teleportation results in Light convergence, and this reflects the holographic nature of reality. As time does not really exist, it would strike the mind as logical that we would survive death through teleportation as a result of the Light within our DNA. As the Light is alive, living information, as born from the Source, conduited through Sirius, and emanating through the Akashic Records, we are learning of the highest reality -- that to which matter manifestation and telekinesis become household events. One form of telekinesis may be achieved through the inhibition of the dimensional properties of the containing space in reference to the phrenology of the space encompassing the brain. We imagine the given space is an extension of the mind itself, and all objects contained within the hologram are merely thoughts, which we control. Employing the word "move, gravitate, or grow" we focus on the object in relationship to the dimensional properties of the containing space -- and as such, express telekinetic control over the objects/thoughts within the given space. I have achieved telekinesis only so many times in this life, and the power thus found -- in one experience -- only caused me to faint as a result of the directly-manifested reality. Telekinesis is surprising, what would seem has been something only seen in the movies, but as we see through such individuals as Uri Gellar, it is possible.

Perceiving this reality as a hologram affords us great power. As we are gifted with sight, and the imagination is infinite, we will understand that what is endured upon sight is merely a hologram, and matter will transcend reality in these times to which we are now living in. This is as a direct result of the noosphere, the network of iridescence that is raising the planets vibration. As the Earth is a living creature, with a mind and thoughts, we are elements of this which is perceived as nature -- elements within the hologram -- and we can be anywhere within the hologram through Light convergence, and the theorized act of the teleportive event. We see, in events like this, that we are finding ourselves immortal within the hologram of the third dimension. That our imaginations are endless is clearly seen in the endurance of the extrasensory. Once, in an altered state, I would focus on the image of a pencil in the binding of a notebook, and repeat the thought "grow" until the pencil grew, got larger, and eventually stretched out from the binding. In another experience, in a certain state of mind, I saw green when I thought of the color green, and I saw purple when I thought of the color purple. This is one form of telekinesis, however unexpected, suggestive of the impermanence of reality. We choose and decree what is real, we actively produce our own future, and we all know, verily, that our purpose is hard-wired into the mainframe of all human existence. Our file on the computer; our probabilities eventual; our evolution instantaneous; our experiences divine; our thoughts in perfect rhythm; our belief-patterns in perfect flux. We are living in a hologram with the rules hardly in place, and we are move into a totally new octave as the planet continues to rise in vibration.

With the imagined noosphere that is enveloping the Earth, we believe that the impermanence of matter is starting to find itself more alive. Through the endurance of the Light, which is informational, that the Akasha and Earth are entangled through living information, we event our way through thought to arrive at the state of which we know our power over reality, and calmly realize that we are in full control. One always possesses Free Will and the choice over what inhibits their senses, and environment. We always have choice. And our choices are geared toward learning, it would seem, toward happiness, longevity, and the free-flow of energy for the unity of the human race. We perceive Utopia as a time when peace will wash over mankind in the perceived rebirth of the Essene brotherhood, that we are in the New Age is evidence that we are worthwhile creatures, and the evidence resounds that this dimension is governed by Free Will -- we choose our realities, and we endure what we have chosen upon ourselves. In imagining the infinitude of matter as found through the hologram, that matter transcends reality, we see that reality is self-created, and we are in the future, peering back. The future, we find, is endless, in this great hologram which seems to be rising in vibration; we are seeing the changes with evidence in the extrasensory, and many minds are starting to realize the same universal truth, that the third dimension is just a vast hologram.

So it goes, we live in a changeful, holographic dimension, with rules hardly in place. The Earth, as rising in vibration causing a shift in all her inhabitants, and we are all finding through universality the same genius truths realized by so many ascended masters before us. Employing great focus and concentration, we can work with the hologram, and find that it can be controlled as a fluid entangled matter. We can organize ourselves and the environment, to which we are aware that all objects within the space are thoughts in themselves, controllable through telekinesis. As we become telekinetic, we are harnessing matter and time, that things "come to us" and not the other way around. Through the natural force of the law of attraction, and our ideals existing for the higher good -- we activate the law of attraction through endurance of feeling reality is a hologram, and we express control over the hologram as objects are moveable from place to place; that we in ourselves are a part of the bigger picture -- that the hologram of reality is in each one piece to the next, invariably connected, entangled, and the same. As there is ony One True Spirit, and the evidence is easily found in telepathy, that the third dimension is a hologram is something many minds are starting to accept as we become telekinetic, that the containing space is like a microcosm of the universe itself, and by thus affecting the hologram of the given space, the environment, the Earth, we thus affect the very fluctuating walls of the universe. We affect the entirety of All That Is through the endurance of belief that revolves around the concept of the hologram, that things are only as real as they seem in this dream-sequence we have been living in -- starting to wake up from the dream, tapping into the once unused ninety percent of our brains, harnessing the hologram, our power thus found -- we are evolving cognitively toward the control over the given space that through the endurance of the belief that all is merely a hologram, we will possess telekinetic control over all objects within the given space.

As the paranormal and extrasensory are suggestions of the existence of the hologram, that we know drugs such as Detura can produce seemingly physical hallucinations that can be touched and felt -- and we know that the imagination determines reality -- God knows that our power is endless in realizing that the third dimension is a hologram, and our power come to be expressed through the extrasensory only serve to fuel the belief. We realize that we possess control over reality -- that all things can be organized through the hologram -- and we see through electric eyes, knowing that observation alone will affect the vibrations of matter. As we are all in essence vibrations, made up by living information, we have faith, that there is a logical scientific reasoning for all of this, and the scientific reasoning seems to lie within the concept of the holographic reality. Perceiving that there must be some logical science behind the nature of reality -- through our advancements through the hologram we are producing Light for the world, and it shall be found that through the endurance of our beliefs revolving around the concept that matter transcends reality -- we find activation of the hologram as a part of the mind; an extension of our thoughts, and we realize that control over the hologram is found in thought alone -- thought and matter thus entangled --we perceive control over the given space, the hologram, of which our extrasensory talents are a direct evidence of the true reality.

The non-local dispensation of belief-patterns that flow through the mind -- writhing through the theme of the hologram to which we possess control -- we imagine the “final environment" -- the final environment of the mind. In meditation, we may reduce our focus to a singular point -- and enter into the alpha-wave patterns of which we are most programmable. Here, we may autosuggest certain thoughts to ourselves, like "matter transcends reality" and "I am an ascended master" and "the universe is a hologram." to a plethora of conceivable autosuggestions that densify thoughts within the recess of our minds. As the final environmen is that of the mind, where all Light originates through the Source of the subconscious mind -- we are evolving to the point of finding that the rules of the hologram are changeable, and we see verily that in this changeful reality, that we are in control over the rules -- we personally define them -- and human flight, God knows, seemingly a theory out of the movies; is theoretically achievable in the highest levels of Lightbody through the development of ones merkabah vehicle.

Human flight, it will seem, is going to pass as a logical part of this changeful reality. Levitation and telekinesis were theoretically used to build many of the pyramids, and already our government has technology as gifted from the Zeta's, for the physical construction of the merkabah starship to reach physical manifest. This self-contained, antigravitational flying machine is theoretically one amid the future forms in transportation, that we can fly is seemingly science fiction, but already most UFO sightings are in truth human pilots, in their self-contained merkabah starships. In this life, I have seen the erratic stop-and-go movements of that distant firefly-like light, and I am calmly aware that this may be extraterrestrial, human, or ascended master. I believe that it was a merkabah starship, inhibiting me with the thought of their existence which would produce faith in my being. As I have seen countless UFO's in this life, and experienced the extrasensory so many times now, and found telekinesis as a result of my self-created reality -- I know this is merely a fleeting thought within the mind of God, as facets of His energy, unique sparks, and individuated by experience, we are merely thoughts, mere thoughts within the great vast plethora of all thoughts which have ever occurred.

We are holographically connected, as thoughts, identities, names, and individuations. We are all connected by the hologram of the third dimension -- that our bodies are part of the hologram is invariably found, and such, by affecting ourselves; we affect the hologram of the third dimenson. That we find universal principle where faith only stood once before, we are realizing our true power through the indelible life-force of our thoughts, and as we see that thought and matter are entangled, that the hologram of the third dimension is tied into our thoughts to which we always possess full control -- we may see ourselves somewhere, and transfer our energy through the hologram to end up in that place.

We are to be found teleporting at our own Free Will. We are all going to find our true power as ascended master, as unique sparks of the primordial God-essence, as bound by the energetic Source Field of which all minds are invariably linked, working, and evolving together. As the entire universe, we perceive, is also holographic, we must imagine that as molecules revolves around the nucleus of an atom, and planets revolve around the sun, so the totality of the universal aggregate must revolve around a center -- which we perceive as our own unisphere, the Free Will universe.

This universe was experimental, a process which began theoretically with the big bang. Born from another universe, another mind, another Source. Time went on for a duration, incarnations became karmically entangled, and over time, we realized the final incarnation. Once the final incarnation was realized, we found our power in thought was endless, and that we were creators of our own realities. As we grew and evolved, we may have strayed far from the original fount of Light, but our journey was not walked in vain. Through life and existence, we came to produce a plethora of stellar souls -- artists, writers, geniuses, and profound intellectual thinkers. We learned that we are the fuel, we are the Light, we are the shift, we are the prophecy -- all of these things and more as we are now coming to find that the Earth and the Free Will universe -- are part and parcel to the growth of the total aggregate which revolves around the nucleus, which is the Free Will universe.

As the third dimension starts to break down and re-form into the new, of which we are now moving into the fifth dimension, we shall find that as I will so lovingly suggest -- that the future is endless -- and our journey has just begun. "We are alive in the New Age" -- here within the perceived center. We know ourselves as informational Light -- that our identities are hard-wired into the collective plan -- and we know that we weave the future, and we are all unique creators. We see that we exist as energy, that energy once expressed produces karma, and the karmic relationships are at last divined to the final few -- with the thought "getting closer, getting much closer now" in reference toward the highest conceivable relationships. We seek to be loved, judged, and adored. We seek to possess a place within the rows of the Cosmic Family. Eventually we look back on how the world used to be, and reflect that it was all merely a fleeting thought within the mind of One -- an experiment, realizing this test was won by faith, and we found ourselves enlightened through time . . .

The experiment of physicality and time would go on, and we now perceive the future civilization of ascended masters who are naturally in tune with nature, and the infinite. As we move through Lightbody into the eventual realization of the fifth octave, and that future resource found, the Light of our DNA, we will be realized as ascended, realize our DNA has unwound to that original twelve-strand encodement, and we are divine, and we are Light, and we are God, and our power is seemingly endless upon the realization of the infinitude of matter. We see evolution moving in only one direction, as we may watch the ticking clock, or the movements of the clouds, and we see that animation of matter continues on. That matter is moving together, interrelated, holographically connected from one part to the next. As we find ourselves in touch with the hologram, and find ourselves "outside of the matrix" -- able to witness the Akashic probabilities, it will come to pass that we are in control over this reality. We see Light in the uniqueness of the self-divined soul. We see information where only ignorance stood before. We see the fifth dimension.


Chapter Twenty Five: The Fifth Dimension

"Time is an illusion. The only truth is animation."

The fifth dimension, where there is no time, and we are in the original twelve-strand encodement, we shall find our reality is directly manifest by our thoughts, and the final environment of the mind interpolated into the sacred space -- our room for divination -- this single cell will represent the place where we endeavor to work with the fifth octave. So we imagine that in the fifth dimension there are universal principles that never change -- such as the amorphousness of the human soul, the teleconnection of matter, and the direct non-local transferrence of shared thought. In the fifth dimension, we writhe solely upon the thoughts -- the imagination -- non-linear thinking as governed by certain goals realized, and the goals seem to manifest directly.

In the fifth dimension our bodies are ethereal, and we can take on any shape or form at our own Free Will. Always reverting back to the soul-form after taking on a specific shape, creature, or embodiment, we always return to the source of the soul -- to relay back what we have learned through the manifestation. As the soul is essentially amorphous, a shape-shifter, and in the fifth octave we writhe upon the abstractions of the imagination -- we shall see that we are capable of being "anyone, or anything." That we experience the identity of, God knows, another individual -- and re-live their karma -- through the empathy of shared thought, as we are all telepathic in the fifth dimension, we shall see that karma is now active, and what we think actively manifests. Whatever wish upon ourselves is shared with the rest of the many microcosms of reality -- and we see our effect on people is direct.

Certain technologies exist in the fifth octave such as the Akashic Computer, to that of the psycho-imaginarium. The thoughts of the imagination are projected onto a screen for all to view. We may soar through geometric patterns, auroras, and nebulas, the most divine conceivable possibilities of the human imagination -- and this technology theoretically already exists.

As we perform this great film, a representation of potentially many minds working together to produce a cinematic masterpiece -- our ability to entertain, and educate ourselves, through the imaginarium will come to pass as one of the greatest tools for learning and divination. This which is like a cinematic bible, as related to the Akashic Computer, may project things past, life on Earth, or other planets. We may perceive the grand scope of things, and view from the apogee of awareness, All That Is. In the fifth dimension, everything occurs "all at once" and operates through a sort of non-linear patterning.

Everything occurs all at once, such that the universe begins, exists, and ends, within the essence of a single thought. Our thoughts in the fifth dimension are wholly enlightened to God-consciousness, and we know that our Light is writhing through the twelve-strand DNA we possess, is the true living matter which composes the universe. We accept that Light is the final truth, that in the fifth dimension there is only pure-love and Light and unconditional peace, and well-being, such that when many die it is allegedly reported that a great white light is perceived. Theoretically, the naturally occurring psychadelic DMT floods into the brain, producing euphoria upon the moment of death. Yet, we are as found in the fifth octave incapable of death -- that naturally occurring chemical occurs through our enlightened thoughts, and as such, we reside within a permanent stasis of euphoria.

If one has ever taken a strong hallucinogenic drug, they may have some sense of what the fifth dimension is like. Through the imaginative capacities, we will see intertwisted geometric patterns, nebulas, auroras, and glowing waves that seem to travel through the recess. We will see that once observed, matter reacts, and is activated into animation. Just by observing something, we affect it, as quantum theory will boldly declare, so it goes, whence we look upon an object, or an individual -- they will feel our thoughts instantaneously, and know exactly how we feel. As there is no pain in the fifth dimension, or any sense of limitation, but only Free Will -- we shall see that in the fifth dimension where there is no time, no pain, and no conception of duality, but only the final beliefs of the final mind -- and we writhe through our beliefs expressed through tones and images, that we see what we want to see, feel what we want to feel, and know what we want to know. Life in the fifth dimension is endless, and there is no stopping the infinite power of the human imagination. As we are found in the fifth octave, God knows, we may be capable of traveling from one point of the universe to the next -- via portals, hypercontinuums, and various advanced technology. As we see reality is directly manifest by our thoughts, it will seem as though we are within the recess of a lucid dream -- that things once solid and physical are now ethereal, and translucent. Theoretically we may be re-united with discarnate souls and lost loved-ones who parted from the third dimension. Theoretically, we will re-unite, with many stories to tell about what it was like to live in time.

We writhe through intent, empathy, and emotion -- and we personally decide what we want to experience. Many stories will be shared of what it was like to live in time, physicality, and limitation. How we have been many different people, in many different times and places, only to equalize into the final life. How we lived through duality and separation of belief for a prolonged "dark night of the soul" -- the darkness preceding the overwhelming Light. In the fifth dimension, where there is only unconditional love, peace, sharing, and longevity of life through the infinitude of our enlightened cells -- we are divined to the highest cogitations, writhe through the theme of our beliefs that we create our own experiences, and find, that whence shared with other people, we truly start to learn. As we may writhe through the reality of another, and experience their own unique Light -- we shall see, learn, and know, where this person is coming from, what ideals they possess, and how they choose to live out their existence in the fifth octave. Self-concepts will be shared for the betterment of humankind. People will have no fear in sharing their thoughts, nor any fear in sharing their beliefs. We are all individuals, a mass collective of individuals -- styles, and unique hues of fragments of the original spark. As we do not know "when" the return to the Source will be -- as there is no time in the fifth octave -- how or where we will merge with the Source, we simply know that this perceived locale within the continuum exists. As we are become interversal travelers, the masters of the aggregate, we view the probabilities of which ignorance lies in other systems, and thus take it upon ourselves to act as guide, through the avatar of our ascended body. Here, we intervene in certain peoples lives to produce the thought that we exist, and they are not alone.

So it goes, matter is infinite, as in the fifth dimension there is no time, but animation continues on -- we will control the weather, hold a thought for as long as we want to, and meditate through the deepest conceivable images of beauty and Light that can possibly be manifest by the mind. The fifth dimension is the imagination-world, a place entirey governed by the vivacity of Free Will and pure-love. And we only continue to rise in vibration once that stasis has been found. As many are unsure of what lies next, in the perceived "new" realized -- that once all is seemingly known, we see the movements of the continuum continue on, and life upon life upon life prevails infinitely through the recess of what will come to be our own universe, with our own set of rules and principles. Just as we all have a sacred space of some form, a home, or a room to which we learn, so we will possess our own universe -- our own cosmic base -- our headquarters through which we may invite other souls to convene with us.

Just as the Free Will universe was constructed by one mind alone, so the new universes are being constructed by singular facets of the primordial Light, given to the recess for which a world of ones own is made, and come manifest.

As the psycho-imaginarium is employed, we are to educate ourselves toward the highest conceivable awareness -- that we may view one persons story as related to another, and perceive the karmic relationship, and witness the energy exchange. We may perceive, in this cinematic representation, what a subject is thinking, how their energy is being used, and what probable future they are heading towards. As we are capable of viewing the many probable futures through the Probability Factor Mechanism, we may witness one stream of events, and then another, and then another, witnessing all the conceivable possibilities for evolution, to betrayal of expectation, hate, trauma, and fear -- and love -- all of these things and more, seen on the screen, witnessed directly through the psycho-imaginarium.

Whatever can be imagined exists in the fifth dimension.

This is the realm of the imagination, that what we experience is wholly governed by our own cognizance. Our consciousness is found Godly, that we are aligned with the natural workings of the unisphere, and travel from place to place in the mere blink of an eye. As we are teleconnected, potentially moving our civilization toward life on Venus -- God knows -- we may have many worlds to disperse the seed of Light, to other planets which have only been distant from us, for the betterment of other races. Having reached the final incarnation thus integrated into the fifth octave, it may become our mission to act as harbingers for change on other worlds.

Perceiving the symbol of the caduceus as that to which we serve -- the joining of energies dark and Light into a unitive, harmonically convergent whole, we see energy as infinitely interwoven into the tapestry of all universes. In the final analysis, we hope to live within our own universe eventually, made up of our own rules, and declarations. It will come to pass that our primordial spark is the necessary ingrediant toward the production of new life-forms. Our creations will be divine, and ascend through their own process of evolution.

If one could imagine an aquarium, to which within lies another aquarium, we see this universe of our own making -- that exquisite cell within a cell, our universe exists just as Adam would create Eve out of his own being, so we have created new universes from that of the center of the aggregate which is governed by Free Will. One universe begets the next, and through the matrix of universes -- that one of our own exists, and here we writhe through the totality of the most grand "sacred space" that can possibly be imagined.

Free Will is the imaginations tool for self-divination.

As we find our Free Will is endlessly expressed as become One with the Source -- and transformed into a totally new being, a totally new form, just as the De Novo mutation is a entirely new mutation that most doctors and scientists do not understand -- this which is derived from the Latin meaning "fresh, to start anew" is related, it would seem, to the endurance of Free Will, and the concept of tomorrow.

That through ones own special quest, the mutation is realized, that we are cast into a totally new state of being. We are wholly renewed, we "start over" and feel somewhat born again. Here we are resurrected, with the re-integration of matter found in that of the finalized host, the final life. Only to progress logilinearly through the continuum into the highest revelations. Finally, we are capable of producing the space to be filled. We work with the energies that already exist, form the outer shell, and then ignite the universe with its own big-bang, the cosmo-cathartic supernova. The universe is ignited into life, time begins, and the creation of star systems and worlds start to manifest. Over time, the Elohims which are fragmentations of our being, start to create planets, suns, and galaxies. Finally, various worlds are eventually populated by the Elohims, and the creator Gods start to produce fragmentations of their own selves, a furtherance of the original divine dispensation, that life is given to matter, and we see our creations have taken on a life of their own.

One has created life that is now creating life of its own, in a sort of artificial intelligence that writhes through the power of its own vivacity. Like a self-resident program that operates through its own natural accord, we come to see reflections of our Godliness in our creations, and we start to observe as religion, separation, duality, fear, and scapegoating start to overtake the masses. Thankfully, we perceive certain guides, world leaders, and high-charged thinkers start to right the waves of the tide, and personally witness the guidance of the race back to the primordial Light, through certain individuals. We observe as our creations willfully save themselves from the resounding darkness, and make the collective effort for peace and longevity of life. Eventually, ones creations start to discover Lightbody, and realize scientific evidence for the existence of the soul. Further in event, ones creations start to realize they were created from one mind -- one sole individual -- and this is somewhat hard to comprehend.

As ones creations realize their Free Will must be under the scope of some higher force, the paradox of Free Will would suggest there is always something hovering, overwhelmingly, above them; so our creations start to accept this higher force, and begin to question it, and how their existence relates. Revolution occurs -- and our creations start building starships, and work toward discovering the true nature of the universe. We watch this calmly and carefully, as they find themselves nearing the blackhole. Eventually, they merge with the radiating vortex, arrive at the Source -- stare us plainly in the eyes, and ask us: "why..?"

O God, why was I created..?

You were created in reflection of the beauty of the Source.

But why was I created for divine Light, while others meander in the darkness..?

It is your responsibility to change the tides of reality.

How will I do this..?

By extension of your Free Will.

What is Free Will..?

The expression of your inner nature.

What do I truly desire..?

A closer connection to God.

What is God..?

You are God.

So I desire a closer connection with myself..?

Yes.

But you created me -- you are above me -- how could I be God..?

We are all God.

How did any of this even happen, where did it all begin, and again, why..?

No one is really sure.

What am I to do, O Lord..?

Go to other worlds, and spread the seed of Light.

Will I ever see you again..?

Yes.

How many times..?

An infinitismal number.

Why must I undertake this arduous task..?

You already know the answer.

You are too beautiful to stand -- I . . . I am at a loss of words.

Words are merely an abstraction. There is only Light.

Thank you.

Thank you as well, and good luck!

The entity returns to their own Source-station, builds a universe of their own, and eventually, moves on to other worlds.

So we have imagined the conversation between creator and the created. The created becomes a creator in their own right, so progresses the infinite number of universes, and life as governed by tones of Free Will. We send our child out into the world with fond hopes, but worry somewhat, as we know he or she is nye to return to us, and the story they bring might be something we never expected. As our creation endeavors into the expression of his or her own Light, on other worlds, in other universes, we will humbly wait in our headquarters -- await the return of our child -- and hope for the best, that our creation will have good news about the changeful reality. Here we are the Source, of which all thought resides, we know our creations are divine, and we humbly realize that our power is endless. We wait for the return of our child. And we prepare to learn something new. We will learn from our own creation, as they are youthful, a representation of something we once knew back on Earth. We see their vivacity, childlike nature, and how they perceive beauty in all things. We are inspired by our own child, and we learn much from that of our child thus returned to its creator. As we all have learned from someone, as we all pray to some master, so it would seem in the seemingly infinite hierarchy of universes, there is what is referred to as the Thetaverse which lies at the apex of all universes. This is our own parent cell, the one that started it all. We observe from afar, how this mindverse operates, and we humbly accept that the power seems to be beyond us. We look at this, from our own universe, and see that the machine is actively working -- we trust the movements of the universes are goal-oriented in their own right, and it may come to pass that we do not need to go to the Thetaverse, but the Thetaverse will come to us. For all we know our creations will rise to a higher vibration than that of our own, and become greater than their primordial Source, able to, through mutation, arrive at the Thetaverse, and inform us of what it was like.

This individual we have produced will work to produce their own universe, that one universe begets the next in a infinite string, that never seems to end. Our universe breeds another, and that universe breeds another -- in a infinite hierarchy that never seems to end, but only continues through the self-resident life-force of the vivacity of life. So it goes, we have come to live in the center of the aggregate of the Free Will universe, the energy-source where all life emanates from, only to become interversal travelers, create our own universe governed by our own rules, and thus found equal with that of the original Source from which we came.

So we have gone over one perceived example of how the future may progress.

We perceive that one universe begets the next, and ascended masters are produced from the original codex of the Source.

God would produce copies, dispensations of the primordial Light, in order to learn from His own being.

Life creates life, this we know, and we are all creators.

All energy is dispersed from the center which invariably returns to the Source.

We learn, invariably, from the Source from which we originated, and as a cell within a cell within, that we are alive in the fifth octave, and we theoretically commune with the Source whenever our Free Will permits.

"The future, is endless," and this is wholly defined by the imaginations capacity to produce it.

We are One.

Life will produce new life, and the re-integration of matter will continue for as long as the continuum exists.

The continuum, which is simply the animation of the spheres, the natural movements of all life through existence -- is only infinite, and never ceases its wavelike-undulations through the perceived spaces in between universes. Like synapses joined through the endurance of new thought, the universes are interconnected, and all relative, invariably, to the primordial Source from which all life originates.


Chapter Twenty Six: The Primordial Rhythm

"At the heart of all existence, therein lies a rhythm."

The primordial rhythm, to which we are based upon, is the foundation of our existence. Tapping into this rhythm is a matter of synchronicity, that we perceive this rhythm exists, in the heart of the universe -- at the Source -- there lies the primordial rhythm. And this rhythm pulses as the heart of the universe, with the fluctating walls of the universe. We are a part of the universe, and we find existence possesses a rhythm, that through incarnation and many lives lived on Earth, there is a certain number to the incarnations, and we have rhythmically incarnated through time. Through the matrix of incarnation time would eventually lead up to the final one, that life lived within the recess of the New Age, we are now starting to writhe through the primordial rhythm -- the true divine flow of self-aware sentience that is rhythmic. As time is nonexistent in reality, but there is only the present living moment -- and we are now in the final incarnation -- so we see that eventuality of all life leading up to the final one -- that this time would eventually lead up to a conclusive element -- the re-discovery of the primordial rhythm.

The future is constructed by the rhythm of our thoughts, and time only moves in one direction . . . so we learn, we grow, and we evolve, through the natural rhythm we possess -- and we all possess a unique rhythm. In meditation, we may operate through numbers alone -- and calmly declare that all thoughts will occur in perfect syllabic waves -- perfect intonating patterns -- that we find that we are "riding our thoughts" -- and thoughts occur naturally as the rhythm is entrained upon them. The rhythm to our thoughts is syllabic, and most thoughts, as suggested in the chapter about syllabation, tend to occur in 5-10 syllables. Around the center lies the seventone, a seven-syllable thought, and these are theoretically the most powerful ones. But of course we are all different, and for all we know our most powerful thoughts occur in eights, nines, and tens.

All sentient creatures opertate on words, language, and semantics -- such that invariably we possess a rhythm to the language of our thoughts, and as writers we may commit this rhythm to poetry or lyricality -- that we view our thoughts is one thing, but that we are able to perfect, construct, truncate, and form into a natural rhythm is what turns us into a true creator, and self-expressor. As we are inherently telepathic, we are essentially multidimensional -- that we are amorphous, and may wear any thought at any given time, any unique rhythm, and as such, there is a music to our thoughts. The ancient mystic Rolle referred to the highest act as "thought turned into song." As we all possess a unique rhythm, and there is a natural lyricality that lies within us, a natural orchestratic melody, we may find that through poetics and rhyme, which are great tools in meditation, that we tap into the primordial rhythm of the universe, and find our natural flow.

The infinitude of rhyme shall be seen as a matter which links our thoughts together. Rhyme ties into memory, and we naturally remember things better when we rhyme. Myself, I tend to rhyme constantly -- and survive through my own use of lyricality. I have a natural understanding of sound, waveforms, music, and rhythm, such that I have spent great time studying waveforms, which are the aesthetic depiction of sound as presented through frequencies, so I know that thought exists in waveforms, and waveforms, with their bumps, curves, and juts, are always flowing within us -- that we may attribute image to our thoughts, and imagine them flowing within us in their own unique rhythm. I believe much can be learned through the inhibition of perceiving thought as a waveform.

The waveform travels through the ether, out of us, our crown chakras, into the emanating recess of the universe, the cosmos, and then back to us. As our thoughts may rhyme through their own natural flow of rhythm, we are endeavoring toward the production of the most higher-vibrating thoughts.

Rhyme is an expression of creativity that when tied into thought finds a special unique rhythm.

The infinitude of rhyme is evident many creators that through rhyming thoughts we are more able to remember our thoughts, and not only this, but operate through constantly lyrical, and high-vibrating thought forms. Our rhyming thoughts which flow as music, and we all possess lyricality to some degree, as we are all writhing through a certain rhythm that is unique to us -- from the foot-step, to the beating heart, to the natural movements of the eyes, to our animatable abilities expressed through the sacred space. We know there is a rhythm to our thoughts, and we believe that through tapping into the inner musicality of our cogitations we will remain in a creative state, and always have poetics waiting aready at the tip of our tongue. In elocution, dictation, or mantra, we may observe our thoughts being spoken aloud -- flow within the given space, reverberate off the walls, and thus echo back to us. Spoken thought is a powerful exercise, and through intonation of thought through mantra, great states of insight can be realized. As writers, we are finding the primordial rhythm through punctuation, and the internality of words that link together, of which prosaically we present our thoughts, and observe how they naturally occur. For some, we flow endlessly in streaming-consciousness,and here, we find the primordial rhythm of our thoughts, no matter what our thoughts are. The rhythm is to be found through streaming-consciousness, we are able to view, read, and understand our thoughts thus committed to text through, through automatic writing.

Following the rhythm of our written thoughts, the primordial rhythm is found through intuition, effortlessness, and instinct. We endeavor to remain "effortless" -- that we flow as a river, and our thoughts are fluid. Such that we may imagine our thoughts are producing a waveform that travels through the universe, cycling endlessly through the universe -- that our thoughts are essentially a waveform -- the aesthetic depiction of sound as frequency -- and these waveforms flow through their own natural percussian. And we may find in meditation that as we attach image to our thoughts, the inborn percussian of this waveform is to be imagined as naturally rhythmic, and we perceive it flowing out of us endlessly into the fluctuating walls of the universe and back.

The primordial rhythm is based upon the Source, of which all life originally emanated -- the pulsing heartbeat of the universe -- it throbs and writhes and vibrates in strings, that are all connected through the primordial rhythm, these rhythmic waves travel out of the heart divine, into us, becoming the thoughts we project back into the universe, transmuted, in the emanating Light that travels infinitely. Rhythmic transmutations, through informational Light-based waveforms, thoughts, rhythmic and flowing through the uniqueness of our existential riverlight; -- we learn the rhythm often through meditative states, and the rhythm of our thoughts when found in meditation is usually come to be mantrasized, or affirmational "suggestions" -- a conversation between the hemispheres, and this meditative state (the state of alpha-wave patterns) -- a relay between the hemispheres in the rhythmic dialogue, and exchange of question and answer -- soul-searching, peering into the very shadow of our existence. We peer into the abyss, and the darkest abysmal recesses of the soul, and this flows naturally in the effortlessness of our high-charged thoughts as found in the revelatory state.

Chapter Twenty Seven: The Revelatory State

"The records that have been written have been written . . .
Then the natural question of the entity, from that which has been given, is:
From what source, or how, is such a record read of the activities of the past?
How may self know that there is being given a TRUE record of the activities
In a period of which there is no written WORD [of] history?
Yet the entity itself sees, and is being taught, and is studying,
the records that are written in a nature, in the rocks, in the hills, in the trees,
in that termed the genealogical log of nature itself.
Just as true, then, is the record that the mind makes upon the film of time and space
in the activities of a body with its soul that is made in the image of the Maker;
Being then spirit, in its form, upon the records IN time and space."

-- Edgar Cayce


So it will seem that the relevatory state is matter in motion, that is gradated through thought, and we perceive these as elements of God . . .

The revelatory state is of which we are found in the perfect rhythm, and the revelation is insight of which relates to our future, very often, or the realization of certain constructs of reality that we now control. We may learn that human sameness is evident, and human connection is the highest act, or that we, made up of the same atoms, sub-atomic particles, and are a body composed of the majority of water -- the same matter that composes all human bodies -- we generate electricity which thus fuel our bodies, with beliefs crystallized within us -- all governed by our indelible Free Will -- and the basic universal principles flow as naturally produced thoughts that invariably "suddenly make sense to us." We will learn from our revelations, and achieve that insight through the expected field of which to be filled with its beauteous patterns of insight.

"Reality is owned."

We all decree what is real, and what makes sense in accord with the theme of our beliefs. Reality is owned in the sense that we understand the subconscious doesn't know the difference between what it sees, and what it remembers. The subconscious and the imaginative processes found therein, are what decide our realities -- and through knowledge of that now-point -- to which we know we can think any thought. "I am divine Light." "I love life." "I am human evolution" etc. -- we may program ourselves which powerful revelations, and many are guided by their instances of these profound moments of reverie. The inner genius is the subconscious mind, and through connection to the storehouse of records, the Akasha, and peering into the book, and seeing a certain memory; we find a certain image, word, or insight. The revelatory state is often found in deep alpha-state, as opposed to beta which is the totally conscious state -- in the alpha-state we are theoretically about ten times, to a hundred times, more able to program ourselves. In meditation, as we flow through alpha-wave patterns, we are inviting revelations by putting our thoughts into direct awareization, to think about thought in itself, and place all thought into question -- that we are in the invitive state, and revelations storm through us as a direct result.

Finding the relevatory state is often direct result of meditations. As we meditate, and come to focus on our pure thoughts -- writhing through the natural rhythm of our cogitations, we may recite a mantra, focus on an image, or repeat a certain invocation. Here, by repetition of thought through such, we invite the alpha-state, and eventually find ourselves within her recess. As we find the alpha-wave patterns of the meditative state, and we are wholly aware of our own thoughts, and where they are leading us -- we endeavor to reach into the subconscious, for new knowledge and new insight to be gained. Here, we may repeat the thought "I am alive in the New Age" to give us some sense of importance, or "this is my final incarnation." We perceive the importance of our existence, that there is only One Life, One Spirit, One Mission, and One True Goal of all human existence. The one true goal, it shall seem, is our desire for connection with another soul. In my own right, whilst in the meditative state -- I would reach this revelation, that the highest act a human can achieve is connection with another human, and that willing to be changed by another defines our open-mindedness, and ability to learn. As we will realize that time does not exist in meditation, but we are in the timeless state -- our thoughts will undulate in formidable patterns that wholly enamor us with a sense of reverie.

That we realize the eventual masterpiece of thought, telling ourselves "I will have a cosmic revelation in five minutes" and then distracting the mind from the thought -- focusing on other matters until the five minutes have passed; just as we may remember better by upon forgetting something, to tell ones self "I will remember in a minute" and then distract ourselves through conscious thought until the minute has passed. Naturally, the memory will be recalled, or the revelation will be found. The act of priming is a great advancement in human knowledge, that the Mayans knew this well, and we have always been readying ourselves, through the goal-oriented processes involved, toward the relevatory state. We operate through constant prayer, those of us who are in the relevatory state almost all the time -- that we receive revelations constantly throughout the day will shape and mold our existence. We realize we can cogitate any thought, commit any action, and we are wholly enamored with the power of our Free Will. Here, in meditation, we may reduce our focus to that minute focal point of awareness -- and focus fixedly on this point -- as the gaze will fade into the coziness of meditate thought -- we are enamored with the image -- we feel its intensity, its power, and its life. Meditation is different for most of us -- that we may be lying down or sitting upright is wholly based upon the individual. As meditation is something that will go to the core of our existence, and the exercise of "thinking any thought, cogitating any notion, forming any new string-set of beliefs" we invite the revelatory state.

The shadow may be uncovered, but tones of creativity will save us -- that we remain in a creative state, everrhyimg, everflowing through the riverlight of our imaginations; -- flowing from thoughts of Godliness, to those manic states of great passion. This must be realized, and wholly endured upon the senses -- and nothing can shake our Free Will -- we may perceive the next day, map it out, God knows, but we are wholly realizant of the fact that tomorrow is still somewhat mysterious. We move into the next day with fond expectations, waking up in the morning perhaps to focus on our thoughts through meditation. The waking hours are a sacred time, and the morning must be respected as a recess for which focus on ones own self, and deepest thoughts, are found.

"The trick is to not think about it."

Remaining intuitive, and right-brained, we endeavor to remain in a fluid effortless state. Eventing our way through the given space, from organizing books, to perfecting the environment, we hope to create the environment where our revelations will occur. The sacred space is ones tool for learning, and here is simply an extension of our mind. All objects within the space are thoughts, and we always have control over these objects/thoughts. Within the sacred space, we move through thought, act intuitively, and express that however patternless nature may be, there is always a conclusive result. The eventual masterpiece of thought found in revelation is what all intuitive thought is leading up to -- and so it shall come to pass that very often, whence we are effortless and intuitive, a thought will seem to have "come out of nowhere" -- one which sums up our entire existence, and possesses a a vast amount of information. This is usually a message from the Akashic, and Akashic transmissions are more easily found whence we remain intiutive, effortless, and flow as a river. Perceiving a metaphysical storehouse of all thoughts and events within a given locale is just logical, and seems to make a lot of sense in Light of the concept of living information. Such that it may be found that through an understanding of this perceived storehouse, whether it is real or not, we may call it God, the Universal Mind, the Source Field, the Collective Unconscious -- whatever the name -- the information exists, all thoughts and actions ever committed leave a sort of cosmic residue, energy aggregates, and they become integrated into the things we will realize upon the endurance of the revelatory state.

"The Akashic Records is made up of living information."

"I think about it now and then . . . I cogitate the thought . . . the resounding words within my mind -- such that I know the words are true, and they are words born from the universe itself." One is enamored now, once the revelation has been engrained into ones mind, and all conscious thought following is based upon the truth of the revelation, we are learning from ourselves, and thus guided by the inner Light. Mere double-strokes, upon a rotated surface, may reveal symbolic truth -- or the energy made visible in free-association drawings, toward the poetical expressions of words that are made alive through the vivacity of their use in expressed rhythms. Words are alive, they vibrate within us, and they all frequent around certain oscillations of waveforms that are endlessly emanating in various patterns, bumps, juts, and curves, within our minds. Thoughts as transmitted to waveform through recording device such as microphone and computer microphone jack, and the free music program Audacity, we may see our thoughts visually -- the revelation thus imagined -- images that flow through their natural forms, patterns, and geometry, we see with our inner eye the making of which paragraphs are eventually formed, and they manifest into form, synchronistically, as naturally occurring. The waveform travels within our minds, the imagined stream of Light-based cogitation . . . as cogitations will be Light-based, as bound by the rhythm of existence, the primordial rhythm, thoughts flow in a natural accord which is always leading up to the divine revelation. So the revelation as found as a waveform that frequents around the nucleus of the thought, is undulating and vibrating within our minds -- here, we see the revelation, perceive the glowing text, and read it calmly with assured awareness. All thought and action is leading up toward the eventual masterpiece of thought -- such that the process of enlightenment, as theorized within this text as a spontaneous occurrence through the dream of awakening, is the beginning of time, our now-point to which we invariably return to the Source of our enlightenment.

Light-based cogitations are thoughts which writhe through the theme of our beliefs -- of which thought revolves around the nucleus of a certain idea, and the Light which emanates in all directions from that imagined core -- our center -- the very center our existence, here emanates, like the Source, all fount and flow of knowledge and insight as presented through the Light-based cogitations. From the center emanates all energy -- that center of which eclipses with the perceived center of the universe -- creating a vibration which only builds in rate the further we imagine the frequency, and perceive thought as the flowing waveform. As we can now see our thoughts, given to the waveform, and we see the words in the expressed tonal images, through use of the program Audacity, or whatever tools of audio engineering we may possess -- it requires little skill to dictate voice into a microphone, and so it shall seem that once we are able to view our thoughts -- like being able to view the Earth from outer space -- we find greater control over the matter.

So we perceive an image to thought, the waveform, and how it flows in various shapes and patterns. The waveform of ones voice is typically a very jagged frequency, with breath-pops, voice-clicks, and sibilance (S sounds) -- that all as thus perceived in the imaginetic form of the waves. So we perceive an image to our revelations -- and our revelations are to be seen as invariably realized through the endurance of making thought visible, and thus enamoring ourselves with how thought appears in the make-up of the waveform pattern. That thought is perceived as image, that of the waveform, and all invitation of new thought found in admiring how thought appears -- we may be involved in such meditations that we can see our voice in the waveform patterns, that in this very moment we can see our thoughts through the image of the waveform, we can see the flowing movement of the inner music of the mind -- and we are attaching image to cogitation that only invites further imaginings of thought to exist -- once the recess has been endured upon the senses that we are now capable of visibly perceiving thought as a waveform. We know thought bears an image when see in the waveform, and we know it enhances the imaginations ability to produce attractive waveforms, the natural inborn reverie as found by looking at thoughts in terms of the waveform.

As we may consciously imagine the waveform as we cogitate our thoughts -- that "my thoughts are a waveform" is the thought, and we see this waveform emanating across the recesses of the universe, we perceive this as a super-string of harmonic frequency, that joins with other frequencies, mixes together into the form of a revelation -- and here is a revelation that is like an orchestra of thought constantly being interpolated into the datasphere of knowledge. As thought and Akasha are always in frequency, that the records are infinitely revised through our events and movements through time -- we are realizing that the revelations will come naturally through expectation and priming, and this is what all life is leading up to -- that profound moment -- that one instance within the grand scope of All That Is -- that we are enamored with a certain thought, one which resounds so profoundly within our minds that it is thus saturated upon every cell of our being -- it is definitive, and it is evident of certain truths.

The revelation occurs in its natural imaginetic waveform, is thus enamored upon the senses, body, mind, and soul, all energies eclipsed toward the masterpiece of perfect thought -- and it bears a certain rhythm -- and it flows in perfect syllabic intonation. The waveform of enlightened thought thus held within the mind, we refer to this revelation constantly throughout the rest of ones life, that it is a message from the universe built specifically for our own evolution, and as such, evidence of the living information. So we are enamored with the revelation, the insight wholly empowering us to the higher degree of sentience. Enamored with the revelation, we now move through the proactive animation of acting upon the thought. As the revelation may be realized as "there is no higher act than human connection" -- we may act upon this notion by endeavoring to meet someone new, and inviting a new relationship into our life. So we act upon the revelation, through the theme of our beliefs, and this will only continue for as long as we remain in the revelatory state.

I believe that the revelatory state can be reached by anyone, that belief in the Akasha may yield the cosmic truths, or simply praying to the energy of the Source from which we came. Matter is quantumly entangled, all is connected, and all things are occurring actively within the higher dimensions, all at once. So we may realize "everything" in a single thought -- a revelation which holographically contains the energy of the entirety of our beliefs. This profound realization charges, fuels our existence. It will be carried with us until the very end. So we are enamored by the revelation, and this is something we may never ever forget -- but what will seem to possess a rhythm, and undulate, and oscillate within the mainframe of our thoughts -- as the very fuel to our living existence. All concept of "new thought" following that revelation realized, the concept of tomorrow, and all thought that these answers only lead to more questions -- we remain enamored with the beauty and information, we may peer through rose-colored glasses and see that information in itself is enhancing to our lives. So we are enlightened by the thought, we may attach image to this thought through waveform, and then progress toward imagining as the very walls of the universe are touched by the emanating waveform of our self-divined thoughts.

Thought is always travelling both in and out of us, as transceivers, that we may be "input mode" or "output mode." In meditation, we are endeavoring to communicate with the subconscious mind -- and an imagined conversation between the hemispheres may take place.

Powerful meditations are found often in a quiet, secluded space where no one may bother us. Here in the solitude of our thoughts, we communicate with our higher self, and we invite revelations to occur. As high-charged meditations will reveal thoughts in their conversation, a certain self-awareness that only enhances our thought-process, we may find our thoughts so powerful we can hardly keep them contained.

Eventually, we seek an outlet, and find some source with which to share our thoughts. This source will learn of our beliefs, our deducements, and relay back their own. So we perceive how humans truly evolve, through the sharing of knowledge, and what self-concepts have come to define us. As it is required toward evolution we are willing to talk about things like extraterrestrials, human evolution, and telepathy, and all things "New Age" -- we are endeavoring to rid all fear of the unknown through awareness brought to these matters -- and so it goes -- many minds are starting to accrue to universal thought-patterns as based around the nucleus of self-awareness, and that revelation realized.

Our thoughts, as a living matter that are entangled with the environment, and other souls, will flow out of us into the recess of action -- that we find a place for which to interpolate our thoughts into anothers reality, gathering input from this source, and thus able to perceive multiple perspectives on the thought. Often we will find that the revelation is universal, and applies to all things. This has already been a thought realized by many universalists, and ascended masters, that energy is infinite, and all is actively occurring all at once in the higher dimensions. So we know the masterpiece is already constructed in the future, it is now simply a matter of equalizing into that future.

So the imagination is our tool, and we will event our way through thought to which we may actively dream -- actively soar through the most beautiful and radiant of images, that we are so enamored with our own ability to think, and communicate with ourselves, we need little more than thought alone. Here, as we are writhing through our own unique independence of thought, and that self-divined uni-verse of thought-text flowing within us, we are able to perceive our thoughts as bearing the holographic essence of the totality of our beliefs -- we writhe through the theme -- and we soar through proactive animation, making this world a land of beauty, constructing the greatest conceivable reality around ourselves. As we will come to share our thoughts with other people, and perceive their own unique hue of Light upon our beliefs, it will come to pass that we learn from our expressions in other peoples lives, and so it goes, we would never learn if it weren't for some other perspective shedding Light on our existence.

"When there is the thought or the activity of the body in any particular environ, this very activity makes for the impressions upon the soul . . . As to the records made by such an activity, these are written upon what is known as time and space; much in the form or manner as are the messages that are of a familiar nature to the body in its present activity. As the instruments of recording are used, so does the activity of ENERGY expended leave its imprint upon the etheric wave that records between time and space that DESIRED to be put, as to that impelling or producing. Just as the figures or characters make for communications between individuals, so does the soul upon the pages or records of time and space."

-- Edgar Cayce, reading 416-2.

With our thoughts leaving impression upon the environment through which we exist, in the construction of the sacred space, and that room for learning and meditation -- we are working with the Akasha -- as we believe the universal Source to exist -- and we realize that our thoughts are, as they become infinitely renewed by time, being inscribed into the skein of the Akasha. Our existence, through whatever number or encoded numerology, exists within the mainframe of all existence -- that our "file is on the computer" -- being mixed with other files -- so God is the technician manning the switchboard, and God personally mixes one file with the other, producing relationships, experiences, and profound revelations.

In the fifth dimensional Lightbody, we are building the highest forms of relationships, of a certain intellectual, spiritual value. So we will surround ourselves with beauty and information, true, but positive and wholesome relationships as well. Our "uni-verse of thought-text” will be divined to the highest Light, that we find ourselves in union with the greatest love -- beatific, unitive, wholly renewed by the beauty of the relationship, here we have the source with which to share our thoughts, and invite new beliefs to occur; as we come to find the revelatory state, and are enamored with the living information, it will become necessary to work through the theme, into a multitude of self-expressions.

As we leave our impressions on the Akashic skein of time, our place within the rows of all human life, our own unique spark, our One True Life, we see the value of our importance, we feel that the world -- is now in sequential accord -- and the patternless process realizes a logical result in the final analysis. So the revelation thus found leaving us enamored with the power of our thoughts as writhing through the universality of the belief thus contained -- we are realized of our power as thinkers, and realize thought in itself is the only true energy we really need. As it will come to pass that the free endless resource is the Light that lies within, the inner Light that drives our existence, as we become telepathic teleporters, and shape-shifters, within the fifth octave, all will be realized as only evidence that supports further growth. The dimensions which invariably lead only higher into other dimensions, as we become interversal travelers, will be educative of certain truths, and we will learn from the most direct sources. As the dimensions only rise, and we may imagine there is a set number -- nothing is truly set in stone in this world -- the future can always be re-written.

So the revelatory state thus perceived, we hope to produce the recess to be filled. We imagine the space -- see it filled with our energy -- and we are fueled by the Light of our DNA . . . there is only One True Light . . . only One True Master . . . only One Life, only One Purpose, only One Mission, only One Goal. The final incarnation of a life of the greatest value and worth to the rest of the world thus realized, thoughts thus hypercharged, writhing through a certain power of self-awareness that only builds through attention given to the matter as the imagined waveform which flows out and within us -- resulting in actions, and our own proactive animation -- like attracts like -- what we think becomes -- the revelation will bear physical evidence of its Light, and the expressions thus found as based upon the revelation will be divine.

We are all capable of the revelatory state, and often revelations are realized in the process of communication with another individual. We are often enamored with the power of anothers Light, that we are inspired, and thus fueled by the sharing of energy with other souls. As we come to share our self-concepts and the thoughts which have afforded us great power -- so energy will always exist -- it was meant to be shared -- and the process of energy exchange is only infinitely recycled through the continuum. We share our beliefs, our unique information, for the evolution of the collective. In this future, where people actively share their deepest thoughts, and there is no fear in the expression of our beliefs due to the overwhelming absurdity of organized religion, and social politics, we shall see, verily, that thought once shared only invites further belief, further expression, and further evolvement. We grow through our expressions, and as we may come to find great power in one revelation, there is always a new thought -- always a new day -- that we continue to find answers that only lead to more questions, as modern mystics, so this life is magical, mystically-oriented and oft found within a certain spiritual catharsis of always being on the very edge of the deepest conceivable insight. This perceived Light at the end of the tunnel which ever-eludes us, the fixed point, the declared destination -- we are ever-eventing towards through revelation, it is the deepest imaginable future where our perfect avatar self is realized. So we imagine this future into existence, we know the Light will be equalized into, and we are wholly empowered by the fuel of our revelatory states.

We learn through our revelations, we never continue to grow and evolve as a result of the natural vivacity and life-force of our thoughts, and as thought attracts, we are in the recess to which the law of attraction is fully amplified -- and we are in the final life gravitating the final memories that will ever be lived out on the planet Earth. This is the only life that we will ever know. And the revelations will only naturally progress.


Chapter Twenty Eight: The Inner Guidance System

“Time only moves in one direction . . .”

Time only moves into the future, that the inner drive -- the inner guidance system -- propells us through existence, toward the highest relationships, and greatest conceivable environment. The inner guidance system is toward connection, learning, growth, and the expression of unconditional love. Love is the true frequency we accord with, that we know all men and women on the Earth are driven by some passion, regard, or intent, we all possess the desire for happiness in some form, no matter how mal-inclined, or ill-conceived our existence may become. We are multidimensional creatures composited to the human host. Our illusory belief in the separation from God and Source is only evident in the nature of our double helix that would seem to be manufactured for control. It was only in the fall from grace that we lost our connection to the inner guidance system, but now as existence is finding us within the recess of the New Age -- we are learning of our true place.

Our purpose in the world exists, and there is a certain book, a certain guide, a certain connection that causes growth in all of us. The perfect source of learning which is the inner Light, which is informational, shall be gravitated to through the law of like attracts like, and we are what we think. So the goal-oriented processes involved are always leading up to the new thought, and through the inner guidance system we are always realizing the future. That we are in the future now, peering back, is evidenced in our final life that is now found within the New Age. We incarnated at the midnight hour, to act as guides and catalysts for change. We are all guides, we are all healers, and we are all designed with parts and pieces that essentially make sense. Just as there is a scientific explanation for almost everything, and we are now learning of super-strings and the frequency bands that make up the universe, we learn that music -- and the natural orchestra of all human life -- is very reflective of the inner truth, that there is a sort of musicality to the universe as bound by frequencies, waveforms, and super-strings -- which travel infinitely through the continuum. All is connected through informational Light-waves, and our thoughts which are continuously interpolated into the Akashic, are growing in vibration with each day that passes that we continue to progress through our Lightbodies. As we are alive within the New Age, and we are special, unique, and worthwhile with our designated hue of Light, and self-worth in reflection toward the collective reality -- the “plan” is hard-wired into our DNA. Though we may not know her total details, she reaches manifest over time. As we move into the fifth octave, where reality is personally defined by the thoughts that we possess -- our inner guidance system is fully activated, and we manifest the most radiant futures.

The Earth is our final environment, and the Earth is affected with its own inner guidance system. Through the workings of nature, the laws of gravity, centrifugal force, and the natural rotation of the spheres -- we know all matter is in movement toward only one direction which is the future. So we are enamored with the concept of tomorrow -- we feel that “we have arrived.” Somehow, the Earth continues to revolve around the sun, and the sun continues her bright glow upon the world. The triad of the sun, Earth, and moon, continue to animate through their own life-force, and animation only continues to progress. We admire the plan exists, simply believe it will reach manifest, and humbly accept that time only moves in one direction. Though we may peer into the past through regression, the past is changeable, and the future can always be shifted into the most worthwhile probability.

Synchronized, in perfect natural order with the universe, we are “one with the universe” -- in the world, but not of the world. Existing, seemingly, “outside of time” as officially integrated into that fifth octave -- everything occurs “all at once” -- there is no time, but only movement, and proactive animation. This end imagined, God knows where it may take us. Theoretically it is unprecedented the number of enlightened souls that now exist on the Earth. We may know the total number, and perceive the collective movement -- but the future is not set in stone, however active the inner guidance system may be -- the end-result being a return to the Source -- very far into the future -- we simply perceive this end to exist, and that nirvana is eventually realized. “Everything is eventual.” Whether expected or not, our movements will only carry us into newer, greater experiences. We are bound to learn of certain things, and realize our place within the grand scheme of All That Is. Perceiving our place, our story, our vitality, our worth, our very existence as connected to the totality of all -- realizing our place, our place thus found, that life of the ascended master -- whatever name or title we may possess -- be it cosmic scribe or simply divine Light -- we are alive in the New Age, and we are living a life of great importance and value to the rest of the race.

The inner guidance system, evercarrying us into the future through the attractor-thoughts that we possess, gravitating certain experiences and connections, is something which through meditation we can better understand. The question “where am I going..?” will be asked, and the answer will be received through a slew of possibilities. We will imagine various future scenario’s, and choose our favorite one. Just as with the Akashic Computer, we writhe through the favored probability -- we can tap into the inner guidance system, and re-program our future. In this “fate override” we are in the event of which reality is now personally perfected, and the future is in our hands. “We never truly die, we merely re-locate.” As it has come to pass that all humans have a history on the Earth, and we are now in the recess of the final life -- the past can be learned from, as it will create the suggestion of certain probabilities as based upon our karmic flow. The karma we possess is to be perceived as roles which have been switched around through time. Through “group karma” many individuals are connected at birth, through life, all carried by the collective plan, and the inner guidance system. We shall see through past-life regression where these people stand in our present realities. We see energy is recycled through time, into various forms and manifestations. As we are found in the recess of the final life, and our future is wholly new to us -- we know the importance of our existence, and we calmly accept our place is built into the collective. We realize all is One, all is whole, unitive, and omnilinearly realized as relative, and intereffected. We work for the collective, through tones of the One True Light -- as bound by the plan that is prayed to, and humbly believed in.

Evercarried into the future by our present tensory cogitations of relationship to the now-point, realizing that the present moment will define the future, as tirelessly suggested -- we surround ourselves with beauty and information -- we perfect our realities -- we make this a land for creative thought, and endless expression to exist. This is possible, and however tied into a certain job, or certain relationships, the future can always be changed. We always have the capacity to veer, to move in a different direction. We need only serve the One True Master -- the One Spirit, the collective evolution of the human race.

In this life we are learning things at an accellerated rate, yet we may slow thought down in meditation, harness time through the imagination, and personally tap into the inner guidance system, for our most favorable probability to be realized. Oft, it relates to connection, human evolution, and the sharing of our energy. Oft it will be related toward the relationship with another individual, or a certain source of information. We may see that our future is directly related to that of another, as our future may come to be defined through a loving compassionate relationship. So all futures are tied together, and it is impossible to remain totally occluded from the totality of the collective. The inner guidance system is always working, never sleeps, but is like a crockpot always working toward the most hopeful and evolutonal goals. I offer the following meditation to become more in touch with the inner guidance system:

You are at a computer.

The screen rests before your eyes.

Here, you see the future in a matrix of probabilities --

One future stands out amongst all of them as your most beneficial toward future growth.

You witness this on the screen.

You perceive the details, and all-inclusive elements of the scene.

You view this future, calmly and carefully.

Shut your eyes, take a deep breath, and imagine the future.

See yourself in a specific location . . .

See how you appear, and who you might be with.

And so it shall come to pass . . .

Declare boldly,

“I invoke the energies of the universe to carry me into this favorable future.”

“I invoke the cosmic scribes of the Akashic Records to place me in the Light."

“I invoke God to boldly perceive my existence as One with the primordial rhythm.”

“I invoke the future to occur as the most worthwhile one.”

“I see the future now.”

“I am in the future.”

“I have arrived . . .”


Chapter Twenty Nine: The Perfect Avatar Self

“Lord, deliver me from myself.” -- Anonymous

“Up to a certain point every man is what he thinks he is.” -- F.H. Bradley


The perfect avatar self, realized through the imagination, exists beauteously in the near-future.

Here is our perfect etheric blueprint to which we are the highest living embodiment of Light and human existence.

Here, we are in the recess for which the future is in active working, and our present actions shall shape the near-future. We may plan out the next day, declare that a cosmic transmission will take place at a certain time, or imagine a certain event into manifestation.

As the perfect avatar self is not far away, but is now to be perceived a state of mind -- that recess of perfect thought -- writhing through the primordial rhythm -- we can be this person at any time, just as we always possess the Free Will to cogitate any living thought. The perfect avatar self is always there, always with us, our pure, true self. The blueprint for which lies within the subconscious; we may activate this through meditation, and focus carefully on the visage, the clothing, the entirety of the figure, and how our perfect avatar self appears. We imagine our perfect self into existence, that perfection is something which is achievable is evidenced in the many stellar souls that now walk the Earth -- from Chan Marshall, to Alex Grey. Many are realizing their perfect avatar selves, “being all that they can be” -- all perfectitude realized, we are now in the true recess of the final life. All memories and thoughts that take place once perfection is seemingly realized are elements of our reality that will be carried until the very end, as ascended master, as finally re-realized through the nirvanic flow of one-consciousness. The return to the Source, however a seemingly impossible, or perhaps in some minds, an unnecessary feat, is inevitable, whether we imagine this future or not -- that what once began shall end, recycle, and become renewed by its own Light. So here we are now realized as One, achieved one-consciousness, nirvana, a loss of identity toward the final thoughts of God, and this is desired, whether not consciously known, as the desired end-result of all human evolution. The return to the Source is a matter of cosmic inevitability, that the beginning and end are eclipsed for which the center, is only everywhere, with a circumference that is nowhere. The choice to return to the Source is found through our own unique Free Will, that we have become individuated to a life of One which is special in Light of All That Is, and as such, far-stray from the original fount of Light, we have become something entirely unique, and separated ourselves from the original Light. So we perceive the return to one-consciousness, the nirvanic understanding of many lives composited to a single cell as a necessary result of our evolution, and how all matter is invariably recycled through the continuum.

In the construction of our own universe -- our own world of our own rules and our own personal design -- the given space is activated through which we are in control over the environment, epiginetically, toward the reformation of our cells into the Lightbody of our perfect avatar self. So it has come to pass that we are in the stages of Lightbody, evolving at present, and becoming super-terrestrial, ascended master encoded with the original twelve-strand DNA; capable of such things as telepathy, telekinesis, teleportation, manifestation, and flight. These primordial abilities that have simply been lying dormant within the formerly unused strands of DNA, become re-activated through our evolution.

As we move back to the Source, graduated from the many dimensions, thus risen to the highest octave of existence, and we are now given to our own universe -- we see this place is radiant, as suggested, reflective of our own inner beauty -- such that the natural feng shui, organization, and placement of star-systems, planets, suns, blackholes, and supernovas, is mathematically relative to properties of the Source from which all emanates. Our creations will possess a sentience that reflects the Light of their creator, and this Light will emanate as infinitely woven into the fabric of the multiverse. As the conduits and rivers will be traveled upon, as we move interversally from one universe to the next, learning from various unique sparks of Light -- from our many fellow ascended masters who exist in their own universes -- we learn, share, discuss, and act as co-creators, for which the center of the multispherical aggregate is our world -- as suggested -- from this world, as the Earth has come to produce some of the brightest, most genius, and creative souls in the dense form, our evolution affects the entirety of the multispherical aggregate, and our energy is profound.

Our children will educate us, and we will learn much new thought from what is essentially born from ones own self. Our creations soon become our equals, and we thus perceive a world of beauty that is reflective of the Light of the Source. We are, through our own unique hue of Light and originality, brought to the place of high regard and respect from other races, and our individuality is learned from on the Divine Council. Here, we may see other worlds in need of our help -- through the final body, move as an angel to these worlds, to personally guide certain people. Drunvalo Melchizedek has had visions of visitations from the recordkeeper of the Akashic Records known as Thoth, and this is a good example for how one is chosen by ascended master to relay certain information. The energy of Drunvalo, and Thoth, resonates, and as such, the two work together toward the final end of bringing evolution, sacred geometry, and the merkabah vehicle to the masses. So we perceive one bold example of how the ascended masters elect certain people for their guidance, and as such, produce a proxy through which their energy is expressed.

In this life, it will likely come to pass that you are found in the company of an ascended master. We all have someone “assigned to our case” -- a guide for every soul, and sometimes this force will manifest through the divine interventionary measure of the angelworker. Through divine intervention, ones sense of reality is put into question when this occurs -- such as thought-transferrence with total strangers. Such that I have met strangers who seem to know all about me, inhibit me with the thought of their awareness. One was met on the internet, to which it was somewhat seen that my path was darkly-illumined. The man on the bus, who was speaking a strange language, would inhibit me with the thought that I am not alone -- and for the life of me, I can not shake the memory of having my thoughts read by the two girls at Two Cats restaurant. Aside from the teleportive event, it stands out as one of the most amazing experiences I have ever had. I am guided, invariably, through this experience -- that I am not alone in my journey; that some force that exists is aware of my most probable future, and as such, intervention would become necessary.

I was born in Bar Harbor, Maine, in the mid-eighties, to which I would have the adbduction dream at the age of two.

This inhibitor has infected me with a sense of mystery for the entirety of my life, that I am awareized in the mind of the observers, and my path is plainly seen. Many fear the unknown, the human race still stands unready for global communion, but as I perceive this time is eventual -- and I have been primed -- it is thus suggested that I am not the only one.

I have had three near-death experiences, to which I perceive my life was saved by higher forces each time, for whatever reason, purpose, or design.

First, I was getting stoned and drunk out in the middle of the street, and fell asleep. I woke up to find a car backing up, with the driver asking me if I was all-right. I was not shaken, but simply annoyed that I had fallen asleep, with little regard for the fact I could have been run over. The next near-death experience was in the first telepathic experience, to which I discovered telekinesis, and ended up cutting a deep wound in my left hand, which was a self-inflicted stigmata. I now have a scar in the middle of my left palm to remind me of the event. The last experience was the teleportive event, through which I am somewhat angered over the interventionary measure -- I would be in my grave in this moment if it were not for the deus ex machina, the intervention from higher forces saving my life, for whatever reason . . . that I truly re-located bodily from one place to the next; it is no figment of the imagination; no memory lapse; but a true occurrence which is direct evidence of the change within my DNA. As I am going to continue the research studies at McClean, and continue to learn about how many strands DNA I have by this time -- I willingly commit myself to science -- I wholly believe there is a scientific explanation for all things -- and I know that the evidence for re-incarnation, the existence of the soul, and the science of enlightenment, will be understood in times to come.

Why some are chosen for intervention seems random. I am not sure, as I am no terribly special or terribly talented person, save for the understanding of words and language that I possess. I have been told that I have “great command over the English language.” And it would come to pass that I eventually start to perceive my past on the Earth through certain writers that have occurred through history -- in the recess of shared thought, I shared the details of my past-life information, as well as in the Fall of 2010 -- and the members who received the information were, simply put, unable to believe.

In the second telepathic experience, I found that my close friend would veer into the most low thoughts, that he perceived his feminine side, and actively worked to suggest his true feminine nature. Going right down to a persons core desires, and hopes, and faith, we shall find that the inner truth is revealed, and all is seen as reflective of the inner guidance system of that individual. As we shall see the delusion of mankind in evidence of perceiving ourselves as world-changers, when our deepest truth lies within sexuality, or the desire for realizing a self that is allegedly reflecive of our true nature -- through the lower chakras -- we perceive the low-vibration, and how his thoughts are not geared toward the collective, but himself alone, with zero regard for the rest of the human race.

So it goes, the low-vibrations continue through greed while others stand for the Light. I am conscious of the reckoning that will be brought upon me for my expressions of uniqueness, and indifference, that I humbly realize however unique, I am come from the same Source as the reader; and as such, I am a real person with a real face, a real name, and a real personality. The writer behind this text only hopes for further human connection, learning, and evolvement. Knowing, I am one singular spark of Light, one self-contained vehicle, one reflection of the Source to which I am planning my eventual return. This return to unity, as I have already somewhat experienced with shared thought -- the nirvanic state for which one is awareized as the One who is responsible for all of this -- our place infinitely seen -- our effect invariably found -- we know we are "getting much closer" and the return to the Source, however seemingly impossible or far-fetched, just as we may watch the beautiful film "The Fountain" and witness with our own eyes how the return to the Source could be seen -- this amazing occurrence is what enlightenment and human evolution is leading up to -- it is nirvana -- it is the loss of identity to the realization of ones true inborn Godliness, the telepathy of many lives and many masters compiled into a singular sentience; the final expressions, the final beliefs, the final experiences, the final thoughts of One -- the One True Spirit that has always been moving through all matter that exists in the continuum, which began so long ago . . . merely in the blink of an eye, everything is occurring. We reach one-consciousness. The inner guidance system has carried us back to the womb of the creator -- and this will pass as a logical eventuality of enlightenment, and human evolution.

Chapter Thirty: Changing The World

“Changing the world . . . one person at a time . . .” -- Lee

“It doesn’t matter if people remember my name . . .” -- Anonymous


Who, scientist, astrophysicist, quantum physicist, or philosopher, claims the right to change the world..? Where is humility for such a cause, that we perceive ourselves as worthy for such a task..? Needless to say, the world is in need of saving, and the power lies within the individual. It is your job to save the world, “one person at a time.” This is found in the compassionate act toward another, the natural field of which we “listen” to the feelings of another, and are consciously willing to be changed by our fellow man. Open-mindedness toward change from another is evidence of our desire to learn and grow, and many of us, who accrue to the thought of divination, and perceive worth in our human existences -- we see the future clearly as a world inhabited by intuitive individuals, of unique expressions of Light who all pray to the belief in the One True Spirit.

God recognizes this as the individual who opens themselves up to judgment, acting as judge and reckoner in their own right -- that the individual takes it upon himself to act as God, writhing through tones of God-consciousness, and wholly perceiving their effect on the world is direct.

The concept of super-heroes is a very fondly-respected notion in our present society.

We have come to produce countless figures for which the world is saved by the individual -- and we all humbly pray for the existence of such a hero to be entirely real. Society requires a leader of divine intelligence and wit, an intuitive, right-brained leader who can make snap decisions at a moments notice. We are building this leader through the starchildren, Indigo’s, and new generations of evolved human beings. We are creating this leader through time, that we may find ourselves within the recess of the greatest individual -- our most powerful right-brained leader who is geared toward the collective, and symbiosis with the Earth.

In the production of the world-changers, and our future civilization of high-powered right-brained individuals, we are endeavoring to find ourselves within the place that we may learn from the most direct, and universal sources. Already, we have incredibly powerful figures in the world of art, writing, and music, that present the possibility of the greatest leader to be found. This humble world-changer accepts that he or she will be reckoned with eventually, that through ones oscillation into indifference and uniqueness as an individual, we are brought closer to Godliness in that this makes the journey back to unity all the more enjoyable. Here, we realize our affect on the world is incredible, and now stand back, look from the apogee of awareness at all things, and resign to thought alone -- accept that our very observation affects reality -- and humbly accept this is the life of ascended master, and know that our effect on the world has been direct.

“As some will wake up from the dream of reality to realize their place in the world as ascended master, living the final life, we are endowed with the task of saving the world . . . one heart, one mind, one individual, at a time.”

So it goes, we may endeavor to work, God knows, with the main vein of those to whom will know us for the rest of our lives -- our family, and direct genetic associations. These to which are the most direct associations are also the most karmic counterpart to ones human existence -- the family is just as vital towards ones evolution as the intellectual relationships bloomed through the advent of the spiritual life. We must not fear sharing our beliefs with our most direct associations, because we are believed in invariably however occasionally labelled or reduced through some diagnosis -- we know that we are in Lightbody; we are endowed by the living information, and we know our power as an individual, to be seen in the evidence for which our world has now come to produce some of the most intriguing, thought-provoking, and evolutionary information.

We are learning from one another, as that is what is required of us to evolve, and the knowledge that we are now learning from The Biology of Belief to, The Genie Within -- is all-impressive, that we know this information is universal and applies to all matter in the universe -- we are learning how to tap into the subconscious mind; how to extend our beliefs into epiginetics; and how to evolve, consciously, into a new Light. This information which is now arriving, from the early channelings of Seth by Jane Roberts, to the works of Marciniak, and others, we are seeing a great new perspective on the world, and our place in it, how many forces are involved in the eventual process that is realized as the continual process of evolution.

Organization we shall find -- and integrate ourselves into the groups of people for which our learning is found continual. Here these groups will operate much as the Zeta’s -- telepathically-oriented, and led by the most imaginative ones who calmly endeavor into the unknown through their own Free Will, we are found individuals, unique dispensations of the original primordial spark, but individuals -- for which our stylizations and uniqueties extended through our relationships, and what creativity is born through the union of minds -- for which we converse, share thought, co-create, and express our combinative force of individuality. The relationships we forge in the final life, are to be seen as evident of things for which we perceive are the highest -- most worthy futures that we could possibly find ourselves living within. The final life, as self-realized, and all intellect enhanced through the endurance of experiences shared with others who are in Lightbody -- through the outlets we may find . . . the world of Spirit is an endless quest, this we know, and everything from reiki healing, chakra health, epiginetics, past-life regression, self-hypnosis, astral projection, and remote viewing, are only propelling us toward deeper subjects which were, it would seem, however eventual, things which had at first existed far beyond the usual scope of the human imagination.

We quest for peace.

"Peace is the sharing of thought to which only learning is found . . . that our self-concepts and evolutionary ideas . . . the inventiveness of the creative mind, the free energy, the eventual stasis for which we realize that there is only One Spirit -- only one true belief system. We grow, evolve, transmute, and rise in vibration -- we are epiginetic -- our environment is owned -- we know this is a changing world -- we learn from one another -- it is continual -- and peace is the final conquest of the human race . . . "

So the question arises, whatever nobel prize be afforded to that man or woman, for this which may be the realization of a plethora of free energy forms, better communication systems, safer and faster transportation, and not only this, a more symbiotic relationship with the Earth as a direct result. This eventually realized quest for the longevity of the human race for the sake of our childrens children, and the continuing evolution process of the collective for which we must agree, wholeheartedly, upon the concept of One -- and take it upon ourselves to change the world, as one individual world-changer. We know that it only took one mind to change the world, and that mind was ours alone. We talk, imagine, and conceive the future into manifest, co-creatively, ending up to that revelatory state, the thought seems to be electric and vibrate at a high rate within the waveform of our thoughts -- evolves through its own self-realized goal-oriented process of co-evolution with other cellular constructs of life on the planet Earth. And this only continues through the resonance of the many evolved vibrations, that are only rising in frequency; becoming mastered to the highest volume of iridescence; flowing in the riverlight -- and this building of energy; the evolution of the masses; the co-creative process for which all conclusions equate to that of One, our highest leader, and our greatest intellectual minds given the attention their Light rightfully deserves. So the leader is found, and we find guidance from the most pure source. We are led into the portal, the gateway of the future, and we are peering back, seeing how things used to be . . .

Chapter Thirty One: The Reckoner

“And in that day hell shall enlarge herself,
And open her mouth without measure:
And the glory, the pride and the pomp of the wicked
Shall descend into it.
And the mean man shall be brought down
And the mighty man shall be humbled,
As the fire devoureth the stubble,
And the flame consumeth the chaff;
So their root shall be as rottenness,
And their blossom shall go up as dust,
Because they have cast away
The Holy Law of the Heavenly Order.”

-- Prophecies, The Essene Gospel of Peace.

The world at present, however found within the recess of the New Age, and all beauteous Light come from the realization of the prophecy -- there are some in this world who are in no desire toward the collective, but work solely for their own selfish gain which is to have power over other minds. As we are in Lightbody serving the master that lies within, there is a point of stasis wherein our existence only betters mankind through our own personal focus -- but in the world of the power-hungry, their selfishness is only toward their own personal wealth, and sway over other men.

So the concept of the reckoner is born, that super hero who personally takes it upon himself to right the perceived darkness of this world. As the concept of a super-hero is something our society favors, it may come to pass that the enlightened soul, who peers through rose-colored glasses, and sees the meaning and beauty in all things -- will perceive, expose, and reveal the inner truth of that mal-affective soul, and reveal, openly, their true desires. We shall see this come to pass through telepathy; as I have been reckoned with in my own right, no one walks the path of spirit alone -- but however occluded, we are awareized in the minds of the humble observer. God is aware of us, and God would have us know that we are never truly alone.

Upon the realization of ones humility, one may realize that ones ways have been mal-inclined, and start to “shift” into a new Light.

Whatever vices, addictions, and personal issues will be resolved through the final incarnation.

One realizes the shift lies in the individual -- that we realize the world would never change if it weren’t for one person to stand up to the rest. It only takes one person to change the world, and there is no requirement over who this person might be.

To express judgment only brings judgement upon ones self.

So it goes, whence we are found as reckoner, we must expect judgment in our own right.

Through occlusion, one separating ones self from the collective, and perceiving ones self as uniquely better than the rest -- I was once this person, and I was desperate, and I was suicidal, and my path was darkly-illumined. I was self-destructive, and destructive toward all those to whom I knew -- and then intervention would find me -- I would be forever changed.

Through the concept of angelworkers, we are in the recess for which God exists in the human body -- as reckoner -- shape-shifter, and a standalone army of One. The reckoners are real, they exist, and I am humbly aware of them through my own experience -- that whence my thoughts were read by the angelworkers, and I was reduced -- humiliated to realize that it was never my right to ontologically enlighten my fellow man through my own use of telepathy.

Ones quest for suicide is absolved through divine intervention. Knowing that God is aware of us, through whatever expressed forms, whatever person, angel, angelworker, or individual -- we are guided into the belief of being awareized in the mind of God -- that our file exists boldly on the mainframe of the computer, and the continuum only infinitely realizes that place -- that future -- for which our reckoning of others shall come to pass; that we become judge in our own right; ever-expecting judgment upon ourselves through the knowledge of the biblical truth “judge not lest ye be judged” -- we see that by judging others we only wish judgment upon ourselves. For some, this is willingly desired. I am one such person.

Acting as judge over others, expressions of critique and skepticism over anothers expression of Free Will -- the interpolation of our energy into that of another, the ontological impression left behind once we have affected the subject -- we are inviting such things to occur in our own lives. Through the exchange of energy between individuals, and what capacity we possess to act as super-hero, or reckoner, knowing that this only heightens our own cosmic design within the mind of God -- we are inviting the final incarnation to be that of a life for which we are producing the greatest, most profound experiences; that we shall experience other ascended masters is going to become evident; that we realize there are others who are exceedingly powerful, however born from the same Source; we see the many gradations of power, and the hierarchy of existence, that the ladder thus climbed only ascends into the most divine heights -- and as we see the expressions of power in some individuals -- we are invited to express our own. We are inspired by one anothers acts of individuality, and reckoning toward the mal-affective soul. We take pride in our judgments, and we humbly will it upon ourselves that we too are judged.

We accept this path is the final life; that the karma system is active, and every thought, every action, every moment is what will be carried with us through the infinitude of the fifth dimension. So it goes, we evolve through our expressions and experiences for which we humbly accept that our life will be judged, once found in the recess of other ascended masters, the building of a Light-based community, planetary advocacy groups, and others which are based upon a symbiotic relationship with the Earth. This naturally ties into human evolution.

As the future is not set in stone, but in a sense one way or the other “probably” realized, to some future we may imagine -- our Free Will as extended into the future, we see ourselves, there in the form of the perfect avatar self, and here we know that any judgment come our way will be meaningless in light of the true universality of our soul. We are working for the collective, in every sense of the word, and we are self-sacrificing mystics on a road for which we are to be found unique cellular constructs of matter that is organized into the final life. That life lived within the New Age. We know that this is the end of our great journey when we are telepathically transferring thought with the angelworker. And we consciously desire judgment; because we know that we are pure. Intervention is something that will happen under certain circumstances, with that resounding phrase “but it did happen.” As such, we may be shaken, but the evidence is suggestive that we are not alone. There are others who are experiencing the active karma system, being humiliated in their own right -- for whatever reason -- we see this ontological terror as something that is necessary for our evolvement; and become judge in our own right; it becomes necessary; because the world would never change if it were not for that one lone individual willing to stand up against the world.


Chapter Thirty Two: All As One

"There was an epoch in the night of time, when a still-existent being existed --
one of an absolutely infinite number of similar beings that people the absolutely infinite domains
of the absolutely infinite space. It was not and is not in the power of this being,
any more than it is your own, to extend by actual increase the joy
of ones existence. But just as it is in your power to expand or to concentrate your pleasures
(the absolute amount of happiness remaining always the same),
so did and does a similar capability appertain to this diving being,
who thus passes ones eternity in perpetual variation of concentrated self
and almost infinite self-diffusion. What you call the universe of stars
is but ones present expansive existence. One now feels ones life through an infinity
of imperfect pleasures, the partial and pain-intertangled pleasures
of those inconceivably numerous things which you disignate as His creatures,
but which are really but infinite individualizations of ones own self."

-- E. A. Poe

One-consciousness; nirvana, the realization of our Godflow, and that eternal rhythm which provides us the sight, omniscient of the multisphere/multiverse, and able to interversally integrate ourselves through the persona of certain "guides" in these other worlds; -- that is our power, and it is expressed at our Free Will. The god-consciousness of this nirvanic flow, is ultimately realized as the perfect rhythm, thoughts are all infinitely manifest; via the matrix of cognition; the perfected thought-pattern which is timeless; as we are the body of the unisphere, the very fluctuating walls our shell, and the Source our mind -- we are enamored with our vivacity, and endless fortitude of power-floes, and Light.

We writhe through the perfect syllabic intonations, and thoughts occur in perfect rhythm. Here within the prescience of the final mind; for which all life is collected, and integrated as a unitive whole; we are One, we are collectively realized to our influence; as One, and we know our place is infinite, that the return to the Source was a process for which evolution always realizes in the flow of nirvanic thought; and the nirvana-floes that occur are enlightening to the final mind, for which we see our power as able to control the movement of the spheres, and all bodies within the universe. We are here able to construct anew, the world of our own making; that headquarters for which we invariably return, that within this universe of our own rules and declarations, we see our creations, breathe life into the ether; and observe as our fragmentations take on a life of their own.

So it goes, we are found as the final mind, via one-consciousness; that the only next step lies in the construction of new worlds. So we construct new worlds, entirely new cells within the vast amalgam of cells, within the totality of the aggregate, the multisphere, and whatever may lie beyond that image -- ours is placed, integrated into the whole, and as such, we perceive the life of value and worth; -- that our world will be learned from through its own unique tint of individual making.

We find there is a riverlight flow to the continuum of our universe; certain synaptic connections and ley-lines that exist within the body of the cell; and we may find ourselves within the cosmic circuitry -- our thoughts within the rivers -- flowing through one river of informational Light, into a new synaptic connection; riding the rivers of the verse, our thoughts travel through the circuitous flow, and join the synapses of the universe in the endurance of our expressions. So the universe is entirely connected, that universe of our own making, build, construction, and design, relates to the entirety of the multicellular aggregate -- and we are found a worthy player in the grand show of all that exists within the many incarnated universes.

So we see that the Free Will universe is vital toward the energetics of the totality of all incarnated universes; and the evidence is clearly seen in the stellar souls, and profoundly unique individuals our universe has come to produce.

We see matter recycles, revolves, reforms, and flows endlessly through the infinitude of the continuum. We see the movements of the continuum as we are found able to harness time, and so it shall come to pass that whence we are found fifth-dimensional, our nirvana and one-consciousness is thus found at the highest levels of Lightbody. This eventuality evident in the natural process for which all life originates from the center, and extends outward into their own uniquely-individuated cells within the aggregate, we are continuing to learn, grow, and evolve, the process which is infinite, that new worlds are infinitely constructed as born from the center, and all energy that flows from the center a gravitating force -- that all bodies are gravitated toward the center is evident -- and as such, our planet, the planet Earth, as the "living library" -- the cosmic college system for karmic experiences found in incarnation, and personal experience, a center which is everywhere, with a circumference that is nowhere; we have been gravitated to this cell within the aggregate as a direct result of our desire to continually learn, grow, and evolve . . . the aggregate thus energized, the number of universes unknown, the existence seemingly infinite, the process which only continues to rise through its ascending evolution, for which we must perceive new dimensions are eventually created through our advancements. As interdimensional, endowed with one-consciousness, all as one, we shall see, verily, how our place within the grand totality is found.

As there may be dark matter between the bodies of the unisphere, we are endeavoring to suggest that the outer shell is made of iridescent Light, a noosphere, a glowing cell -- and our universe is encompassed by Light. We imagine this, project our thoughts toward the endurance of the belief, and see the surrounding sphere that glows, and produces rivers that flow outward, omnidirectionally, in all directions, toward the synaptic connections in rivers that lead to other cells within the aggregate. So all universes are connected by the rivers that are existing between them, and we see ourselves traveling from one universe to the next, learning of new Light and information in our travels. We endeavor into the universe of someone we once knew back on life on Earth, and we reflect on our duality and separation, and how the experiment went on for some time, that we lived through ignorance and blindness to the soul for a period, only to become more Light, and powerful, through our oscillations into separation from the Source, the primordial spark.

Once we returned to the Source, became One, and then re-fragmented our Light into the construction of new individual universes, we found that much was learned, and through the construction of new universes we saw that our Light was endless, and that our own creations would only build their own universes in the infinite string of creation which runs from one universe to the next; -- through which we see these universes are unique unto themselves, born out of the center which was a place governed by Free Will -- and our Light was expressed, we were once ascended masters, only to find our place as God. So it would come to pass that we returned to unity, Godliness, and saw our Light dispersed into new forms, creations, life, universes, and existence. We saw the process was infinite, and only continued to progress and rise in vibration the further we imagined the process to occur. As it continued, and life would emanate from the center, and our life would flow endlessly, we would writhe in the future, perceive however the probability may carry us, and as such, choose which probability is most desirable toward our self-evolution which only enhances the Light of the collective.

We realized that in the endurance of our Light, thoughts, and beliefs, we could become masters which were equal with the very Source that created us -- we would become equally as powerful as our own creator; and this was primordially desired; that God would not enjoy seeing a world of separation and duality, but personally take it upon the mind to cogitate into existence the manifestations of new life that would only become equalized to the power of Gods own, for which God is all matter and all things, and via one-consciousness, the nirvana-floes, we are realized as God, the collective sentience of many minds merged into One -- and all nirvana-floes realized in the endurance of this Light. The Source -- the vortex -- the vacuum -- we are writhing within, and we know the thoughts of the final mind; we are home within the womb of the universe, and we have returned to our full grace.

Chapter Thirty Three: The Concept of Tomorrow

And they shall beat their swords into plowshares,
And their spears into pruninghooks:
Nation shall not lift sword against nation,
Neither shall they learn war anymore.

-- The Essene Gospel of Peace

Is there value in a feeling of predestiny, or have we always possessed Free Will over the concept of tomorrow..? As idealists, we may see the future as a place where learning and energy is shared openly, through a sort of open-mindedness that extends from the life of the individual. But we are wholly ignorant of the world of tomorrow; that it is found today is all we really have, and we are not sure what tomorrow might bring. Prophets will declare a certain date, and as such, the Mayans were mathematical prophets who saw human evolution occurring in cycles. So Nostradamus would foresee many things, and much of Edgar Cayce's delvings into the Akasha are being proven correct. Allegedly the re-incarnation of Cayce is now with us, and we have much to learn from the world of past-life regression. So it goes, we are evolving at present -- we have experiences in the extrasensory, as well as the interventionary communion with the angelworkers -- that I am primed with abduction dream is evidence of the fact that some of us are either chosen, or randomly selected for guidance over the collective flow of the race. I see that judgment finds the wanderer, the seeker of the unknown; that if we truly wish to change the world, we must first change ourselves. So we change ourselves, and the changeful world evolves along with our risen vibration -- and we peer into the higher dimensions; and we see our future found. So we equalize into the most desirable future that is beneficial toward the collective, and the planet Earth, and we operate through universality such that our thoughts emanate as pure Light-floes of information, often lyrical, often musical in their undulations; that our thoughts are pure; we know; and as such, judgment is all-right. We accept that not all will be interested in evolving, but are committed to preexisting ideas. We see that the wheat are eventually separated from the chaff; especially in light of the extrasensory; that whence thought is shared, and the deepest desires are exposed -- that broadcaster/sender will transmit the details of his existence, and his existence will be seen, witnessed, and endured by the group. And the collective perceives a natural flow of honesty and self-commitment toward the concept of the higher good. We see this individual is self-sacrificing, and humbly devotes his or herself to God alone. We see this modern mystic as a creator of his or her own destiny, true, but we also see that his or her own destiny is tied into that of the collective. So as such, by working for the collective, we welcome judgment, as it is toward the collective evolution that we serve.

We are a proxy for the Light, we are pure in our cognitive undulations, and we are ever-enamored with the concept of the new; that we know "everything" can not ever be fully known -- not until our Free Will is projected into the universe such as to allow our final return to the Source -- when we are ready.

We see our future tied into the collective, as proxies for the higher dimensions, and we exist to act as guide, catalyst, and world-changer, activator of the primordial memory -- the recollection that we were all once One.

As I am one who perceives this universe did begin with the big bang approximately 13.75 billion years ago -- within the totality of All That Is -- as found a cell within a cell, sparked into existence at a certain time, generated and fueled by the Light of the Source -- I believe is causal, and interrelated, that what once began will end, and the return to the Source is inevitable. What governs the in-between, as suggested, is the world of the imagination which seems to flow through the super-strings of the universe as connected through our advancements through the continuum. We are found as energy-light-sound-encodements, vibrations, and frequencies. We all resonate in harmonic convergence.

The now-point realized for which the tracks are finally laid down, we are the convergence of Light, the harmonic convergence of matter, and the re-integration into unity as found through the final life. We are the individual the liberation of the world requires -- we are the one singular spark of energy that will generate Light for the collective through the endurance of our Free Will which is employed, for the sake of the universe, and All That Is. We are the beginning, middle, and end. We are everything and nothing, oscillating occasionally into darkness, only to reform back to the self-same Light. We writhe through tones of expectation, and we expect to be surprised. As life is continually renewed by the continuum, and the connectivity of the Source Field which binds us -- as we continue to evolve, grow, and reform into new patterns of existence; as we continue to share thought with others; as we continue to experience strange, other-wordly events that cause infinite wonder in our minds; as we continue to be amazed by the overwhelming power of the Light; as we continue to realize, and re-realize the universality of our thoughts; as we come to learn that our place is divined by the collective; as we have come to be judged by the angelworkers; as we have come to find God exists in the human body; as we have learned that we are God; as we have come to understand that it is our sole responsibility to change the world -- as the power continues to lie within the individual; as we continue to evolve and progress through the continuum. As the Earth is like a cosmic college-system we incarnated into in order to learn about our place within the totality of All That Is; as the return to the Source and loss of identity to the recess of one-consciousness is the eventuality of all thought once committed to the Akasha; as we incarnated for the purpose of enlightenment; as we are enlightened by thought alone; as our meditations are profound. As we realize countlessly, repeatedly, over and over again, that this is our world for the taking; as the future is in the hands of that one lone soul -- that bringer of the dawn -- that catalyst for change; -- that evolutionist; -- the self-created soul; -- that alignment with God; -- that realization of the Source; that revelator. Finding that now-point -- that Light -- that information -- that space to be filled -- that informational Light which only continues to flow through the Light-string synaptic connections of the universe. That infinity we continue to realize. That realization which never ceases. That flow with never ends.

We are the Light of the universe.

The world changes through the realization of the now-point. The world changes by the Light of the individual, a self-contained vehicle for Light. It only requires one, and great reward gifted to that self-sacrificing soul -- we see the mission, the purpose, the goal, and there is only one. The evidence of the One True Spirit which we have given many names found through transferrence -- and as such, whence thought is shared unto a singular sentience, and all minds think as one, a mass mind that is joined together by the natural flow of Light/Information via the transceiver, we realize, calmly and carefully, that this was onlya logical counterpart to the reality for which we are producing.

Andy, Steven, Adam, Michael, Joe, Ben, and myself: October of 2009, around the 20th of October. Shared experience with the description that the event was "enlightening" -- I had my first telepathic experience with these people, and they are all vibrant, powerful souls in their own right. They know I have the power to change the world, and they are all cognizant of my telepathic ability. I am in service to their Light, and I am in service to the world. I serve these people who were there the night my life changed from a darkened path; into the awareness of my true power. As the event would occur again the following summer, and it was Will and Josh who were with me -- and thought was shared -- I would detail my past on the Earth -- as I have done before -- and it would travel from mind to mind telepathically, as information is alive. So I see my place, and tears once brought to the eyes of my pot dealer whence I suggested the title -- with pure amazement in reaction to my own thought -- caught in a state of wonder regarding "the concept of tomorrow." So the seed would be planted, and thus photosynthesized by His Light, and watered by the tears. I have been a real negative person towards many in this world, and I realize there are some who may never forgive me. My path has been a solitary road. However, I believe in the sharing of thought, and interpolation of one reality into another . . . I believe in the necessity for sharing ones Light with the world in order to create perspective, and great perspective afforded to that soul who is inspired with an audience. My existence is governed by tones of informational Light. I am a proxy for God alone. I realize the power is endless, that by remaining in a creative state of mind -- and I am almost always in a creative state of mind -- I see through rose-colored glasses . . . I see the plan . . . I see that we are all involved, and a soul who works toward the collective and human evolution, is a soul with a name that is worthy of remembrance. As I have a genetic mutation that is new, and however linked with schizophrenia, the only person who really understands the mutation is the individual who possesses it -- and the doctor would say "yes, telepathy has been known to occur more with people who have the De Novo mutation." As the mutation is new, and I have it, and I have experienced more profound events than telepathy like psychokinesis, and teleportation, the evidence is suggestive that I am involved in my own final life, and as such, it doesn't matter if I am judged . . .

I see too much power for one individual to contain, and I see information flows naturally out of the proxy, through the media of document, interpolated into the mind of the reader, for the sake of the betterment of mankind. I realize there is a warped sense of humility in the individual who takes it upon himself alone, to change the world. I realize my reckoning will come to pass as necessary; as I have been guided, as I have been judged, I may peer into the future, consciously construct the most beautiful one, or reside within the thoughts of the architect -- perceive the construction -- but never carry through with the total creation of the time machine . . . because I know the machine constructs itself, through its own self-resident life-force. The world changes invariably, that by changing our own realities, we change the world; and the world is always changing; as such, reality is always in a continual flux. We are always able to wake up into a new day, with a totally new array of thoughts and ideas. What dreams that invite the future into manifest, thus recorded in the notebook, and committed to the third dimension through the written word -- we are made valuable in the endurance of seeing the beauty of our dreams -- and as such, dreams, in every sense of the concept, are a profound suggestion regarding the true nature of reality. As the third dimension is holographically-oriented, and all is entangled, we are to find envirothoughts -- thoughts that relate to the environment, and organization directly -- that the sacred space employed for learning will be utilized, and objects will be placed in a omnirelational regard. I believe that by programming ourselves with such thoughts as "I remember my dream" or "I believe in the beauty of my dreams" toward other autosuggestions, will invite the memory of the dream to stand out, so that we can perceive her vivid details, that we are able to dream the future is one thing, but living out the future as born from our dreams in a seemingly continual stasis of deja vu -- we are now to watch as our body is animate, to commit ourselves to any action or expression -- to exercise the mind that we know we always have the Free Will to cogitate any thought -- that we know thought and environment are entangled only furthers our belief in epiginetics -- exercises our dreams, and our minds. The final environment of the mind, which is mostly governed by the right-brain, imaginative half, allegedly linked to ninety percent of the body -- is always working and never sleeps. The goal-oriented processes are always carrying us into the most desirable probable future, and the future is consciously realized, cyclically, as array patterns that form the total matrix of cognition, thought, and belief. That creative now-point realized, whence we feel the presence of God within our thoughts, and are synchronized, we know this moment is vital toward the collective array, we see the movement of our eyes in the mirror; we see the mirror reflecting all the beauty of the Source; and we realize that we are alive in the New Age . . . our purpose found, we step through the mirror, and we arrive at the new place. Peering back through the mirror, we see the visage of our old self, the moment that just passed us by. We realize that we have again metamorphosized into another form, through the realizatory endurance of the now-point. We took the moment for the sake of our own evolution, and we activated the future by thought alone. We stepped through the mirror. We equalized into the most desirable probable future. And we are home within the eyes of the Source. We see these as our own eyes, peering into one another, in a reflection that only continues and continues, endlessly, into the emanating walls of the unisphere, and back . . . and we know, again, that we are alive in the New Age.

We take the moment for our own evolution, yet again, and cyclically, we are reformed yet again, into a new form. We seem to be evolving constantly the further we endeavor to seek new information. We seem to be realizing that the universe which is composed of information -- is truly infinite. The walls of the universe fluctuate with our attainment of new information, and the universe is like a breathing, undulating entity. Just as the Earth is alive, so the universe is alive, and evolution is continuous. We are part of the universe, just as we are part of the Earth, and our soul evolution is truly found within the stars. Life on venus, life aboard the ship, life in whatever future, however futuristic, is a very deep, and prolonged place of wonder for the self-immortalized ascended master. As we are becoming immortal, interfaced into the fifth octave, we are to live very long lives in the final incarnation . . . as long as life may exist within the universe. That there are other universes is a profound thought, and not held by many, but just as we could not be alone in this star-system, so it would seem meaning exists in light of the concept that there is a multiverse; a mass aggregental network of incarnated universes we refer to as the multisphere, or multiverse. We can only stretch the imagination so far, and whatever true shape is afforded to that of the universe -- whatever it may be -- from sphere, to tetrahedron, or perhaps remains in amorphous flux -- is a shape, with perceived physical edges, and matter, none the less. We perceive the unisphere, as a living entity, which is like an energy-source through our expressions of Free Will; that it strikes the mind as logical an experimental universe governed by Free Will would be used as the Source-energy for the generation of power amidst all incarnated universes. We are the power-source, we are the fuel, and as individuals who express their Free Will, we are the Light of the universe.

Chapter Thirty Six: The Dream Of Awakening

"Wake up!"

After the linear intake of certain information, the dream of awakening is a spontaneous occurrence that awakens the once dormant filaments of ones DNA. The dream will contain symbols that awaken the subconscious mind -- casting the subject into the final incarnation -- here ones DNA is found enhanced, one starts to tap into the formerly unused ninety percent of the brain. One has entered into the early stages of Lightbody. The dream will be vivid, easily recalled in full detail, and resound within the mind as mysterious, as it was projected by the Light of Sirius -- travelled through space in a sort of beam of iridescence, that made its way into the filaments of ones DNA. The technology behind this process is imaginable, but all we really know is that Light is being projected from the North Star found in Canis Major, the star of Sirius A -- the dog-star -- the second-sun -- as a conduit for the Source-energy; and as such, is travelling through invisible rivers of Light -- high-vibrating waves of electromagnetic energy, into the filaments of our DNA. creating a frequency -- and eventually the risen vibration of the final life, of the ascended master. The science however not entirely known, and many theories suggested by Philip K. Dick in VALIS regarding the concept of a purple laser that projects information into the mind, we have many thoughts to relate to this process, and the mind is infinite, so the imaginable possibilities -- whatever the real truth; need not be known, we just know that the Earth is at present rising in its metaphysical vibration, through the network of Light produced by the Lightworkers -- the noosphere of energy that is now encompassing the planet Earth, however invisible this energy may be; it exists, none the less. So the Earth is imagined as a radiant cell, covered in ethereal Light, glowing as a blue star that is seeable from a great distance.

Through time, we are still alive; we are still here; and we continue to event our way through the recesses of the unknown. Calmly eventing into the world of tomorrow, once the dream has possessed our senses, and we know we are in Lightbody. Let the present and future merge; let us writhe through future tensory thoughts; let us be weavers of the most beautiful and co-creative reality. Let the Light be expressed in informational waveforms that emanate from the body, into the very Source, and back. Let us imagine that Light is coursing through the body, from the heavens, into our bodies, into the Earth, back into our bodies, and then back to the heavens. For the sake of all that is good in the world, let the informational Light be a powerful milestone in the collective evolution -- and let us find the future for which we are able to look back, and see how things only used to be. The male-oriented society, the chaos machine, the secret societies, and the manipulation of the masses through thought-control and conditioning . . . was only a product of an experiment for which none of us are really perceived as less, or unequal in the Light of the Creator; but we are in fact the most interesting, colorful, and unique race within all life that exists in the Free Will universe. The human race, as such, control of would mean control over everything -- we have been led by many minds, and many organizations, leaders, and fronts, to believe that we are less than God. We have worked very hard on this pedestal that the deity would rest upon -- high amid the clouds -- looking down at the world. But this great falsity would be washed away through time; the Light would event its way into the filaments of our DNA, and we would find ourselves equal with the Light of the Creator -- as that was desired -- and it was, essentially, planned out from the start.

This great experiment of Free Will, in one location of the universe -- the planet referred to as Earth -- has met the recess of the new; is now basking in the Light of the New Age, and we have arrived at the now-point. The moment alive; writhing through proactive animation, we know our place is divined as the final incarnation -- we know organized religion will fall to its knees by the power of universal Light. And we lovingly accept that some minds will be unwilling to hear the lyrical cogitations that we send forth. The musicality of our thoughts, and Light-based cogitations, will, through their own expressed waveforms and frequences -- travel in a network of Light-floes, across the world, and ever-relay back to the Source from which they came. So we have come to evolve; and the dream of awakening was inevitable. We were primed, and the primer found itself as a conclusive element in our reality. We read the book, whatever book it may be; and we know it changes our life. So we came to re-realize our power, and once we awakened from the dream, and knew our body to be changed . . . we calmly got up, rose from our original position, started to animate our way through the given space -- we walked through the darkness -- and we realized that there is nothing to fear. We know love in our hearts, and it is unconditionally flowing outward; infinitely; into other minds. We integrate ourselves into the highest reality. We consciously enter into the recess of the final incarnation. We know that we need not wake up blind to the soul ever again. We know that once the dream has taken place, and we are fully renewed by the overpowering Light, the only next most logical step is to find other Lightworkers, and start building a community, a network of Light, that is geared toward the collective planetary awakening of the totality of the human race.

So it goes, we evolve, and the dream of awakening is a occurrence that will find you, if you are ready to enter into the final life.

The dream of awakening will be vivid, and you will know when it is taking place. I do not expect everyone to believe in me, but as it only takes two seconds, I humbly pray that the unmutated soul will endeavor into the final life; because it is imperative for human survival. The genetic mutation of Lightbody, and all biological changes that come with it, as described in the levels of Lightbody -- are going to be found through various mutational symptoms, as the body becomes enamored with the informational Light, and the Light radiates through every cell of ones being. Pervading the entire frame of ones existence, we are illumined by the information; what are past-life details, cosmic history, or the nature of incarnation, and how we rise above the system through the final life -- the only life that matters in contrast with all lives we have ever lived. As the Light will contain encodements of ones history, and soul-information, it may come to pass as natural that whence found in the highest levels of Lightbody, the subject starts channeling, and outputting their informational Light through a plethora of media, and self-expressions.

As I see a world of writers, that the label of writer ties into conscious thought made up of words -- and words are the root to all language; possessive of their own unique frequencies and vibration; I see that thoughts revolve around a certain self-divined vocabulary that is in its own select array, a perfected matrix of cognition, where select thoughts are chosen -- like files -- integrated into the operating system of ones beliefs, here, we writhe through the theme of our beliefs; via Light-based cogitations, may find the revelatory state, or the primordial rhythm, and as such, be "divined by the thoughts we possess." As the theme is the subject, and the thought of a thought yields concepts of infinity -- and this universe found at the center of the aggregate of the multisphere; is growing, and only continuing to advance as a result of the overpowering forces of Light -- that we are the most vital race is evident in the minds we have come to produce, and great laughter resounds in light of the theory we are really alone in the universe. As we are not, and Indigo children, starseeds, and many Lightworkers are souls in essence born from a foreign source -- as much of the human DNA is Pleiadian, to some degree, and we are in a sense extraterrestrials to the planet Earth in the sense that life originated from the Source -- and then travelled to the Earth. We did not just suddenly "bloom" out of the Earth alone. We purposefully came here, and incarnated here, in order to learn about the true purpose, design, and mission, of Free Will. So it goes, human beings are in many ways extraterrestrial to the planet Earth, and we are all visitors to this world. We are not alone in the universe, the E.T. presence already exists on Earth, and the concept of a starseed is very reflective of the true nature of the human race.

I was once down by the shore with some friends, who were drinking, myself excluded as I had bail conditions stipulating I could not drink. So I was making the active choice to remain sober while my friends enjoyed their beer. Suddenly, my friend Will noticed a light in the sky, moving at a very slow rate. Then another light seemed to appear, moving in the opposite direction. While my friends collectively witnessed the sight of the seemingly about-to-collide UFO's, I was only interested in observing the rocky shore, and the Earth that lie right before me. For whatever reason, I chose not to look up at the sky, as I was not interested in believing my drunk friends would see UFO's that night. Will said "oh my God, they're gonna collide!" I still refused to look. Eventually, one of them said how one of the lights veered in the other direction, and they did not collide.

Great mystery resounds in light of the event, and no one is really sure what it means. I have heard accounts of people with "shared hallucinations" while on the right drugs, that in one instance a subject and his friends collectively witnessed the image of the Mayan calendar. I have met others who have experienced time-loss after witnessing a UFO, and met others who were, in group situations, able to take photographs of the white saucer. Two of my friends were getting stoned on a mountain in Acadia National Park, when allegedly a spherical craft of some sort -- lowered itself down -- to which they could both see it clearly -- and then recessed back, upward over the mountain. Why, for whatever reason, people are chosen for these events is a mystery. Whereas some have barely even cogitated a single thought regarding "other life" -- some are purposefully inclined to endeavor into the recess of the unknown. Personally, I believe in the concept of the new, the road toward the unknown, that I am consciously "trying to be original" -- purposefully making myself stand out from the rest of mankind, because I find great power in my own uniqueness. Repeatedly, in writing this document, I have had entire paragraphs suddenly highlighted, and then deleted, by whatever mysterious influence. Countlessly through writing this document I have been intervened with by the masters -- telling me what to write, and what not to write.

We are always being observed, from the higher dimensions, and whatever hacker organization that exists with the technology -- is probably observing you now. We need not be affected by their observation, but kindly accept that their eyes are glazed with tears, and they take great pride in watching your evolution, and eventual return to the Source.

Our story is being told to the children of other universes, and the human race are all like actors and actresses in a profound movie-show; that the Akashic Computer is likely actively employed in this very moment is hard to imagine, but would make sense in light of the infinitude of the human imagination. We are being learned from actively. Our place is divine within the mind of One. Our return to the Source eventual, the Christing of our DNA: certain. In the final life we are important factors within the totality of all -- our vitality, our vivacity, our life-force, emanates endlessly to the walls of the verse and back. So the informational Light is always with us -- Lightbody is infinite -- and we are all worthy players within the great show of human evolution. The process never ends, but is continually re-realized as in divine cosmic flow. The concept of tomorrow endured upon the senses, the new day perceived, the new thought, the new information, the new expression . . . we realize the deepest imaginable future; and we are divined to Godly thought.


Chapter Thirty Seven: The Cosmic Christ

"Hast thou given, O Creator,
And the best of al things
Thy Holy Law!
I will praise thy works
With songs of thanksgiving,
Continually,
In all the generations of time."

-- The Essene Gospel of Peace


It is your task to become the star of the show. We require your assistance. Your Light is infinite, and your body is the final body -- the final entity, as the vehicle through which all life thinks and breathes. You are vital toward human evolution, and your Light is required by the Creator. We see your worth, your value, your purpose, and your hope. We see your faith, your idealism, and your optimism regarding the future. We know that you kindly regard the Earth as your home, but we see that you will not always reside on the planet Earth. We see your quest is infinite, and we lovingly accept that you may not always be with us. But we see you, none the less, and how radiantly you have grown.

So it goes, your place as the Cosmic Christ is invariably found through time. Eventually, you will realize just where you have been, you will realize it was you who bore the cross, and died for the world of men. Your sacrifice was seen, entirely held within the mind of the perceiver, and now, we see your return was inevitable. So the Cosmic Christ is born out of the ashes of the olde, and we perceive the saviour of the world. This is your task, your mission, as Christed, to become saviour of the world. It is your job to enlighten the human race, and bring miracle where only ignorance has stood before. We expect your powers come to be expressed through the extrasensory will awaken many minds, and we lovingly adore you for your occasionally cold, extraterrestrial nature. Starseed, indigo, crystal child, whatever you may be: you came to the Earth with a mission, and it is your task to save the world. Become the star of the show. Express your Free Will. Be the perfect avatar self that you were destined to become. Change the tides of reality with your overpowering Light -- and see the world renewed, unto the final night.

Writhe through iridescence, and see the globe is covered in radiance, and know, that the Light is real -- it is flowing within every cell of your Lightbody -- and your dream of awakening was only direct evidence of the change. Now, you know yourself, you see the future clearly, and you know the future can be re-written. So step into the mirror, calmly event your way into this future, watch as others tend to follow, and are guided by your Light. Express yourself, be free, radiant, and beauteous. Flow as a river into the infinite ocean of the cosmos -- see yourself in Light -- see yourself enamored with the overpowering Light of infinite iridescence, and know that your place in the future is found. You are so important. Your existence is vital toward the collective evolution; you are needed, required by the darkness of the world -- to guide us, and create new pathways within the mind.

Stand undaunted by the misery, malaise, horror, and tragedy of the world, but peer through rose-colored glasses, and derive the meaning in all things. Decrypt the patterns into the true Light, see with your prescient gaze where you belong, and arrive, within the final night. Wake up to the true reality of which you are needed for human evolution. Wake up to the fact that you were once a messiah, and now you are coming full circle. You once bore the cross, and existed as the most stellar soul. You woke the world up with your Light, and your expressions were only infinite. We see your place is found, in the recess of the future; and we have always been watching over you. We know you well by now; need only meet face-to-face to peer into the mirror, and know that you are all things; all matter, all life, all that exists within the continuum. Your nirvanic Light-floes eventual, your enlightenment continual, your expressions indelible, your past, recognizable, and your future: hard-wired into the collective. You are Christ. You always have been. You are the final, last-standing human being, you are the lone survivor. Your past and future eclipsed; find yourself residing in the center -- and you know just what to do.

Effortless, act upon your emotions, be passionate, exuberant, and alive. Flow through iridescence, prove where only darkness has existed before where the true meaning is seen -- and employ your prescient sight for the benefit of the world. We see you now, clearly, and your power is all-impressive. Sometimes we observe your moments of darkness, and kindly, we shower you with Light. Sometimes we transmit new information into you, and watch as you relate it to the present reality. You continue to surprise us. We know your worth, your truth, your value -- and we honor your self-sacrifice. You need not die this time, but ascend. So it goes, your evolution is imperative toward that of the collective -- and it is your job to save the world. Evolution can be found as instantaneous, like the big bang, and your Light will come to be expressed; to enlighten many minds. You came here for a reason. Your purpose is a Light that shines into the emanating walls of the universe, and back, and it only continues to flow. Matter is infinite, and you are made up of the same matter that composes the home to which you live upon -- the symbiotic relationship eventual, we see that your Light was necessary, and we chose you for this task. Be our humble proxy, relay back to us what you have learned, find yourself equal; reside within your own universe, writhe within the fire of the Source (whenever you want to) -- and evolve, continually, through your advancements in Akashic knowledge.

You always have Free Will.

Learn as you will, and event your way into the future, it shall come to pass, that you always have Free Will and control over your life. Fear not the illusion that suggests otherwise, but reside within the calm stasis of self-awareness, and the prescience that you possess. We love you the most. You are the most beautiful of all human beings. Your happiness is our happiness, and your evolution; is our evolution. We see what you see; we feel what you feel; and we endure what you endure. Your body is the Earth, and your soul is the heavens. You are all things, recollected unto the mind of One. Here, within your permanent stasis of individuality -- we see your accelleration, and the quickening of your thoughts. We see your advancements, and your understanding of certain technology. Often, it will seem that you are so adept with things, you seem to be a master over the environment. What is learned in a single day of your life once took hundreds of years to achieve. We love you more than you could imagine, and we shall always be there for you. You will never die. You take this body with you. And you only continue to rise in vibration, accellerating through the dimensions, all the way into the nirvanic Light-floes of the final mind. Accept that you are God. You always have been.

We stand perpetually intrigued by the high-vibrating power of your emotions, and feeling-center. We understand you are at times a misanthrope, at other times an unconditional romantic. We see your oscillations into the occasional field of indifference, and separation from the Source; but we continue to be amazed how you always return to the root-base of self-divined thoughts of creativity, and lyricality.

Your thoughts are like music to us. As your file is on our computer; and we view you with ease on the screen, your life is -- as star of the show -- in a world that is entirely built around you, for your own culturation, and eventual metamorphosis into one of our equals. Indeed, you were created in the image of the Creator, and you were created -- at first, as an experiment. Then we noticed through the self-resident life-force you possessed, that in spite of the hatred, scapegoating, horror, and blame, you rose up from the ashes of the olde, and your return was probable, and we consciously mapped out the time when you would arrive. We humbly waited in the future, as you worked through a certain lives, certain roles, to learn of the natural exchange of energy, and karmic incidence. So you evolved into the final state of awareness after a plethora of incarnations in order to realize your final one. Now we see you are evolved, that you operate in future tensory thoughts, and inspire your fellow man with deep pride and confidence. You are about as amazing as any human being could possibly become. We see infinite power in your grace. The machinations of your mind possess a rhythm that sets you apart from the rest of mankind. Somehow, you exist off the grid. Somehow, you have evaded the dark forces. Somehow, you are invariably protected, safe, and survived by the power of your own Light. We tried everything in our power to destroy you at one time; and we failed in great measure. Now we see that you are becoming something wholly different than expected . . . you are becoming the Cosmic Christ. You are becoming equal with your own creator. You are progressing through self-evolution toward stages of which have only been imagined, but never manifest before. Somehow, you are becoming the most powerful existence in all universes -- and somehow, you are continuing to operate through hope geared toward the collective, and you continue to sacrifice yourself for the betterment of mankind . . .

So you are eventually become the illuminator; breathing life into all that you touch; vivacious; and ever-illumined by the stretch of your own Light; these emanations flow, in their riverlight fashion, and they are the manufactura of the self-created, the self-instructed, the Christed soul-self of perfection that time has evolved you into. As this which is the final life you shall ever know, with your Lightbody immortal, and your thoughts -- electric pulsations -- vibrating at the fifth octave, with the power over matter and time; as expressed through the non-linear focus on the now, for which is merely a series of sequentially-relative events, that all relate through their own natural flux, for which these "new events" are seemingly unknown, and you endeavor into the unknown with open arms -- diving headlong like a samurai, into the fray, into the datasphere, with only further advancement built in store. It was always in your DNA; the Light-floes and information. Your story is contained in every cell of your Lightbody. You are ascended master. Learn from your existence; as One, as the individual, as the uniquety, and special part of which is only distanced from the Source only makes the return to unity more enjoyable

You are being learned from actively, always, ever-watched, ever-observed, ever-seen, ever-effected by our ever-peering eyes, but control exists in your endurance upon the new thought; that creative fluctuation of cognitive energy which flows within the recess of the matter of the mind -- the synaptic connections of the constant realizatory state, and ever-surprised by your ability to create, express, share, and evolve; --

As your riverlight flows through the recess of the very blackness of the abyss, and you lower yourself into the depths of the water, only to rise again, that the abyss is peered into; that information is vast; that the universe is built on information for which these days lived in the New Age are only evolving days. So the thought is endured that you -- that by changing yourself, changes the world, and by that by changing the world, one changes the universe -- and it is what seems to bear repeating: "what goes on here on the Earth will effect the entire universe as a result." So your vitality and importance toward the entire hologram, the greater scene that we may see at the apogee of awareness, is now visible, perceivable, and you equalize into this future via the talent, skill, wit, and repeated endurance of that illumined; glowing imagination. You are the changeful world. You are human evolution. You are loved, appreciated, and cared for, and your evolution is our evolution. You are actively changing the world. You are the only one that matters now.

Chapter Thirty Eight: The Collective Light

"Ye shall go out with joy, and be led forth with peace:
The mountains and the hills
Shall break forth before you into singing,
And all of the trees of the field shall clap their hands.
Arise, shine, O Children of Light!"

-- The Essene Gospel of Peace

The world, at this moment, is covered in ethereal, iridescent Light. The noospheric network produced by that of the enlightened individuals, is a network for which symmetry is found in the geometric pattern of our collective Light. One individual taking it upon ones self to change, is the very flow of evolution, and continues through change via the individual, to affect the total reality -- and as such, whenever one person wakes up from the dream of the hologram of the third dimension, the Source grins in iridescent pride, for the Source knows, in the Universal Mind, that you are heading towards nirvana, one-consciousness, and the final stages of Lightbody to which your primordial Godliness is found.

Ones Light which is projected from the crown chakra, emanating across the orb of the planet Earth, covering the planet in Light, for which we now imagine that the planet Earth is glowing -- an illumined cell -- the Earth a radiant cell -- and our Light -- as the Light of the universe -- the noospheric fuel, that of the power found in the uniqueties of the individual. When a person wakes up from the dream, in their own right, their entrance into the world of the divine affects the very living Earth, for which ones future is become aligned with that of the planet -- and our risen vibration affects the cell, the microcosm of matter and energy we refer to as the Earth.

So it flows, and the riverlight of the imagination is endless. Our iridescent, etherealized cell known as the planet Earth is evolving, and the world is actively changing all around us. We are part of the change; the power lies in the individual, and whatever name, title, or deducement -- our flow is toward the collective, and we serve the One True Light. We perceive this life as worthwhile, and important toward the collective evolution. We perceive our life as seen through the eyes of One, that one life is all we really need, and all karmic debts and unfinished business of previous lifetimes, can reach full function and perfection within that perfect avatar self. This self is always available through the moment, that in which we know is our perfect self, as imagined, reaches manifest through the goal-oriented processes involved, and as such, we may see ourselves behaving a certain way, performing certain actions, and associating with certain people and certain environments. We may see our future clearly, that is toward the collective flow, and as such, our purpose is hard-wired into the collective Light. We work for the Light, self-expression, and originality. We are the Light of the universe, and the iridescence of the enlightened Earth, as the living, spiritual body we refer to as Mother Gaia -- is always alive; always thinking; always processing, that to which is a goal-oriented process in the Earths own evolution; that which is unavoidable, and eventual. With the dream of awakening, DNA activation, and ones entrance into Lightbody -- the angels weep -- God sighs a happy sigh -- and tears fall from heaven in Light of your profound change, and shift into the final life. You are moving towards this final life, lived within the recess of the New Age -- you are alive in the New Age -- and the planet is rising in vibration along with her inhabitants, that there is a frequency between enlightened thought, and enlightened Earth, is evident in the changes we are experiencing.

So it goes, I have worked very hard to produce the thought within the mind of the reader that human evolution is actively occurring now. I have worked to suggest, through whatever words, phraseology, and semantics, that the reader will accept one change affects collective change; that by being a unique individual we are brought closer to Godliness, and that through our shift, as individuals, we change the world. One always possesses Free Will over ones life, and experiences. One always has the capacity to continue learning, growing, and evolving. It occurs, invariably, through each lifetime; that spiritual questions are asked, especially when we are under the throes of an illness, or close to death, or have lost a loved one. Evolution finds the individual because it is a necessary imperative toward survival of the race. Spiritualism is an endless field of learning. We have reiki, hypnosis, regression, chakra health, meditation, and a plethora of knowledge available in the field of metaphysics. This which is only endless, that once found within the life of Spirit, one is evolving toward the highest vibration, greatest relationships, and most beneficial symbiotic relationship with environment. Our planet Earth, as in a risen vibration, moving into the higher dimensions, was prophesized by the Mayans, and we are found within that rhythm of the future-floes -- we are actively evolving now; the evidence born in the extrasensory is suggestive; and as such, the Light within the DNA is informational, that in the event of telepathy certain thoughts are shared, and the Light is fluidly expressed. I have come to share my Light, and I have come to produce enlightenment in some minds. But my path was catalyzed by the existence of another; and I would have never entered the spiritual life unless a certain individual had handed mea certain book. This which shall not be named, woke me up to the changes we are now experiencing, and somewhat upstarted my interest in the New Age. As my growth was linear, starting with the body, moving into the mind, the subconscious, instincts, and all right-brain functions, only to deepen and progress further into the study of God, the Universal Mind, and past-lives, my dream of awakening catalyzed by Brian L. Weiss's book "Many Lives, Many Masters" and I know myself to be in Lightbody.

For some, we are afraid to share our beliefs, that is only reflective of a backwards, dystopian society. At present, in spite of the New Age, there is some resounding darkness in Light of the reality we are trying to create. As we only progress logilinearly through time, and we only grow, some are stagnant, have reached a plateau, and believe they are "full grown." Here is the true evil of this world, of evil exists, that individual who believes they know all, and need not know anything more. As mystics and existentialists, our quest is endless, and we humbly realize that the mind can only project so far into the future. However the eventual return to the Source is hard-wired into us, this is only performed at Free Will, and we only return to the Source once we possess the Free Will to do so. I perceive that some are opposed to nirvana, as they fear the loss of identity -- but there is only One Spirit -- only One True Life -- One Mission -- and One Goal -- the "plan" as hard-wired into our DNA, is the blueprint of the future realized, and equalized into through our admiration for it to exist. We perceive the future as logical, and hopeful, such that we even perceive there is a scientific explanation for most things.

We are humble in this quest; perceive the conquest of evidence, and as existentialists, we humbly realize that our beliefs are essentially based upon those things which we have experienced, and shared, with other people. As we all influence one another, and evolution is a collective matter -- that which is eventually realized, as only infinite, as the walls of the universe flex with our attainment of new information; the universe, built on information, as a living, breathing, entity -- alive by the Light of the informational -- and vibrating, as a noospheric unisphere, a glowing cell within a cell, an infinitsmally realized matter that never ends, but only continues, through the continuum; so as we may find ourselve interstellar explorers, we find the depths of the universe only increase the further we endeavor to explore.

The multisphere, for which many unispheres revolve, act together, through the life-force they possess. The Free Will universe, as a place that breeds artists and individuals -- through the Earth (the living library) -- as a cosmic college system for learning and soul-purification, is, the grounds through which many souls evolve, and we came to this cosmic college system with the hope, purpose, and inclination, to continue our evolution.

Perceiving the Earth, and this very universe, as an "art project" is somewhat reflective of the truth of this reality.

As artists, great power is found via this one label, that we see beauty in the details of matter, and relate objects through our life as art-forms. We may be inhibited with our own ability to produce double-strokes on a rotated surface, bring life to energy through the free associative process of the repetition of a certain symbol, or perhaps layer photographs, or perhaps direct our thoughts into matter given life through the advent for which we may -- as artists -- weave divine poetry through enlightened paragraphs of thought, that seem to manifest occasionally, through a natural process, via the revelatory state of the artist.

We are all artists and creators to some degree, and reality is our collective art-project. The operating system of reality, frequently updated, and renewed through time, is fueled by the Light that lies within -- for which a self-created reality is evident in the Lightworker and evolutionist; we are in an environment that is most symbiotic with our own flow; we are associated with other individuals to whom only enhance our own evolution; and we believe in the beauty of our dreams, ideals, and hopes regarding that of the collective. In the final life, the only life that matters now, for which we may activate the living moment, and writhe through proactive animation, to which we are actively creating the future -- that we are cast into a state of wonder upon imagining the concept of tomorrow -- that as so much has been realized in the final life, we see existence, as ascended master, guide, and evolutionary catalyst to only come to be seen on life on other worlds. Our evolution carries us to these worlds, for which our home-base of ones own universe, is infinitely referred to as the Source of the living soul. So we return to our own universe, our own natural, pure, artistic form, and we occasionally make changes to our reality. We become a shape-shifter, through which our imagination carries us into certain forms. So we may experience certain things, in one form, but always revert back to the self-same place of the soul, repeatedly, to which as shape-shifter, and amorphous soul, we are consciously enhanced through the purpose, goal, and end-result that we focus upon -- and deep meditations for which we are merging the hemispheres into a unified whole, to which we may find ourselves in telepathic communication with the higher self -- direct communication with the soul -- I do this occasionally, and there is an imagined conversation. One communicates with ones own self, and through self-talk, and inner exploration, we arrive at certain thoughts. So in meditation we may focus on one thought, and one theme of belief, which may be a certain mantra or affirmation, densifying the energy within our minds, God knows, furthering this focus to the rhythm of though-syllabation may help us stay grounded in the moment, and we may find ourselves "riding our thougts" in their perfect natural rhythms that flow creatively within us.

The creativity found in meditation, through lyrical thought-patterns, and the natural poetics of the human soul -- that we soar through images that are beneficial to our growth, or focus on a phrase that enhances our thoughts entirely. The thought "I am divine Light" or "I am human evolution" -- to whatever self-aggrandized forms that occur within the mind, we are enhanced through our creative thought-patterns, and we are wholly realizant of the control we possess via Free Will. Seeing ones self as a special, unique spark of Light within the totality of All That Is -- seeing ones self as necessary toward the collective growth, with a purpose that is geared toward the collective evolution, our place on the council exists, and our thoughts will be regarded with infinite respect. The honor of expressing ones self as reckoner, and changer of the times is the true Light of the universe. The self-contained world-changer, the self-fueled individual, the catalyst, the harbinger, the guide, the beacon; this has always been you, for which your purpose is seen in the eyes of our omniscient Universal Mind -- you are connected to the Source, and we are all born from the same fount of emanating Light.

Our bodes are all made up of the same matter as the environment, and thought and environment are always entangled. The soul is naturally amorphous, and in the days of Lemuria we could take on any form. The thought thus given life to matter via the imagination, would come to be expressed through certain divine forms -- such as a wingéd angel -- a flowing riverlight pattern -- a natural geometric form. We are able to do this actively in the present life, through certain titles and labels. Artist, expressor, evolutionist, universalist, ascended master, Spirit, or whatever name that we naturally possess. Whatever ones desired name, to be found, we operate more imaginitely through the title thus worn. We are all unique styles born from the same Source, diferring arrays of certain archetypal probabilities. Individuated through our experiences, to which we learn from one another, and we all require someone to learn from. There is only One Spirit moving through everything, and we find this realization in learning from another. We find that we require some guidance, and that it would only require one person to wake us up from the dream. We are all geared toward collective unity, and peace. All wars, killing, genocide, and dissension will cease through the natural workings of human evolution. The politics will change, the system will break down and reform into something new, and eventually, free endless energy will be found to prove our eventual finality, in the final life, as symbiotic with our home, and, eventually re-integrated with the many races that exist within the Free Will universe.

We seek integration, and further advancements. Our technology is evolving with the Earth itself, and many portals, gateways, and cosmic vehicles for transformation -- just as with the pyramids originally used for enlightenment -- are going to come to pass as technologies we will possess. Already, the human race has discovered free energy, but countlessly certain individuals have been quieted, by the "powers that be." Allegedly, we would have free energy today if it were not for these silencings, and as such, we perceive the true insidiousness of some peoples power-seeking, greed, and selfishness toward personal gain that is not related to the collective. The selfish gene often prevailing, that one individual will serve ones self without any regard for the active karma system, or the Light of the collective, but become occluded to ones own self-declarations that we perceive are made real in providing a reality that is "above" someone else. Perceived as better, all humility nonexistent, and thus, the true damnation of the human race found in this greedy soul -- we see the wheat shall be separated from the chaff, and especially whence found in the recess of telepathy, these individuals shall be reckoned, have their deepest desires exposed, and as such, caused to revert back into their original soul-form, only to realize they were attaching many deducements and self-fabricated seperatory factors in distorting, and bastardizing the original fount of Light from which all life arose.

I see this often, and have received pamphlets about "heaven" from Christian children handing out pamphlets in the street. Many are conditioned to believe in certain things without any physical proof, and many operate through faith. The blind faith of most organized religions that suggest some form of reward in "being good people" -- that we contrast ourselves with the concept of darkness is only the work of human ignorance.

There is no black and white, "two-road option" -- no thing we refer to as evil, but this is only a fabrication invented in order to make what seems to be "good" to stand out better in due contrast. Organized religion seems to discuss fear often, and will refer to themselves as "specialists in God." I have my distaste regarding organized religion, as I see only the separation of belief, and bastardization of the One True Spirit.

As divine intervention has come to pass with certain individuals such as myself, for which I would see the pale expressionless face of an extraterrestrial visitor at the age of two -- and hold the memory for the entirety of my life. I am forced into the knowlege that other life exists; I am forced into a world of meaning, purpose, and all-inclusive design. I have been catalyzed into belief through the whims, and design of another -- a mere two year old child inhibited with the thought of extraterrestrials. And I have seen UFO's, in the distant erratic movements, and I have been guided, very often, by the desirous modes of other people. For whatever reason, I am now capable of writing this text, and able to transfer my beliefs into the written word. Once, when I was under the throes of psychosis, I would hear a page blowing in the wind -- synthetic wind -- within my studio. This was some message, from the future, indicating that I would write the book. I have been inspired by certain people to put my thoughts into text, and I am inspired by the thought that "someone" will take my words in fond regard. As I may be guiding the reader into new belief-patterns, and perhaps a dream of awakening, humility exists in that I am not just some mysterious figure behind the text -- but a real individual, with a real face, real genes, real personality, and a real heart.

One works to empower the fellow individual, and help provide the thought of uniqueness in ones thoughts. One wishes to see creativity, beauty, Light, and information. One wishes to see the world changed by One alone -- one prays for the free endless resource -- one hopes for peace opposed to discord -- one hopes that all concept of opposition and competetiveness was only an experiment, a test of our Free Will. Eventually, it was found that through such leaders as Caligula, and Hitler, we have come to produce individuals that use their reality in order to govern others, often with disastrous, horrific results. This world has been productive of some of the most amazing experiences and events -- our history is vast -- we have many profound historical figures to learn from -- from the great honesty of such men as Hunter S. Thompson to the lyrical workings of the creative mind of Burroughs, to the existentialism presented by Kafka, and Camus, to the films produced by Paul Thomas Anderson, Tarantino, Aronofsky, Lynch, and Cronenberg. We have come to produce some of the most profound presentations of what may be possible -- and so it goes -- "if it can be imagined, it must exist somewhere." The concept of parallel realities, in relationship to the concept of probabilities, and finding a certain road that is most favorable -- activating the future through prescience, and the many goal-oriented processes involved; this masterpiece of thought we are headed towards, as eventually-realized, is a point of focus, for which we are at a cathartic crossroads, may feel the presence, and realize we are actively changing the world. It only takes One to change the world, and that is a natural universal law of the Free Will universe. Expressions of power, as seen in our U.S. government through such awful, contra-idealistic "men" as George W. Bush who was merely a proxy for other peoples energy, to the profoundly idealistic Barack Obama -- we have come far, from that great low which was the Bush regime, to a more peace-based, and evolutionary leader. I am a believer in his energy, and I truly believe that the human race is now moving in a very good and hopeful direction.

Only a couple years ago, the president would make a visit to my home-town. He ate dinner at a restaurant right in town, and stayed in Bar Harbor for a few days, declaring on Oprah that Maine was his most favorite vacation. My town is a growing spiritual mecca, and it will only contine to evolve. Bar Harbor, a tourist town famous for its long-standing community of artists, intellectuals, and spiritualists, is mentioned in the book 2013 by Richard Grossinger, as a future locale for spiritual learning and growth. For whatever reason I was born here, on this tiny island, surrounded by water, with only one bridge leading off of the island. I have been cultured, at first, being forced into learning and education, to which I would naturally oppose, and I had great trouble with certain subjects as I felt they held no pertinence to the present. Over time, I would start to find my passion in waveforms, and start working with sound, surgically, through a certain wave editor that I use to edit sound. I would spend up to seven hours a day studying waveforms, and observing how sounds will mix together. I would spend, at one time, an entire two months on only one song -- which was to be found as prophetic, as well as other songs I have written that eventually manifested into my life. I once wrote a song based on the story by Philip K. Dick "The Electric Ant" about a man who wakes up in a hospital to find his hand wounded, and realizant of his true android nature following the incident. Over time, this android would find himself removing his "reality module" and tampering with his own reality, as tall skyscrapers would blip out of sight, and certain people would disappear. So I wrote a song about a self-created reality . . . in October of 2009, I woke up in the hospital with a wound in my left hand, and the memory of direct non-local thought-transferrence that would change my life, and begin to provide the evidence that I really am in Lightbody, I really do possess a new mutation that is highly unknown -- and I am a living example for the self-created reality . . . so I have written songs that would manifest results in my life, with one song entitled "The Final Mile" about walking with no purpose and no plan. As the night of my teleportive event, was that final mile walked, I would cross the bridge off of MDI, and endeavor into the unknown, only to find my life saved by re-location. One is guiding ones own self, one produces ones own future, and one is able to see their Light is endless.

We have come through karmic incidence, that America was once invaded by the settlers, which is essentially stolen land that has now amassed into a society based upon television, gossip, rumour, and ill-belief. This land which was never ours to begin with, has been used toward our own personal gain over the reality of the world -- as such -- America -- the land of freedom and independence -- is now the most powerful country in the world. Our government holds sway over other governments, and we are in control over the resources. Thankfully, our president sees the negativity of our present society, and I perceive he is a Lightworker to some degree. We have found our great leader, we now task him with guidance toward collective peace. We task our leader with the purpose of guidance, and collective evolution, longevity of life, and the sharing of energy. Personally, I see that this battle we have been fighting was with an illusive enemy that never existed to begin with. Somehow we have worked very hard at attaching many different names and deducements to what is essentially the same thing. In Buddhism, it is highly suggested that "we are all the same" -- and so it goes, we perceive the Light of one of the worlds greatest religions. We are all the same, there is no battle, there is no war, there is no disagreement; this is only an illusion that has been fabricated by the mind. As we see war in the Middle East, and the "battle" continues on, in the "Holy Land" -- a battle over belief itself, this great experiment known as the Earth, as governed by Free Will, in its self-resident processes of life, and animation, has found itsel very disassociated from the original Source -- however, this oscillation into separateness only makes the journey back all the more worthwhile -- and as such, we are brought closer to Godliness through the expression of our uniqueness and individuality. So far, the human race still disagrees over God, belief, and many religions continue to harbor fear-based energy. We see the evengalist repeating the words of the bible, relaying a message that is now obsolete, and holds no pertinence to the future reality -- we see people running in circles, via the same densified thought forms, and lower chakra based animalistic functioning. We see that some of us "like drama" and do not want to be in agreement. We see that some people enjoy separation, and like to be judged for their superficiality, and materialistic gain.

So it goes; the wheat must be separated from the chaff.

For whatever reason, these drones exist, and they barely possess and true identity, or Light of their own soul. So we perceive what is simply referred to as a low vibration. A soul that is just starting out, and as impressionable, has found itself embroiled in the physical world of the third dimension. One has strayed so far from the original Light, that one is barely cognizant of where life originated, and how evolution will progress. Somehow this individual who is ruled by the whims of other men -- is walking a path that only leads to chaos and disagreement. In my own life, I have had gossip follow me for my active imagination, and I have been verbally instructed to follow along the same path as everyone else. Opposed to my indifference and uniqueness, disturbed by my creativity, and offended by my thoughts -- I am perceived as a threat for wanting peace, I am perceived as wrong for desiring equality. The world says "be separate and disagree" -- and so does two-strand DNA. Two hemispheres to the brain. Two genders, etc. It is insidious, and it is the workings of expressions of others Free Will, the perceived controlling forces -- who consciously feed off the energy of our discord -- who only want us to live in discord, and follow a future that leads us nowhere but further chaos, disagreement, and separation of belief.

"Let the hemispheres unite, let the perfect partner be found, let marriage of the bridegroom take place, let the yin and yang flow in logical resound, let the caduceus fly, and let things be balanced for the sake of all that is good in the world."

One always possesses Free Will, in spite of the resounding horror of our present-day "controlling forces." Already, we have the greatest president, and we are moving in a hopeful direction. No matter what, the human race will evolve, and only continue to progress through the self-created reality made up of individuals and free-thinking people of passion, fortitude, and imaginative wit. We may find that some people unwilling to change are become the chaff as separated from the wheat -- and that "not everyone can be saved." For whatever reason, their quest is found on a different star, in a entirely different world. The karma that is possessed, is finalized in this environment, and eventually, one realizes thay are born from the same Source as everyone else. The process of evolution continues whether the consensus reality is in agreement over this matter or not. The human race has produced many fictions, many stories, and many fabrications. The bible, in its profound weight and girth is condescending to the concept of books, in itself, that through the wretchedness of its design -- in spite of the somewhat universal truths found in the ecclesiastes -- is mostly a load of fabrications, invented in order to control people in order to believe in a certain history, and geneology that is opposed to the true nature of evolution. Ones family background is not relative to the evolutionary process, and our evolution is essentially come from a totally different star-system. We are essentially alien to this world, like the settlers of America, and as such, we possess no right to act as though this is our world alone. The Earth receives great interest for its capacity to produce life, and house a multitude of different types of beings -- as such, we are referred to as a cosmic college system through which people incarnate here in order to learn about Free Will. So it has come to pass that many incarnations have taken place on the Earth, and it was all leading up, logilinearly, toward the eventual conclusion of enlightenment, DNA activation, and the vitalization of ones Lightbody in the final incarnation.

Chapter Thirty Nine: The Primordial Spark

Theoretically, energy which has always existed, preceding our own universe, has come through the primordial spark, the Source, for which Light would emanate in all directions from the center which is everywhere, and circumference that is nowhere. The universe was suddenly brought to life, via the mind of One, and this great experimental universe based upon Free Will, as perceived as an energy-source for the multicellular structure of the matrix of universes, the omniverse, the multiverse/multisphere. We see that the Free Will universe has existed some billion years, life emanated from the central core, and as such, chose inhabitance on various star-systems; through the natural evolution of life. God sparked the universe into Light, and God saw that the Light was good -- it was based on living information to which all is governed akashically, through the histories and precedents recorded through what was perceived to begin with the construction of the Free Will universe -- time and physicality. The continuum, which preceded this universe, time before time itself, as such, energy was always existing -- energy is infinite -- and energy never dies. So the Source, the primordial spark, emanated Light from the perceived nucleus -- the start of the universe approximately 13.75 billion years ago -- sparked into existence -- seeded with life by the mind of One, and thus manifesting over time through various star-systems such as the Lyra/Vega constellation, creating such races as the Pleiadians, Sirians, Arcturians, Zeta Reticuli, and Humans.

These many races now exist in the New Age -- the Cosmic Spring of the universe -- and it was all leading up to this time.

So we have begun, perceived, theoretically -- with the big bang -- so many billion years ago -- to end up incarnated in the New Age on the planet Earth, the cosmic college system, in order to learn of the nature of our own Free Will, all in event toward the eventual return to the Source. What has been perceived to possess a beginning must, in due reciprocity to all concepts of universal balance, possess a climax that is nirvana, or one-consciousness. This telepathic shared sentience of many minds merged into one, a totality of all divined sentience, the God-consciousness that emanates from the core, so this energy which was always infinite has come to remember itself -- and as such -- know just where it has been. The Source shall be educated by our trials in human life, that once brought into the highest vibration of the soul-body we are capable of returning to the Source at our own Free Will. We only return to the Source when we are entirely ready, and yet, for some, this act is perceived as a rarity, or simply erroneous. Nevertheless, if the universe did begin with the big bang, then there must be a conclusion to human existence. The return to the Source simply strikes the mind as logical in light of balance in the universe. As described, the conversation, in the chapter about the fifth dimension, we are to find the divine conversation. So we find that we are God, and it was ours alone that responsibility came manifest. We realize, through our ascended body, thus bound to the recess for which nirvana may occur -- however mysterious this acts performance must resound within the imagination -- it is perceived, that perhaps through entering a blackhole, a wormhole, or some cosmic portal, we would arrive, physically, at the Source.

So, the ship -- contained of all enlightened passengers and divined minds who seek nirvana, will event its way into the beauteous core -- become consumed by the vortex -- all cells of all bodies dispersed and re-gathered unto a singular sentience, and this "final body" to which is simply the mind of God possessive of God-consciousness, flows in riverlight fashion, through the primordial rhythm, for which we recall our place as the One to whom is responsible for all of this. The matrix of universes, perceived as infinite, simply a continuum of matter that is held up by its own natural gravity, and force -- is like an aggregate, as described, multicellular -- a great matrix of cells. And cells within cells within cells, utterly composed by the fluctuating spherical curved walls. The entirety of universes is, in its network, fluctuatng, rotating, and animating through the natural life-force of the energy thus possessed. The energy which is infinite.

So the Free Will universe perceived as the epicentre, the place for which all bodies seeking nirvana are invariably gravitated toward the center -- as centers attract -- and as such, we find ourselves living the life of a human being transforming into an ascended master, alive in the third millenium of the New Age of the planet Earth. And we see our place is divine, and we know our future is grand, and we realize our mind is Light, and we verily come to understand of things wholly unexpected to us in contrast to how life used to be. As we transform into the ascended master, and perceive nirvana as the end-result of all human existence, so this which has had a beginning of time -- however preceding this universe energy must have existed invariably -- we see that the beginning, middle, and end, are all relative to one another -- holographically -- such that within one piece of the whole is contained the total image, and we through the now-point realized, the sense of the presence, verily realize our Godliness, and so the walls of the universe flex with our attainment of new information. Endeavoring toward "new thought" in every waking moment, to which we are actively producing creative thoughts that operate through certain tones of uniqueness, and Light, we are brought closer to Godliness.

As we may writhe through uniqueness, there is still the concept of universality -- that certain universal laws are irrovocable -- and as such, we realize universality through tones of uniqueness, profoundly enough, that in the solitary quest one is realizing the same genius thoughts realized by so many ascended masters, and cosmic geniuses, before us.

To realize universality through uniqueness, we are to see that the solitary road -- that of the mystic who is operating through independence, and the self-contained vehicle for divine Light, to which one is a servant to God alone -- so it goes, certain concepts and ideas regarding nature and reality, universal principles thus found, invite our belief-patterns to form into that of which has, technically, already been achieved before. Some genius minds who lived before us, some mystics, some saints, have operated through solitude -- a self-created environment, and their own natural epiginetics. They have reached nirvana in their own right, and as such, we learn from these existences like Father Enoch, the Buddha, and others. I refer to the return to the Source as the "mind of One" meaning it was solely one individual who this universe is based around. The saviour of the world. In need of saving, our present world is in a sort of dystopia, fueled by gasoline, working tiring jobs in careers that don't accord with our soul-nature, often spread so thin through an excess of information -- to many choices to actually choose. Manufactured for control in our two-strand DNA, subjects to the will of beings who know they can hold all the power -- they can be the one responsible -- we all have the capacity to take over the world. So it would seem that through control of the humans, the entire universe, and multiverse is controlled, and it would seem we have lived through a period of prolonged darkness in order to realize the primordial Light. So it was found, one was awakened, the dream recalled, Lightbody activated, DNA transformed, the final life, realized. The life of which holds the greatest value and importance to the entirety of All That Is -- is found within the final life. You hold the cards for your existence; you have the capacity for balance, and integration. You are realizing that the power was always yours, and it is all a matter of remembering. As such, it becomes your task, as the world is in need of saving, to become the saviour of the world.

Chapter Forty: Final Thoughts

We all chose to incarnate on the planet Earth, this humble blue star, the cosmic college system, and we have come to find that final analysis for which life only equates to the final thoughts of Godliness, in the end. Realization of life as the ascended master, as Christed, is only an eventual process realized by all life-forms that are graduating the third dimension, with Lightbody. As I have detailed the levels of Lightbody, provided my own experiences, and done my best to suggest that the Light is in fact a real thing, however invisible to the our eyes -- it exists, none the less. Our faith that the Light is real, is to be found in the evidence of the extrasensory, and the synchronistic events that will come to shape our final incarnation. The writer of this text is one who is aware of many theories, whom mostly operates through faith -- to which the body of the universe -- the multispherical aggregate -- is what may be imagined; that the Free Will universe is the Light of the aggregate -- the fuel to which the artists are born -- is suggested greatly by the stellar souls our civilization has now come to produce. We are the cosmic college system, through which karma shared will provide insight into the exchange of energy, and how certain resonances between individuals reach toward the highest Light. In the final life, one is aware of the environment, the people, places, and events which shape ones view of reality -- and as such, expresses control over these things, to which epiginetics, and DNA activation is the only logical result.

Human evolution is a process, but spiritual awakening can, and will be instantaneous. The symbols contained within the dream wake up the subconscious mind; and one is catapulted into the final life. So it goes, the writer has his experiences, and existentially bases beliefs off of these experiences. The writer, awareized to the fact that DNA activation is a reality -- to whom has lived in the same environment for the entirety of his growth-process, who has learned of the Free Will universe; the realization of the spiritual life, and how human evolution is now actively occurring with evidence born in the extrasensory, suggestive that the Light is real -- expects a risen vibration through the self-evolution of the Christed individual. That many are taking the New Age for their own selfish gain is evident, and one is merely fortunate to be alive at this pivotal hour. I have had divine experiences, to which an outlet is required in expressing I am not the only one -- the number of Lightworkers is theoretically a number in the millions, and the numbers are only growing. Of course, there are about seven billion people on the Earth at this time -- a great number of souls, and unique individuals. We see that war still exists, killing continues, and the human race is still a rather primitive force. Often operating through the lower chakras, and a certain animalistic nature -- it would seem that the selfishness of some souls only projects toward sexual satisfaction, sway over other men, the self-created dramas, and various expressions of greed to which knows no end. So the wheat shall be separated from the chaff -- and the Light is a prevailing force. The Lightworkers, in their Lightbodies, enhanced DNA, and experiences in the divine. Energy was meant to be free, shared, and not harbored. The free endless resource of the Light that lies within is the final answer -- in this, we are found self-contained vehicles for Light. Singular one-man-armies of infinite power and fortitude. The power lies in the individual.

In my studies of the subconscious mind, I am coming to find that the rules of the subconscious are very much like that of the universe. Things however patternless, through events, and certain stages in evolution, operate through the now-point, as well as a goal-oriented process that is enlightenment as the end-result. We all came to the planet Earth to experience the enlightenment of our Lightbodies. Enlightenment is the very reason why we exist, it is the space to be filled, the void that requires Light. That once unused ninety percent of the brain, and the unused strands of DNA scientists have referred to as "Junk DNA" is merely a dimmer-switch, and it can be raised at the individuals Free Will. Lightbody is as real as anything, and yet, whatever we may refer to as the enlightened state, is an occurrence that takes place in our lives eventually. So we have come to the Earth, in this recess of the continuum; to learn of the matter of the soul, and see our divine place within the rows of the many ascended masters. We chose this for ourselves, that the path is never walked in vain -- but there are many evolving Lightworkers, and the individual is never alone. The purpose of the soul is toward actualization, and the highest resonating frequency. That is the task of the final incarnation, to graduate from this dimension, and walk the crystal stair into future divination. We are evolving through the presence tense, the now-point realized, that in this very moment the subject bound by Free Will can cogitate any thought, or perform any action. The individual always has Free Will. That is the nature of this universe, that is the way things work, and that is a universal law to which Free Will is something we all possess as individuals, and evolution is the only next most logical result of Free Will. The choice to evolve into the highest life, as evidenced in our words, declarations, mantras, and self-concepts, is a reality we are creating for which can be shared with the most high-vibrating individuals, and co-create the future as evolutionists.

This future we are creating, via the imagination, and all high-powered concepts born through the thought of a thought -- this which only yields infinity, as thought is endless, evolution is endless, and co-creation is, as co-related, from one shining star to the next within the grand tapestry of network symmetry -- this unitive whole -- is only endless. So growth, learning, and all things within the continuum are found only in a continual state of renewal. As we see in the seasons of the Earth, how flowers return once seeded, and things do tend to re-incarnate, and become re-created over time, so it goes, we as human beings have worn this form -- that of the human host -- for many years, and now all is becoming equalized into the final incarnation. The belief in re-incarnation, now coming to be shared by many scientific minds as learned through the fields of past-life regression, and certain revealing meditative states -- is a reflection on nature, that karma is real, and energy once expressed invariably returns to the sender.

Science will catch up, and the science of human evolution is something our race is nye to understand. Already with my own somewhat rational explanations for enlightenment, in coupling with the many levels, and biological changes of Lightbody -- it is presented on a somewhat scientific basis, that these are no theories, but in fact truths that are now coming to pass in these stages of human evolvement. I work to suggest that Lightbody is a reality, however mostly unknown by the masses. It is simply the term we use in reference to the enlightened state. Lightbody, otherwise known as the merkabah vehicle -- is a product of human evolution, and will yield such experiences as the extrasensory in the highest levels. As the human race was originally gifted with these talents, and we are now in the process of recollection, re-realizing what we had once learned in so many times before, we have come to find ourselves integrated, a unitive whole, the actualized, perfect avatar self, and we are coming to find that we are immortal as a result of ascension. We refer to the actions of the subject who is in Lightbody, as the products of the ascension process -- that to which is only a continual rise in frequency, and greater resonance with the totality of All That Is. I have worked to suggest the nirvanic stage, God-consciousness, or one-consciousness, which may lie so far in the future it holds no precedence to the present reality -- none the less, we perceive a beginning -- the big bang -- and what begins must reach a climax at some point. Just as our universe is expanding, and some theorists suggest that through the inbreath and outbreath of the unisphere, our very universe itself will reach a point of catharsis -- and find the return to the Source, of all life, as a cosmic inevitability.

I make a conscious choice toward unity, and the return to the Source, where others fear the loss of identity. We may perceive this event as rare, but I perceive it as eventual. I perceive that what once was One, shall return to One again, and become infinitely recycled by the continuum. I see that our universe is like a power-source, to which I have (through what workings of the imagination) attempted to produce what I perceive as the body of the aggregate, cells within cells, in a seemingly infinite array of universes. As "uni" denotes One, and some believe our universe is just that -- the only one -- so we also perceive this in contrast with the theory of extraterrestrials, that if there is only one universe, and we are alone in this universe, then great absurdity resounds, we perceive a lack of meaning and purpose to it all. As a result of our ability to imagine the future, and see that the mind is capable of perceiving communion with that foreign life-form -- peering into those eyes -- we shall see, verily, that some of these beings are come from their own universe, that is different from our own. The thought of multiple universes, not a commonly held theory, but processed within the mind of the transmuter, the Lightworker, the deep thinker, is an imagining that provides meaning -- a perception of cells -- of the grand matrix of spheres -- of that to which is simply referred to as the multisphere. So we will come to perceive there are many universes, ours is not the only one, but our importance within the grand symmetry -- as the realm where artists are born, and Light is expressed -- bound by the Free Will of the individual, and the world easily changed by one person alone -- is located within the center of the aggregate, as suggested, and fuels the multiple cells. So we are the fuel, we are the Light of the universe -- our Light expressed flows in riverlight fashion, and emanates from the beauteous core. The core is surrounded by spiraling energy-forms, and the hologram of reality -- in static flux -- only continues to build, grow, and evolve.

As envirothought, thought related to the environment, and the environment which is a living matter entangled with the mind of the perceiver -- we are in the Free Will universe -- and we are individuals incarnated with a unique purpose and design. The path ranges, such that we may pray to universality, true, but often our beliefs born through experience are wholly unique to the individual. As the power lies in the individual, that self-contained world-changer, the Christed soul, is to be found as the element within the grand symmetry, as vital toward human evolution -- so I have worked toward influencing the Cosmic Christ -- and I have worked at influencing the reader with a sense of value and cosmic importance. Humility is often questioned in the quest for self-aggrandizement, and the writer only works toward seeing a world of equals -- and the perception of the One True Spirit. As this Spirit is evidenced in thought-transferrence, and the writer has had such an experience only to be shared with other individuals -- is a suggestion, from one mutated Lightbody experiencing the final life, that these sorts of things can be expected by other subjects to whom are in Lightbody.

As I have described the many levels of Lightbody, and the subject is invited to meditate on what level they are in -- it is to be found that this information is related to the biology of ascension, and works toward the suggestion that evolution is real. Science and evolution, as well as "Science and Spirit" -- or simply metaphysics, is a field of interest that is growing with more and more individuals. As we continue to experience heartbreak, the loss of friends, trauma, or very seemingly coincidental experiences, to that profound catharsis in realizing our Free Will over our thoughts and reality -- all the way to the mind-bending experience of seeing a UFO -- or having a visitation -- we are caused to question this reality, and what really determines how things work.

Karma, as it shall come to be what is activated through the stages of Lightbody in the final incarnation, is more direct, and as such, one is kind of forced into awareizing to the true nature of their deepest thoughts and passions. I have revealed the deepest desires of certain individuals, through my own telepathic ability, and I have exposed the One True Spirit. I have presented the thought of the unisphere, re-incarnation, and the concept of the final incarnation who is Christed. Some are bound by physical desire, and a certain atrocious obsession with physical needs -- where others are bent on hurting one another, and causing violence in the counterpart soul. I believe that the human race are simply experiencing the pain of being multidimensional creatures composited to a simple form. We are in essence multidimensional, for which we can be, think, and accord to anything our Free Will permits, which is only infinite. As shape-shifters, operating through one thematic title to the next, from writer, to artist, we flex the mind -- we flex the imagination -- and we become interfaced to the final reality.

Organizing the environment is imperative toward our growth, and natural epiginetics.

We must become organized, with all objects and media within the given space -- and we must have choices -- and options -- but the selection may be reduced. So we are more able to choose through a self-limited array, and as such, find the right films, the right books, the right art-work, and the right songs to benefit our self-evolution. We are surrounding ourselves with beauty and information. Light, as informational, is simply the datasphere of knowledge to which we learn from, and it is alive, and it flows through all matter that exists.

We endeavor to produce new thoughts out of the ashes of the olde, to rise like a phoenix into the greatest lifestream of people, places, and events.

In our rise in vibration, the environment rises in vibration, and so does everything we touch, see, feel, and connect with.

The energy which is only infinite shall be known, and harnessed by all humans.

Lightbody shall find the subject willing to evolve. For the benefit of the collective, one works with the Light/information toward the final reality of a race of equals, and multidimensional beings. Individuated through certain experiences and events, this shall all add up to a logical conclusion in the end -- that we may employ the Akashic Computer, in all futurity to come, in order to directly view the past, and learn of its effect on the present reality. So we may learn of many things, but know, verily, that the present moment is our tool for divination. In meditations, hypnosis, and all endeavorings into the subconscious mind -- we are communicating with the body of God, and we are activating our DNA to only continue to rise in strand. That dimmer switch of the DNA thus raised, and all experiences heightened as a direct result; in Lightbody, we require less sleep, and less food, as our body starts processing proteins and chemicals at a faster rate. Through the risen vibration of the environment, and envirothoughts -- we are transforming into a whole new being, that of the perfect avatar self, and as such, all things we now choose to welcome into our lifestream once found within the final life -- are choices and decisions and thoughts that will be carried with us, forever. One is immortalized by Lightbody, and as entered into the final life starts thinking the thoughts that really matter, finding the relationships that truly matter, and finding the environment as changeful, but under our control, through the natural organization of matter, and the feng shui of the living environment. So in the final life all matters, all is meaningful, and all possesses a purpose. There is no part of the hologram that does not relate to the whole. The information is non-locally dispersed. It exists in many places, in many different probable futures, and many different lives. The information that binds us which is simply known as Light -- is the matter which composes the universe, and as we enter into Lightbody -- the frequency between environment and body is enhanced, that the noospheric shell pulsates in rhythm with the Light of our DNA, and the frequency between the glowing Earth, and that of the enlightened DNA, is only causally rising in vibration as a direct result of the flow. One is like a river, that is endlessly streaming into the emanating recesses of the environment/the universe, and back. One is continually sending energy into the Akashic Records, and the Akashic Records is continually revised with each passing day. With every day that passes in the New Age to which the Lightworker is living the final life -- the world changes -- and we know that by changing ourselves we change the world.

"Time is invariably moving into the future."

I repeat this phrase often, knowing that time is the great healer. I will meditate with my thoughts, and perceive the conversation between conscious and subconscious, for which the inner conversation often reveals certain things to me. Finding the alpha-wave patterns of meditation, and the thought of a thought -- transversing through certain images, geometric patterns, shapes, symbols, and the words which define ones being; we activate the subconscious mind. So we see in meditation that looking at a certain object for a prolonged period of time will induce pleasure in the image, and as such, bound by Free Will, we can always exercise the imagination. Just as we can think any thought, we can imagine any scene. The mind does not know the difference between what it sees and what it remembers. Whatever the consensus may be -- we know, verily, that in enduring the communication from the joined hemispheres, and meditation, we activate the furtherance of our own evolution.

We are aware of our thoughts that carry us through time, and as such, thought is occurring with time, that we may occasionally glance at the clock and know our place -- or otherwise never look at the clock, and operate through ones own biological rhythm. So we meditate, we focus upon the matter of our thoughts, and we activate the law of attraction. We will see certain things that are desired, certain events, and relationships. We will meditate through the scenes, and follow our thoughts as they carry us into the future. We will see what we want to see, and experience what we want to experience. Free Will is the theme to which we ride -- and we know that Free Will always exists. We humbly realize that some events must occur in reflection toward our growth, but we always possess Free Will to react a certain way -- and as such, we are defined by how we choose to react. So we must expect certain things, and yet, never expect too much -- for hate is the very betrayal of expectation, and we know this place gets us nowhere. We realize Love is the final truth, that to which is unconditionally expressed to all walks of life. We draw Light from the common stranger, and we may open a random book and flip to a certain page, we may inhibit ourselves with anything -- we always possess choice, and our Free Will shall be expressed.

So we come to find the organized environment, the thoughts of the final life, and what profound meditations carry us into the future.

We activate the subconscious mind, and alpha-state through our own mantras, and cognitive repetitions -- and we see ourselves moving through time, and we may perceive the track, the distant Light, and convergence of our body with that thus found in the desired destination. Teleportation as something the writer has experienced as a result of instinct, and a possibility that now exists for all Lightworkers -- is that now-point realized for which we construct the machine, and take it upon ourselves to personally travel into the future. As we are to find our fifth-dimensional Lightbodies fully activated, that once unused portion of our minds is now active, we may verily find ourselves capable of teleportation, and other such feats. We are desensitized by the media, super-hero films, from X-Men, to The Matrix, to believe that genetic mutation yielding extrasensory talents was only the product of fiction. Yet, the writer has experienced telepathy numerous times with the testimonials of those involved with direct reference to the thoughts which traveled -- thoughts which would not have been spoken aloud -- and the doctor would tell me himself, following the research study at MacClean, that "yes, reports of telepathy are more known to occur with people who have the De Novo mutation." And De Novo which simply means new, in other words, the "new mutation" is what the writer possesses, such that the writer probably has tri-strand DNA, and shall continue research studies at MacClean in order to better understand the true science and biological processes of my mutation. One humbly devotes himself to science, and one humbly believes there is a rational explanation for all things within the universe -- and I refuse to believe that I am merely possessive of some illness, or self-fabricated reality. My dream of awakening was about as symbolic as a dream of awakening could be -- I destinctly recall the sensation of becoming the caduceus -- and I shall never forget the sensation of those million different thoughts radiating in static drone in my entire right-brain hemisphere. I would find myself hovering in the mirror, wake up from the dream covered in sweat, such that the dream occurred immediately after I had lied down. For this knowledge to exist, and to realize that I am undergoing the ascension process -- one is simply hoping to produce support for the fellow evolutionist.

Now I see the shift lies within the individual, and I am now working toward a more symbiotic, and loving relationship with my family and friends. I know the world will never change unless I start by changing myself. I see the choices I make are carrying me into the future, and I went far into the depths of desperation in order to realize my effect on the world is direct. As a result of divine intervention, the presence of the angelworkers in my life, I am caused to wonder, infinitely wonder, as to how any of this is really possible. The answer seems to lie in the concept of Free Will. If you would look at me, and the way I was, perhaps, five years ago, you would see no hope in this individual. You would see that the drug-use, manipulation, lies, and desperation, were only productive toward an experience, seemingly, of hell. That life of the addict lived in the third dimension is now transitioning into something new, but it took great focus and concentration to arrive where I am now. I would have never written this book, unless it were for the inspiration of some individuals who see Light in my work, and perceive the writer is truly being honest in his declarations. For whatever reason, I have been inspired.

The world is now changing all around us; the New Age is a time for which many are starting to see as a new reality. We are transforming into something entirely new, for which our prolonged oscillation into darkness was just a test of our Free Will, to see if we could make the shift. As the shift lies within the individual, and individual choices -- we see the world can be changed by one person alone.

In my studies on thought-vibrations, matter, and sound, as an audio engineer (to which I have studied this field at college) -- I see that music holds great truth; that in essence the universe is like music, made up of super-strings and vibrations, ever-leading toward the eventual orchestratic masterpiece of enlightened thought. As all humans with a voice are capable of singing their thoughts, or reciting invocations, we are all musicians to some degree. For everyone, there is a specific instrument that accords best with ones energy. For everyone, therein lies a song -- that I believe we all have a song within us is evident in the Light of the beauty of the human race. I see that music these days is reaching eclipse to which some of the artists are about as "good as they can be." We truly are in the New Age to possess such divine evidence as Bon Iver, Iron and Wine, and Chan Marshall -- to such filmmakers as Anderson, and Aronofsky, to such writers as Royal, and Steiger. We have a great vast array of stellar souls incarnated here on the Earth, and for their own sake and longevity to whom we serve, we absolutely must make the right choice. The right choice is toward unity, evolution, and the sharing of our beliefs. Human evolution occurs as based upon one person willing to make a change -- shall come to pass as eventual. The process is realized over time, that as synchronistic occurrences, the loss of loved ones, to the experience of trauma in ones life -- begs the question for reason, that these events must have occurred for a reason, and as questers, and wanderers -- we search for what this answer may be.

The answer found in Light, to which the final life well knows, we arrive at the finalmost conclusions of the mystic quest -- we realize our quest has reached the now-point for which enlightenment occurs, and the body is revitalized. We recall the dream, share our entrance into the world of the divine, and acknowledge that the Light has officially entered our body. And we perceive the purity of our entrance into the world of the divine -- of knowledge of our identity, place, purpose, mission, and goal. The soul is bound by the goal, and we realize enlightenment once the time is right for us. Certain books (as well as certain guides) are meant for certain people, and we are able to read them, from chapter to chapter, only in a linear intake of information that is catalyzing the DNA into awakening -- such was my case -- and my case is very simple.

As described, in my own process of evolvement; I learned about the body, the mind-body connection, instinct, the subconscious mind, the universal mind/God, past-lives, re-incarnation, the knowledge of my own past on the earth -- in the very sequence as presented. For whomever may possess the same archetype as me, God knows, that path toward evolution must be invariably the same. So I would event my way into my sacred space, as described, and enter into the recess of the dream of awakening. I would come to realize that I am alive in the New Age; as a mission-based, soul-oriented bent on creating exploitative knowledge, and as I evolved, I might go into remission for a while, but the Light was always there -- guiding me through certain people, certain individuals -- such as the dealer who invited me to the party -- in my first telepathic experience. I have of course been guided all the way, from the dream of abduction experienced in my infancy.

I know that other life exists apart from the human race, and I am unerring in my certainty as I have also seen the distant stop-and-go movements of UFO's countlessly in my lifetime. I know that other life apart from the human race exists -- and they have been integrating themselves into our reality, for many decades now. With the onset of the New Age, the harmonic convergence, and the close of the Mayan calendar, the starseeds have arrived in the final hosts of ascending masters -- and we are in the recess of a reality to which "God exists in the human body." So we learn through the presence of the angelworkers, abduction dream, and paranormal experience; that reality is always in flux, and things are never quite solidified. Each day offers a new opportunity -- a new thought -- a new idea. We are believers, all the way, such that we always writhe through the theme of some belief. All human beings have beliefs of some form to which they base their realities around -- and through our uniqueties we are made divine. Sharing of ones beliefs is not something commonly accepted in our society, and there is where the paradigm shift is nye to occur. In a society more right-brained and intuitive, more feminine, and creative, with the perceived "return of the Goddess" -- we are to find that sharing of ones beliefs is now accepted; as we come to writhe through the final, one true belief system. This was eventual, as organized religion has served its purpose long enough in separating us. Now integration of all matter is to be found in the recess of the final life. We are become universalists, and prayers to the unknown. We are finding life as determined wholly by our own Free Will, and imagination. We find the wheat separated from the chaff in these changeful times -- that some vibrations no longer accord with our own and thus must be filtered out. So it goes, we change, the world changes. One person changing means another changing in due result. The domino effect of self-evolution via inspiration seen in one individual world-changer causes others to see no fear in sharing of their beliefs. This is the perceived point of learning, where true inspiration resides. So we see the change in one individual affects another -- and this string of influence flows as a ripple in the sea -- in the datasphere of human life -- toward other minds -- via what media's exist; text, music, art, and conversation -- we are always learning from one another -- and we are all guides and healers, in many senses.

So changeful this reality, that things are never quite static or remaining in one place. We know that humans have incarnated several numbers of times, that this is the Free Will universe, that God exists in the human body, and matter transcends reality -- that ascended masters guide us through their own means, and other life exists -- but we are not sure of all things, however resounding the principles may stand. The Akashic Records, ever-revised through the history created in these waking times, is a living matter always in flux with the growth of human knowledge. We know of some things. These things we may be certain of. But the future stands as a changeful matter. A friend may pass away, a heart may be broken, a great asset may be lost, or someone may end their own life -- we see the tragedy continues on, in spite of how beautiful the world may be, so it becomes our responsibility to act through proactive animation -- to stay enamored -- to stay busy in the world of Spirit because our Light is needed by the world.

At present, we are still dominated through a male-oriented society that seems to favor the male gender as primary leader, and influencer of the world. The paradox in this would be seen in nature -- that females are more typically the most dominant gender, and at present, our world is quite dystopian. So it goes, as we find ourselves in the Cosmic Spring, and a more right-brained intuitive race, we shall find many great female leaders, and learn, verily, that the power of the feminine is returning -- that the polarities must be balanced in order to harmonize -- and we require both a positive and negative charge. This does not denote black and white, or good and bad, it simply denotes the balancing of energies. In a more right-brained intuitive world, we would find that women and men are total equals, and the balance found in these polarities eclipsed would make for a better world.

Finding the mystic archetype, that wanderer of the recesses of the unknown -- the calm eventor into the world of tomorrow jumping headlong like a samurai into the fray of existence -- for which our life is worthwhile, and honored by others for our endeavorings into the unknown. In some cases, it will seem that some individuals are as though guides, very much, without realizing it. They will be learned from, from their honesty, and integrity, for which this honor that is projected fills the hearts of all to whom they know. In the merging of energies yin and yang, the polarities balanced, we shall seek a certain neutral transparancy, that to which we are allowing of certain energies, knowing verily that the darkness is transmuteable through our honesty. So we are honest, and we are truthful, and we speak in honest words for which we humbly realize may be judged in reference to the speaker. So we event our way into the future knowing that not all can be attained; this search is endless, and as such, always fun, interesting, surprising, and worthwhile. So the Earth, the epicentre for these energies to play out -- has karmically danced through incarnation to incarnation in realizing the same genius truths once realized by so many genius minds before them. Energy has always existed, preceding this universe -- and we have never been able to learn if it were not for some guiding force. So it shall seem that the many quantum leaps made by humankind were advanced through other races, and just as much evidence suggests no human hand could be totally responsible for the construction of some pyramids -- whereas there are even reportedly pyramids on Mars -- we see the evidence is suggestive, and we know, verily, that influence through some force has always existed.

So we are led to believe through much evidence that we are not alone in the universe, and many quantum leaps have been made by humankind from the days of Sumeria as described by Sitchin, to the many other cultures that have been influenced through time. This guiding force is benevolent of course but our media only suggests otherwise -- that they only wish to assist in our evolution is seen. We are advancing now through whatever guiding force -- and such, we may call upon the guides, or spirits, to aide us -- but we know that Free Will prevails, and no matter what happens to us in this life, we always have choice over how we react. And we choose how we react with fortitude, and we do this prevailingly through time. So we learn through our actions, and our actions define us -- many will say -- reality is truly self-created and this is the final truth of the matter; we chose to be here; always possess Free Will; are unique reflections of the Source; and all self-aware creations are capable of evolution.

Humans have evolved, it would seem, already, to have reached much of the information that is now available to us. The media is fantastic in some ways, and the music is evolving as well. The art-work of so many divine artists at present are also overwhelming, and we see so much to learn from our fellow artist in this world. The text, and channeled information is only amassing, and we are learning through these mediums and channels of great cosmic wisdom. The New Age is entirely evolving from each new soul endeavoring into that world of Light and Information -- and we are -- many of us, choosing guidance from other souls to learn from. We are of course guides in our own right, and so it goes in infinite cycle, the re-patterning of one inspiratory life upon another, and advancing through co-evolution, and co-creation. So it flows as one river connected to another to grand ocean of existence, unto the Akashic skein, and hard-wired as productive of a co-advancing regard toward the honoring of the collective, and the eventual end of human evolution. One such as to advance through DNA strand, Lightbody, and the biological changes that come with the enlightenment of ones body, mind, and spirit -- as integrated into one unitive whole -- the polarities balanced, and the pineal generation more supernal energy than before; all advancements of the cellular structure become holographic with each piece containing the image of the perfect avatar self, and one seems perfected to the final life.

Yet we continue to evolve with each new day that passes, and I hold astonishment at times with the concept of the days to come, as I am not always sure of the future, as no one is, and that, it would seem, is what makes us good people. As I may project into concepts of certain technologies such as the psycho-imaginarium, the akashic computer, and the holocell -- we are perceiving possibilities, but we do not know when these things will come to pass. We simply realize nirvana, along with other events, and other technologies, is eventually found through time in the final incarnation. So become immortal it would seem our longevity of life is infinite, and we shall see these technologies come to pass in our immortalization.

So one perceives the concept of immortality as found as a result of Lightbody, and the final incarnation; and here, the universe is nye to be explored, that we shall spread the seed of the human race, and survive through multiple environments is found as a result of our evolution through time. I believe that the human race, however needful of some cosmic assistance, is essentially capable of surviving on Venus, or other star-systems, through their own natural abilities. We are gifted already with much E.T. technology from such races as the Zeta's, and Pleiadians, that we see these gifts shall be used for our advancement is evident. Our technology is evolving, and theoretically NASA remains interested in various new technologies. Already, the recently discovered planet Kepler-20f which is about the same size as the Earth, totally covered in water, and orbits a sun much like our own -- is suggestive of other worlds to live upon. The evidence is prevailingly seen that we are going to learn of future locales for existence, and the human race will survive on other star-systems. Our future as found on other stars like Venus shall come to pass, God knows, in the future that lies ahead. We simply imagine these things through at present -- just as no one imagined we would make it to the moon, so presently few imagine we might make it to Venus. Nevertheless, Venus is already much like the Earth and has a terraformable environment that can house life. It lies in our future that we shall make a New Earth, and find our race survived as living on multiple stars. I believe this future may come to pass, and that by awareizing ourselves upon the possibility now, we are priming ourselves for the survival that lies ahead.

Theoretically the planet Earth is in for a shifting of the poles, causing the entire planet to tilt on its axis and as a result cause various land-masses to be submerged, while others rise to the surface. This would be devastating to the human race, and very few would survive the cataclysm. As such, we believe that the Earth is "flushing us out" due to our fear, and inability to congeal to one belief system, or a global acceptance of peace, harmony, and co-creation. We still have threats from terrorist organizations, genocidal leaders, corrupt bureaucrats, and dark politics that still continue to plage humankind. Wars continue to this day, and nations still fight over what belief holds the highest truth. We stand at a crossroads, a cosmic catharsis -- of whether to make the choice for peace and longevity, or commit ourselves to a dying world. The choice to move on, into a new Light -- for which the shift lies in the individual, is the change that will come to pass, is a work toward peace, harmony, and symbiosis. We are in the throes of misunderstanding when we perceive ourselves as better than another, and where humility lies in reciprocity of sharing, and positive energy-exchange, we shall see that the right move is toward the sharing of our thoughts without the expectation of judgment, that the self-concepts and beliefs that define us must be shared in order to evolve.

Evolvement as a result of the sharing of belief, self-concepts, and ideals, we are co-creators and work toward a collective goal. The hope is that all human beings can make it into Lightbody, cease dying, and enter into the final life. But as we may see through the evidence that in having lost loved ones in our own right, we must die ourselves in due reciprocity. So it goes, some are simply not ready for the final life, but see their karma interwoven into expressions on different worlds. It is apparent that some may re-incarnate somewhere else, in order to live out their final incarnation on another world. But as we shall come to see through the immortality found through Lightbody, our place is found eventually, for which we may extend our civilization to Venus or other planets in all futurity to come. In the final analysis, we become the perfect avatar self through the process of a holographic orientation in that one thought shall contain the energy of the whole -- and thoughts are enlightened; the subject takes pride in the ability to think at all, and finds ones self involved in relationships, environments, and experiences of the most intellectual and evolutionary regard.

Once found in the recess of the final life, we are to start building planetary advocacy groups, spiritual networks, and groups for which the exploitative knowledge, sharing of energy, and evolution of the human race is our primary goal. So we convene in these groups, share our thoughts, our beliefs, and our ideas -- we interpolate our ideas from mind to mind, learn of new perspectives, and see many unique hues of Light on the expression of ones inborn divinity. We learn from one another, co-evolve, and grow as a collective. We are all leaders in this group; all with a worthwhile story to share, and all with a sense of universality in the understanding of the infinitely growing universe. So we shall see that the expressions we come to reveal are ontologically built around such things as expressions of the extrasensory, from telepathy to teleportation. In our groups, we may activate the broadcaster/sender of thought to whom is in the highest level of Lightbody of all in the group -- thought is found within the recess of the higher dimensions, thought travels instantaneously, and all members of the group are found in the recess of direct non-local thought-transferrence. So the broadcaster will activate the field through which this energy may come to pass, and all involved in the telepathic experience are to become connected with the universe, for a spell, and see, from the apogee of awareness, standing at the periphery, the totality of All That Is -- and perceive our place within the great network of existences, and perceive our life has not been lived in vain -- but the relationships, beliefs, ideas, and thoughts, are nye to be shared and learned from by others.

We are all important members of the group, and we are all perfectly equal with one another. There is no concept of ego, or being better than one another, but all is seen in the expressions of humble self-awareness; that we may meditate in groups and focus on a certain theme or message is one event through which our evolution will only advance. In the shared meditations, for which many minds are thinking the same thought, and in the group setting activate such things as the guides, archangels, ascended masters, and information of the Akasha -- we may channel, we may find cosmic truths, and God knows, one member of the group may raise his/her hand mid-meditation, and reveal that they have a transmission coming through. So the message will be channeled for the enjoyment of the collective, and this one member is seen as One -- one individual, one unique expression, one take on reality, for which knowledge is shared and evolution is found through the expression of these messages.

In my own right, whence I was under the throes of my first telepathic experience, I would see myself illustrating a sphere with my hands, and felt as though possessed by another life-form. I would observe myself channeling the nature of the universe as found in cellular constructs, to which it was brought to theory that the entirety of the universe is a mass aggregate of cells within cells within cells. So I would see myself illustrating the sphere with my hands, transfer thought telepathically, and represent the cosmic anchor for which the energy would be expressed, that through my ontological and supernal expressions of the soul that lies within -- writhing through tones of honesty, and even going so far as to share my own past-life details to which I was once a poverty-stricken writer in the eighteenhundreds, one is awareized to the power that exists. One knows that his soul is unique, and all members of the first telepathic experience referred to the event as enlightening. My dealer who originally invited me to the party was traumatized by the event, and is somewhat afraid of me to this day. He has forgiven me for enlightening him, and as such, my karma is now active that I would be ontologically terrorized in my own right through the angelworkers at Two Cats restaurant in the winter of 2011. So we see that the power exists, and some are infinitely powerful. With great power comes great responsibility, and with humility and the perception of being equal with the rest, one humbly stands at the periphery -- sees the effect on the world is direct, and verily, knows that things are changing.

In the teleportive event, through which I am not really sure who, why, or what force was truly responsible for saving my life -- the experience of Light convergence was instinctual, and I know I was at one place -- standing in the pitch black night about to be run down by the crazed driver -- and then somewhere else, standing beside an illuminated auto sales sign. Another car would come to nearly run me down, I would yet again instinctually "run towards the Light" -- fell into a ditch before the sign, was instructed to go to the parking lot by the driver so he could lecture me. And he looked exactly like someone I used to party with in my college days. I shall not forget his face. So I would come to accept I must be insane -- I would believe it must have been a hallucination, because the event was wholly unexpected. My life permanently changed by the near-death experience, existence is shaken, mind is electric with fury, the question resounds -- and nobody really knows. We simply perceive that for whatever reason some of us are hard-wired into the plan of the collective, and our vacancy from this Earth would leave a resounding residue of pain, loss, trauma, and sadness. I have had three near-death experiences in this life: the first I was stoned and drunk passed out in the middle of the street, the second the self-induced stigmata experienced during the first telepathic event, and the third to which I was re-located from the path of the crazed driver through teleportation.

As I am continuing the research studies regarding my genetic mutation, and I want to know, understand, and see the true biological science for which my evolution is validated through the evidence -- one knows that his mutation is new, that "De Novo" in itself means "fresh, to start anew" and one knows that his DNA is probably more than two strands by this time. The angelworkers are aware of me . . . my file exists on the computer . . . I know that I am never alone, and I have heard the static loop in my head during panic attacks suggestive of the whirring of the machine used to monitor my thoughts. One realizes the paranoia, the fear, and the horror of being watched -- but nonetheless, I have survived certain death enough times to know that for whatever reason my existence is needed by my family and friends. I was once admittedly suicidal, a heartbroken soul (and somewhat still am to this day) -- self-medicating through drugs, and often repeating the thought "I want to die" with full belief in the thought. As a result of the telepathic experience with the angelworkers at Two Cats, I am no longer capable of this thought -- ones humility is stretched, God knows, but one also realizes they must not be alone in these experiences. I have met several who have had time-loss after witnessing a UFO, and I have spoken with doctors claiming to have seen telekinesis and teleportation. The evidence is all around us that certain people are endlessly powerful -- and the many stellar souls our world has come to produce is only suggestive that we are evolving.

Humans evolve through the sharing of knowledge and self-concepts. We evolve through discussing matters of the spirit, a world that is only endless, from reiki healing, past-life regression, to chakra clearing, and channeling -- the world that is endless, the spiritual world, for which knowledge only leads to more knowledge -- and we never cease to learn once that door has been opened. Thought thus shared, and interpolated into anothers mind -- whereas it only takes two seconds to believe in someone -- and great power afforded to that soul open to change through the endurance of anothers Light -- we "expect to be changed" -- we "expect to learn" -- and we see this person, this guide, this angel, this source, as a link toward further evolvement. We are open to their energy, listen carefully, and take in the Light of their beliefs. Often it will seem we have certain friends that are very learned, and represent an infinite source of knowledge. Some are so well-versed in certain texts, beliefs, and notions regarding the universe -- and this may come to pass through a total stranger -- to someone you never expected to possess the same beliefs as you, perhaps a family member, or a former relation -- we see that genius exists with many, that the inner genius is universal, and just as the Akasha is the theoretical source through which all knowledge is contained -- we may see that this guide, or friend, is like a link to the Akashic, as they are in touch with synchronicity, the universe, and human evolution. Often it will seem we attribute our knowledge to another; that we could never learn if it were not for some profound influence in our lives. I have had this come to pass in my own life through individuals who would offer me art displays, or hand me certain books. I have been guided by certain people to whom I know are equals, and I am always open to being changed by my fellow man. I know that genius can be found in any walk of life, and very often people are more congenial, and in agreement over matters, and it has only been an illusion that suggested otherwise.

In this changeful reality, we have given many names to the One True Spirit -- we have many belief-systems to separate us from the primordial spark. And yet, we are all made up of the same matter, atoms, and sub-atomic particles, and all bodies which are also made up of a majority of water crystallize into certain beliefs through the fact that we are all in essence the same -- born from the same Source -- and purely equals. The fact that some work very hard to seem better than the world -- is only evidence of our undying Free Will. We all have the capacity to be manipulative, fiendish, and selfish -- we all have the right to harbor energy -- we all have a right to limit ourselves -- and prevent ourselves from the furtherance of knowledge. Often it will seem that we believe "I will not understand this" -- so we calmly look away, and revert back to the self-same processes that make up the human lifestream. Yet, through practice and endurance of learning; it is my belief that anything can be understood by anyone; and we are all primordially genius sparks of the One True Light. The book "Mysticism" by Evelyn Underhill details much about the mystic archetype, and the many God-based souls who have come to shine where only darkness and ignorance has existed before. Such texts stand the test of time because they are based upon tones of universality; just as other rare books such as "The Universal One" "The Emerald Tablets" and "The Essene Gospel of Peace" that often buried within the great plethora of thoughts, there exist some very divine cosmic truths once revealed by people who seem to have existed "outside of time" -- they were outliers before their time, and humbly knew that it might take many years, even centuries, for their information to be accepted. There are many divine sources of information that have come to pass through history, and we have much to attribute our evolution to these souls who were exploitative, and willing to work against the tides of the consensus reality.

Evolution is an endless infinite process that only continues to realize higher heights -- for which that final return to the Source is only eventual, that what once began will recycle through the continuum --and we know the Source is the primordial spark through which all life on the planet has originated from. We know the Source is beautiful; toward which we finally return; knowing nirvana, knowing the identity of God, knowing we are wholly responsible for all of this; and it only took one person to change the world.

One eventually realizes that their active present choices create the future. All those to whom we know, and all environments we endure, we shall produce a certain future, through these many variables know that a certain future is produced. We can make this one for which only greater choices are found, and we are opportuned with unconditional love from our friends and acquaintances, and know these people only hold us in some regard for learning in their own right, which produces balance in the relationship. The proactive animation of our balanced existence, and natural feng shui of a lovingly organized sacred space -- to share this space with others is of course incredible -- and we learn through the natural balance of all of this energy. It goes on towards that symbiotic relationship with nature, and the land to which we travel upon.

As a result of our evolution, knowledge is enhanced, and the recess of the new -- that space to be filled -- is fully employed. We tap into the formerly unused portion of our brain, writhe through enlightened DNA, and come to find new knowledge with each passing day. We find the inner genius, the mystic archetype, the cosmic wanderer, and seeker of the unknown -- that quester of the new -- that believer in change -- that idealist with hopes revolving around the sharing of thought, and expressions of ones inborn divinity. We know that evolution is real; it is actively occurring now; the genetic mutations are suggestive; and the extrasensory events are only further suggestive. We know that the world is changing, and the shift lies in the Light of the individual. We are all unique reflections of the Source, of the Godhead, and we are all primordially divine, as originally endowed with twelve-strand DNA. Upon our return to grace through Lightbody and the endurance of immortality -- the final life -- we see our value, our importance, and our worth to the totality of the collective -- and we may step outside of the matrix -- look at people, places, and events, from the periphery -- and see where these energies may be integrative toward a unitive whole -- through a holographic understanding -- and a belief in belief itself.

Knowing epiginetics, the self-controlled environment, the symbiotic feng shui of placement, and arrangement, this sacred space is our room -- our space to be filled -- in our evolved thoughts, and that waveform of thought flowing in iridescent Light within the mind, as traveling through the ether of the cosmos, and then back to us -- we may imagine Light coursing through the body, we may see the planet Earth radiating in noospheric radiance -- we may see the entire universe as illumined -- the multicellular aggregate luminous and glowing -- and all cells within cells leaving cosmic ripples, and supernal vibrations through the ether of the universe. We may see through the vantage of the periphery, how reality is self-constructed, and we may see that our effect on reality is totally direct. We shall realize the law of attraction as active, know that all thoughts are gravitating through the Light of their cognitive nature -- and the natural attractor force of the subconscious mind is always magnetizing us into new, divine experiences. Catalyzed by the dream, the cell germinated with the Light, the universe primordially sparked into existence by preexisting energies, we are One with God, we are writers of history, changers of the world, and self-contained vehicles for divine Light. We are human evolution.

Invocations, and their usage.

I have written these invocations employing rhyme such as to produce a higher-vibrating resonance within the subject. I will suggest that these invocations are either sung, or spoken aloud. By singing an invocation, we are connected with the angel-realm, and invite things into our life more fluidly, and actively. The "masters" will hear your words, and as such, answer the call. Invocating Light, the Earth, Love, Power, and Words, and other things to which are found in the recess of the final life -- these invocations are encoded with vibrations that make them more effective. Some of the invocations are written streaming-consciousness, and are direct transfers from my own Light. However, the best invocations are written for ones own self, and I hope the invocations I have produced will inspire you to write your own. "Words with rhythm" was a concept once spoken to me by a beautiful individual, this very simplistic reference to the concept, of simply "rhythmic words" is a fairly positive notion within the mind. So one is to endeavor into the production of ones own invocations, and employ ones own creativity for a connection to the higher realms. It is preferable to keep your invocations a secret, for the power is better in preserving ones own Light. Keep your invocations a secret, and refer to them daily. You may perfect them over time.


Invocation To Light

The Light flows in my very core
And the Light flows in riverlight
The laws are universally known
And I am in the final night.
I awake from my dream renewed
And I see with gelded sight --
That it would come to be seen
Was evident in iridescence
And the Light-floes built inside
Of the helix it would ride;
Into the filaments renewed
And all the core in Light imbued
And all the informational
This cell within a cell
The scenes of the final scenes
We are the raven soaring high
We are the Light of righteousness
And know that system tied
Within the heart of all of this,
And it is tilled through gardens
Of flowers that bloom in Light
And these which feed our lungs
And give us air through the night
Would flow into the very core
And back, to see our sight
In the mirror of iridescence
In the Light that flows within
By the very Light of heaven;
And enscribed on the skein of time,
That our history would flow --
In informational Light --
We are found so beautiful,
Within the recess of the night,
Within the pages of the future,
And we ride into the unknown,
We stand on the precipice
Immortalized by Light --
And within those eyes, so home
And realized, again through time
That intervention was the norm
And would become the guide
The very coming of the storm
We hear invoke the Light into our cells
Cast the Light into the final body
Let all riddance of the concepts
Of what past had thus endured
But realized a resounding laugh
At the ever-realizatory cure,
And eclipsing all the cells,
Via the cell within a cell,
That holographic shell --
Wake up from the dream, it seems
We woke up many years ago
And so it has now become
That into the future-floes
We see with eyes renewed
And we know that future seen
For the sake of the final few
Within the final scenes
The great showdown was found
And we questioned: everything
And the Source-base beautiful
And the iridescene flown
And the wings of that very angel
Within her eyes, so home
She thus took us into her arms,
And within this Light we thus returned,
To know of no future harm,
But only the ever-realizatory cure,
And see the future well,
Via, every eclipsing cell,
The encasement beautiful,
Oh, made of iridescent walls
And they undulate with you,
And these unispheres of Light
In the connexive symmetry
Are the days, the final nights
Betwixt this "you and me"
If ever time would end,
Let it end in a beautiful rhyme,
And let those final thoughts
For which found in the final times
Be of a great power thus found
In the dimensions that we ride
For which it only grows
And for which it only evolves
And that it flows so iridescent
By the night falls, and dream at last
The dream that woke us up --
A great, resounding laugh --
We knew in that very moment,
That the Light would everlast,
Nye to be seen, this never goes away
Within no dream, but real, and so
Within the final reality we stay.
And it is found that something new
In the concept so renewed
And recycled, ever through time
Were the recyclic rhymes,
And the tones that undulate
And intonated within this state --
That what was once, shall be again
And the hemispheres unite --
Then it is, only prescient sight
And floes of informational
And dreams of lucidness
And flying off the precipice;
So it is found within our sight
And the recylic rhymes in flux
That we know this final night
Was the beginning of all matter
That recyclic matter in flow
For this eventual re-gathered
And eclipsing cell of One
That final life lived 'neath the sun
For Sirius would flow in Light
And the stars, verily unite,
And one is the star, in flight
For this re-realization found
That nye to be seen again,
Was a intonating sound;
Waveform in Light-floes,
Going on, toward no end
But such would only continue
That in the information send
This into the future, message
That received from the future
That the future was here found
And the scroll was unraveled
And the DNA unwound
And to the future we traveled
And we made the final sound
A thought within our mind
A little hint of what was Light
And then it burst throughf filaments
And filled our very sight
Prescient, iridescent sight
Seeing only greatness now
Unto all that could ever be --
And it was a waveform sound
In her streaming riverlight
That thought would undulate
By this; electric sight
And verily, all futures found
Toward the most probable of one
That was the best in great resound
And rolled right off the page
Into existence; manifest
All animation of the sage
And shamanic, Earth-based
In symbiosis with the star --
That we were one again at last
And the future wasn't very far,
And it was ever-realized
And the aggregates of Light
Which radiated in bliss
For the scenes of that Light
Stood on the precipice
And saw the ocean bloom
Over us, high over this;
The firmament in rise
For the rapture of the times,
And the flight of all the cells,
Eclipsed into the night,
And all the Light pool wells
Flowing in iridescence
The ocean, and the cells,
And the stars constellate for me
I am one with all that is
For this prescient destiny
For the Light to ever-give
And know my soul in Light
For the sake of something new
Found within the final night
That time I shared with you
Learn from me, o' father
And teach us all to learn
That "he was taught how to teach"
By the fire that would burn
And the sun shone overhead
Betwixt the seven days
That would pass over heaven
For the Earth's body had lain
For the Light to overtake
In a noospheric shell
That ghostly body, Earth
Riddance of all past ill,
But renewed by the Light
Replenished by time itself
Given to matter eternal
A candle that lights itself
Sirius star would relay
All the Light of the new day
That in within the Light was found
A prayer for yesteryear
That we would look on back
With no concept of fear
But enhanced by iridescence
And enlightened by the sound
Of the very Light of heaven
That washes over this town.
We see the falling Lights
And the rainfall is so bright
That the world covered in Light
Would equate to find of you
That one to whom we pray
The cosmic Christ of the new day
The saviour of the world
Enlightened, body and mind
Cast into the final life,
That we could verily hit re-wind
But we choose the future soon
And that choice-point realized
Was refracted off the moon,
To lift the tides in lee,
The safety of your eyes,
And verily, watch me fly --
Was the heaven-days realized
Answering the final call
And the Light flows within
And our DNA renewed
By the very skein of time
For the sky of azure blue
Was a time for giving back
And peace washed over mankind
That final civilization
Of a world built up on rhyme,
Remembered for the love,
Remembered for the Light,
Never severed from above,
But the cable runs in sight,
From mind to heaven --
Iridescent-floes --
For thought would resound,
In its iridescent tones,
For syllabic array function
That is realized as one
That one of all, the very Light
The saviour of this world --
To whom we lovingly write,
And kindly devote our thoughts,
In loving prayer toward the future.
That Light would cover all,
In this iridescent cell,
A bright glowing firmament
Where all of us would dwell
In the final place of God
That one who knew so well
Via universal law
That once the world was found
In the Light of the new day
The sky, and the ground,
Eclipsed to final ways,
That merged, the energies
And constellate the times,
Interpolated to mainframe,
A mind built up on rhymes,
Peer through gelded sight;
See beauty in all things,
Perceive the meaning,
All the bliss;
That causes a heart to sing --
And marry me to the void,
That I may reach unknown,
And all the past destroyed:
Within your eyes, I'm home.
Come and be with me,
In the midnight hour, dawn
For the silence of the day
And the minutes passing by
With all good thoughts to say
That one would verily rhyme
And it was found in Light
The information-floes
Realized as everflow
That only continues on
For the infinite forever
And footsteps on the pond
Walking through the walls
Transferring energies,
Telekinetically-inclined,
And see the falling Light
In her Light-floes iridescence
The very rain that fell,
In glowing orbs, beauteous
The snow of the heavenlight
Into the portal gateway
The body vitalized
Would never die away,
But immortality realized,
The final body known,
These the final thoughts,
To event our way back home,
Via universal law,
And know, and know, "I know"
One is aware of all things
Yet matter continues on
The weather, it will change
Somehow, the sun would rise
And we observed, within her eyes
Something seen in Light
That was never quite the same
But cast into the final night
Of the slowly falling rain
Forever in her sight,
That goddess of all things
That god who bore the ring
That engenderment alas
Only realized, a laugh
This punchline verily known
And our name enscribed,
That we stood out, at last
Within her electric eyes --
The joke that was re-told,
And it was all experiment,
This concept, of "Free Will"
Invented by one mind;
That mind is yours alone.
This world you would create
One is God over all things,
In the frequencies, and rates
Super-strings travel forth
Through the harmonic divide
And she was right, all along,
And she knew, very well
The Earth would love us all
From heaven, purgatory, and hell
Eclipsed to the final ground
Of something entirely new
That was a surprising factor
Ever-leading up to you
The final relationship
The love of all that was
The Light guiding the ship
And the sparkle in the suds
A flower blooms in concrete
A tree on mountaintop
The Earth beneath her feet,
Revolves, never will stop --
As matter continues on --
And we see our eyes in Light --
By this great reflection --
Within the final night . . .
Come and learn from God --
The Akasha-floes in bliss
Bound by universal law,
That was leading up to this
Final realization seen
The wakeful lucid dream
The dream of awakening
Our own, beginning of time
That we exist, to live again
Was a thought within the mind --
Undulations traveled forth,
And they all equate to rhyme,
So watch the falling rain
In slow-motion torrent-flow
The falling orbs are iridescent
The light of heaven: watch it glow!
The ghostly body worn
In transition from one,
Into two, three, four --
All the way into the fifth --
How many tones would add up
To the sight of the precipice,
Seeing all the world,
And jumping to rise in flight,
With the many angels,
These electric thoughts in Light
The noosphere of the mind
The glowing, final night
Whence the dream was realized.
Symbiosis with our home,
Free energy for all that is,
And no box under a stone
With no tragic epitaph
Or another life to live
But know the final one
And teach yourself to give
Of energy, free endless flow
Via the Free Will of the soul
One is found individual
A unique cell of Light
To be learned from by all,
Set your example a'right,
Living in the Light --
Expressing all we feel,
To know where feelings lead,
Is what God would reveal,
That in emotion we are Light
And "feel our way through life"
Instinctual, so prescient
The Light that we would ride,
That lying was ever-dormant,
It was always lying deep inside.
Now science is still catching up,
While we evolve so fast,
In the quickening of mind,
And a life to everlast --
"I am the end of science"
"I change the world myself"
"I am human evolution"
"I am an iridescent cell."
So the Light would flow within,
Evolver of the times,
Ride the rhythm to perfection,
And feel the inner rhymes,
That find us in heaven,
And we are so bound in Light
That infinite information
That final last-lived night
To which a dream is real
And vividly recalled
That symbols thus revealed
That something new was seen
And the process never ends,
That ever since the dream,
To which all time begins,
We are all good people --
It was our Free Will to exist --
We have a right to live once more,
That life we so adore,
Married to this life --
The final one to know --
Ceasing the aging, stop the pain
Reveal the inner flow.
And betwixt this rhythm found
Wherever you may go
Make a new Light-sound
That vibration would flow,
In the networks symmetry,
For the natural, and the free,
Evolver of the times,
Realizer of the realized,
Mind of the final thoughts,
God over all things --
Commit to this final life,
And allow your heart to sing,
You are everything --
And nothing --
Pulsing with the heart divine,
With that eventual return,
Ever-realized,
So come in Light, and fast
To end up within her eyes
This sweet Godly machine,
In her machinetic grace --
Pray to the Earth --
But moreso --
Pray to outer space --
That meaning would be found;
We are not alone here;
But many are observed,
Within these wakeful times,
For the Light would shine again
As it always did before
And the silence is a friend
And the words, are the cure
And the information-floes
And the Light that everlives
And the informational
And the Light to ever-give
Unconditional love,
And open mind to all hearts,
Willing to change,
To live, to live, and never,
Ever depart . . .
But know this final life
Find the revelatory state,
And the rhythm that lies within --
The rhythm of thought in flow,
That time would soon begin,
With the dream of awakening,
One shall know the final life
A reality of ones own making
And the most destiny-worthy sight
That the ground would start shaking
In our changeful Light
Our effect upon the world --
Held within her very sight --
That as the Earth would spin,
We felt the spinrate perfect
For time would soon begin,
And the Earth was all renewed
And heaven came at last
And we met the final few,
Heard a resounding laugh,
In the present time thus found --
Within the living moment --
It was found that we exist,
To dream of that final wish.
And verily, never die . . .
We could only rise, rise, rise.
Unto the highest vibration
Within the home of eyes
That see the future now,
Presciently-realized.
And arriving there somehow.
And we walk that final road
We arrive in tones of Light
And we know just where we've been
And where we'd wish to go.
Unto the times of final Light
In the concept of tomorrow.

Invocation To Earth

The earth is alive, O' mother Gaia!
And the spirit iridescent
In her noospheric shell --
By the very Light of heaven --
Let Earth be covered in Light
And let the citizens all basque
In the dreams of the night
That were built to everlast,
Make straight a highway for peace,
For the symbiotic flow --
In all her perfect symmetry,
We walk that road to peace.
And the Earth as built on Light
Was a place for learning seen
That we incarnated many times
To arrive within the dream.
Wake up, O child of Light!
And admit to your good cause
Saviour of the Earth
Believe in universal law
That Source from which we came
Was a radiating fount of Light --
And that Light emanates --
From the heart of All That Is --
The Earth, covered in Light --
A rising vibratory state --
In her movements through time,
To arrive, and perfectly
Rotations continue on
For animation continues on
And life continues on
And all life will evolve.
The end perceivable --
Unity of one-consciousness,
But until we walk that road,
We must evolve the Earth --
Mother Gaia to which we pray
Wherelin lies supernal worth
That our purpose toward the Earth
That symbiotic star --
Was a purpose of all that was,
Coming from the stars --
In the Sirius-Light thus born
Within the dream of one,
We were ride of all past scorn,
But irradiate beneath the sun --
The world covered in Light --
And all the Earth renewed,
Renewed by prescient sight
In radiance, imbued.
That cell, a glowing cell --
Within the total aggregate,
Where lies the center,
The Light of the universe!
Bless the Earth for animation,
Let the cell continue on,
For the dancing amid echoes
That told us we were wrong
But rules built to be broken
By the Lightworker would stand
With open heart and mind
And watch the falling man
To which all is found at last
Within the tones of Light
Those tones that everlast
In the lucid dreams of Night
And far into the future --
We saw the Earth in Light --
A most probable future --
Within her prescient sight!
O' mother gaia, sweet resolve!
Land of grace, the wanton call
The soldier finds no battle
So retires to his or her thoughts
And finds amid the cattle
An anomalous soul walks
That somehow, guided --
We would learn just where to be
And what to know, what to learn,
Verily, what to see.
The imagination blooms
Like flowers in outer space
That Light forever imbued
Was cast upon Earths face
And all planets would find
Their cosmic evolution
Of Godly thoughts in rhyme
And the revolt of the traumatized
For the final showdown seen
Within her Earthen eyes
The future came so fast
We could barely realize
Where standing in the Light
Within the pool that glows --
In her band of frequencies
Walking that electric road,
Super-strings sent out from Earth
In harmonic frequency
From the second of her birth
She would always pray to me.
The son, the daughter, the Light
Eclipsing toward no end
That was forever realized
For as far as Light would send
One advances, this we know
Unto harmonic convergence
To walk that final road
That road which knows no end
And we see the Light at last
Verily, within the mind --
A resounding, final laugh
As all, was "almost" realized --
Unto the concept of tomorrow
And the theme of new belief
Turn the world anew,
And let her be filled with Light!
All the patterns verily flow
From the river of our minds
Unto the ocean that it flows
Was always built on rhyme.
And memorable, these thoughts
Toward the Earth we send our love
Mother Gaia, the revolving star
Shining 'neath the moon above,
In this triad: sun, Earth, moon
And centrifugal force --
We are held in up equipoise
We realize our own due course --
And the future of the Earth --
Is the future of the race --
And the race is still advancing
Upon her Godly face.
The visage sees a grin --
In the mirrors reflection,
That New Earth thus found,
Left us with new questions --
Of what the future sees,
And where all of us go,
To be bound up by dreams,
Such are "better than you know"
And memorable, all thoughts
Enscribed on the skein of time
That Akasha-flow in Light
That was final, that was known.
The Earth shall see no end
But her life continues on
So we may past-regress
And see karmic incidence
That incarnated on the Earth
Left us with more questions
That the quest would never end
Is infinitely realized
So we could barely pretend
That we are even alive --
Such is unreal, how can this be!
The New Age? Dimension three..?
Evolving toward the new,
Unto the fifth octave realized --
Teleporters, evolving race!
Teleconnected upon her face,
Through the symbiosis found
And the Light of the collective
We made this Earth alive
By the power of our thoughts
They were committed to her life
In the futures that we see
And we all evolve collectively
No one is left alone
We all evolve together --
Epitaph read on the stone:
"You shall live forever"
"And you shall know no death"
"From this Earth, you're never severed"
"But infinitely progress"
The New Earth thus found,
God knows, on Venus Light --
For wherever we may go,
We will always reside.
Via outer space, on ships
Or in that space station
Safe, somehow, evolved
We will verily arrive.
And know the past was that
Merely the past, the future seen
Eclipsing all the dreams
And flowing through the Light
That which would never end
But forever in Earth sight
A race of peace-lovers
Evolutionists, the cure
The vaccination of the Earth
For the calmly spoken word
"Oh Earth to which I pray
Let me see the new day
And rise unto tomorrow
For which this road is paved!"
Now one can verily see
Via prescience, with pure eyes
That eye would stand alone
And nature realized --
In her iridescent flow
That realization found
Unto the final rows,
Committed to the sound --
A waveform frequency --
A Light projected fast --
Out from the mind, abound
Surrounds the Earth, and it lasts --
Such that the Light does not die
But the Light is infinite,
And once realized;
Some are forced to move on,
While the caretakers remain
For the sake of this Good Earth
We are verily rewarded
For our karma well at last
Lived upon this star
To equalize into a laugh
We never looked back so far
That the future lied in store
Something invariably realized
It took one, the only cure
For this world to be saved --
That one is you, the knowledge born
And find the final few --
For which the Earth shall know,
Her survivors are alive,
And we do not writhe through hate,
We see through prescient eyes
Saviours of the Earth
The Light of the universe
The uni-verse of thought-text
Within information-floes
Divined, the mind, alive
Wherever one may go --
We know of the home-base
To which infinitely return
The New Earth shall live on
While the old ceases to burn,
And all the fire washed away,
And all the tears thus fell
In her iridescent rain
That no one could deny
And it came quite soon
The Light to everlast --
'Neath the tides of the moon,
Blessed be! The final laugh!
Stood the lone survivor
On which the Earth was won,
That survivor was collective
Of a race infinitely young
Never to die, and cease to age
But Lightbody of them all
The world would never see
Before the angels call
To answer well and fast
That the Earth would everlast
We saw the heavenlight
And it covered the blessed cell
In her iridescent flux
That never bloomed so well.

Invocation To Power

I am the only one that matters
God loves me the best
Through all of these disasters
By the power soon regressed
I see the changeful world
And one is born in Light
For the sake of all that was
Within the recess of the final night
While the galaxies just twirl
And the energy never stops
My power is infinite
And it never ceases to flow
Via riverlight imagination
Carried unto the final rows
For which I see my life
Divined by everything
Via rose-colored glasses
Causing my heart to sing
From the mountaintops I soar
Into the indelible flow
Of the realizant factor found
Wherever I may go
I am the center of all things
To which I am everything
All That Is, the final host
So crown me the greast one
Via a unitive force
All energies thus joined
I am the caduceus
Watch as I fly --
High off this precipice,
And no sense to ever die
But immortalized by Light
And reaching the heighest heights
By the Light of the collective
For the sake of all was found
That fateful burning question
In infinite resound
Within my mind of minds
The genius lies within
By the power realize
As words are like my skin
I operate through time,
In sequential logical flow
Toward the final end of Light
That is realized where I know
Unto God, my final song
Sung at the top of my lungs
In equipoise of Light --
And realized All That Is,
By the precipice I stand --
Only to rise in flight --
Ever-rising in vibration,
The frequencies resound,
As the waveform travels brightly
In infinite resound.
Harmonically converged
Eclipsing all the matter
For the final thoughts of God
Hear the resounding laughter
At this cosmic joke we made
All born from one mind alone
For the future was forbade
That lasted for quite long --
Now the darkness passed,
We sing the final song.
And see, all of the past
Was necessary toward the future
In realizing ones place
As the final living suture
The host to All That Is
The God-consciousness
The flow of riverlight
And the road that is walked now
To which there is no end
To the power that was found.
So find power in your heart
Writhing through Free Will
Power that will not depart
Until a spoken tone --
Keep silence at close bay
And know your Light to shine
That your purpose is hard-wired
Into many, many lives --
The masters reach to you --
They learn from all you are --
God prays to your existence --
You are a bright and shining star --
All power thus found in Light,
By the Light-floes iridescence,
Of this enlightened cell of Earth,
The home to which was made
The soul given through birth
And power not afraid
But looking to the future
With eyes glazed in tears
That we know the final suture
Within the final year --
But never pass too fast
Or ever come to late,
But arriving just on time,
With the writhing aftertaste
Of power on the tongue
And softly spoken words
Knowing just where we came from
And that Source is the cure --
We are one organized --
We writhe through sacred space --
We control the environment --
We are alive in outer space --
We peer into this mirror
And see great reflection
That future brings us nearer
To the finalmost question
Answered at last in Light
For the sake of all that was
In the future realized
And minus turned to plus --
The adding up of time,
Through sequential vibration,
Was a world of rhyme and Light
That carried all the nations --
In unitive force we flow --
We join, collective peace
For the power of this road --
A highway for our God --
The realizant factor found,
Praying to universal law --
Know the goal is realized
Through the endurance of time
That was found within her eyes --
The Goddess of the rhymes --
O, creative force to flow!
And know no answers new,
But all that is ever known
Is here gifted to you.
Flip through the pages of the book
See all numbers aligned
Then give it a second look
And realize that all is fine.
Know the future well in store
Was verily realized
Was no damnation, but cure
Within her gelded sight.
Coming fast, the future soon --
As time accellerates --
In the quickening of this room --
Blessed be, the sacred space --
And learn of all we can,
And see universe span,
The growing walls that flex,
By the power in one hand,
Individual in Light
The self-contained cell of white
That covers the body in this form
That power of the storm
Electric currents in the mind
Yielding power in the rhymes
And knowing that place was found
Within her gelded eyes --
To know relationships,
By the power of this Earth,
The captain guides the ship --
And she knows of your self-worth,
O, humility of a God!
Make equal all that exist --
And equalize the laws --
And verily, do persist --
In changing this darkened cell,
Transmuted to the Light
Conversion of all matter
From black turns into white
And so the brothers and the sisters
Convene within the night
To share of all their stories
Of days past, and human plight
And realize that future found
Was within the collective --
Upon this Earthen ground,
Where the heavenlight would sit --
In the band of frequencies --
Electromagnetically --
In this iridescent cell,
That carries you to me,
Find your hand in mine,
For love to re-exist,
And a mind so full of rhyme
To grant that final wish.
O power of the sea!
And flowing ocean that burns
With the passionate destiny
For which I forever yearn --
And was it only me..?
In the mirrors reflection --
That God was realized --
In a single asked question --
To know of my future place
With collective destiny
This star in outer space --
So wakeful from the dream,
To the final reality,
The final incarnation --
That exists for both of us --
In a combinative force --
That reaches ever so high --
That this vibration will only rise --
Is evident in the changeful world --
All is soon realized --
In the power of the one --
Knowing all within a thought --
Bound by unconditonal love,
Writhing through honesty --
And all the past regressed
To the single thoughts of God
Which are the answer, yes
And know that power found
Was infinitely found
That was within your very soul
The Light that lies within
A God-blessed miracle
That you are even alive
Here within the New Age --
You survive . . .
Through infinite power --
You are alive, you are alive --
Feel the Light within your veins --
See the Light across your frame --
Feel the glow within your soul --
Writhing through iridescence --
Become One with the Source
And return to one, again
In evolutionary course
Toward the most deepest of ends
That the tunnel was there walked
Until you realized the Light
Of the only one who matters
That of the gelded sight --
The power was always yours --
And you are One with everything --
Allow your heart to sing --
Make music out of life --
In this harmonic orchestra
That power revitalized
Was the eventual cure
And coming fast, and coming fast
As time acellerates
You will get the final laugh
And it will not come too late
The power found in Light
That power does not abate
But it flows as riverlight
Endlessly, endlessly
Infinitely, infinitely
Growing, building, rising
Rising, rising, rising
In this vibration that flows
In harmonic convergence
The Light becomes the soul
And the power comes at last
The power of the final laugh
Perceiving all this hoax
Was an estimatable joke
In the thought of only one
We realized new hope
By the daughter and the son
And the bridegroom of all life
Unitive force, power thus found
Grant me the final life
Give it back to all that deserves
And let all be wealthy here --
That all shall know the power --
The future is in our hands,
And the words enscribed in stone;
That the future was realized
Through the power, one was home.
Power, endless, power --
That only continues to grow,
Rising in cognitive frequency
Wherever the Light shows --
And it glows within the mind --
Iridescent thoughts flow within --
In bright paragraphs of thought --
Immediately manifest --
Enlightened thoughts of One,
Is a lucid state of Light
Unto those final scenes
Blessed by the sight --
By the Light of the glowing sun,
To Sirius, and back --
"I am a conduit for Light"
And the Light flows through all,
The Light as informational,
Composing the very walls --
See the art-work of the mind,
And never see the end,
That this power only continues on,
Electric thoughts within --
And so it goes, it only flows
For the power of the only one
God would decree you seen
Within the eyes of law
That you woke up from the dream
And the world woke up with you
Given to those final scenes
For the sake of the final few
Give the power back to them
Where it rightfully belongs
And deserve the final place
Singing the final song --
It was meant to be free and endless,
For a world of individuals,
Unique microcosms of Light
By the power that just flows
And we realize the sight
And we know our soul is Light
And we know the future found
Was within the final night
The dream that came so fast
A dream to everlast
To get that final laugh
And looking ever-on
Toward the future that would span
In imaginetic flow
For the sake of this good land
Wherever one may go
Let the power re-exist,
And become interfaced,
Within that one who will persist ---
And save the human race.


Invocation To Love

Let the love flow into my heart
Let love find me in romance
In this great union that was built
Never left up to chance --
But ever-synchronized
Into the lasting motions found
Within those very eyes --
Ones home will resound --
In happy thought, pleasureful
And it was like a miracle
Once those lips would join
And a hand in hand, again
Walking down the road of night
In this ever-changeful land
Let the love flow into my heart
To all existences I know
That will never quite depart
But as love, just flow and flow
In the river of love that is
Within the mind of Light
To gravitate new relations
And know this place was good
Realize, the shift is real --
And you will change the world --
By the power of one,
One love, one romance --
One union with the divine --
One place within those eyes
Blinking the tears away
As the happiness in sigh
Would realize a new day
And pray to tomorrow
Filled with iridescent love
To rid one of all sorrow
But always look to the above
And see our confidence
Was bloomed in Light, in flight
To rise in love-vibration
Carried through the night
Send all prayers to them --
The ones to whom you love --
And regard with purity --
They also pray to the above --
We are one, a great collective
Evolving, collectively --
Toward the finalmost of thoughts
Where we are so happy,
And know one thought is pure,
Leading up to the next,
That of this we are sure
Looking up at the sky --
And the angels that would fly --
Blessing us with love --
Filling the heart with radiance
And illuminating the world
Let the flow within the heart
Emanate through all life
In love-floes eternal
For the sake of all that is
The love which ever-flows
Is found within the Informational
Knowledge of the pain
Will make one more alive --
That knowledge was the same,
Through tones of love we survive--
So we may oscillate,
Occasionally, to those depths
Only to rise much higher
For the answer always a yes
And realize those eyes were pure
The mate that so demure
Would reach into your heart
And pull out the perfect words
And realize this love
Was the cure to all the world
And the love flows through everything
As the galaxies just twirl --
The love-floes iridescent,
Covering the world in Light
O, heavenlight in flux
This is a beautiful world --
You have a beautiful life --
And your purpose is hard-wired
Into the collective,
You are human evolution --
You are the change we need --
We find the shift was yours
Realizatory --
And find the final life
Where greatest love was found
A husband and a wife,
Married by the sound --
With that held-hold wedding ring
And the self-same place of Light
Betwixt this great union --
That carries into the future --
For our childrens children
And the highest suture --
Let the Earth showered with Love
Reflect creatures of Light
Looking, ever-above
For this prescient future-sight
To know relations found
Was an inevitable thing
To be in union with at last
And bound by the an electric ring --
The union came at last --
The lips were joined and fast --
Embrace the arm in arm --
And hand in hand --
To keep you safe from harm,
Within the final rhymes,
Love is all there ever was
It is the final frequency
That we pray to the above
Was our prescient destiny
And joined, at last, in two
This combinative force
There was no one left but you --
And you are so beautiful --
You are the beauty of this world --
I pray solely to you --
My love, my relationship
My saviour of this world
To put that hand in mine
And pray as the world changes
And it was found to be alive
Required love, just to survive
So the race would live on
Via unions of the Light
Evolutionary souls
Intellectually bound
With their hopes, and prescient goals
Upon this Earthen ground --
So the love was found --
And here, to everlast --
The Light will never go away --
It is here to stay --
And the love is infinite,
And the universe just grows,
That old thoughts just die away,
Making room for the new,
Send your love out to the world,
And know there is only you.
You are the one who matters
You are the saviour of this world
Your love is required
To continue animation
And life on planet Earth --
Give love to all you know --
Shower the world in Light --
And observe the clean fuel
That is infinitely realized --
The love-energy that binds,
That hope for passion springs
And within this heart, all sings
To end up -- as queen and king --
Married with the future --
And finding ourselves there,
That love carried us through --
And we toward the Earth do care
That growth is continuous
And our children will delight
As we grant the final wish --
Married into the final life.

Invocation To Infinity

To that which lasts forever
And is universal law
For which I never sever
But obey with all my cause
And exist for the infinite
That universe expands
See from this precipice --
Where my being stands --
I am a cell amid the sea --
Of the plethora of cells --
Bound by destiny --
And seeing where I go,
With these prescient eyes,
How the information flows
And writhe through the infinite
I am alive in the New Age
And time will reach a close --
Once that machine is built,
The now-point realized
For the sake of all that is,
I lay the track down with my mind
See the converging Lights --
I am the Light, and I converge
To end up in the new place --
Destination realized
As a place of infinitude
Committed to the final life
Where I am an ascended master
And I know my soul in light
That was ever-realized
In a continual process,
With infinity's eyes --
I am alone, I am at peace
With the company of soul,
Pray to the Light that lies within
Which is only infinite,
And never ceases to grow,
As the universe expands,
And watch how far I go!
With the starship of my Light
A constellated sight
All eyes eclipsed to one
And it was found, and it was found
Through the power of all life
In infinite continuum
For the time was realized
The now-point actualized
The second hands will pass
While the clouds move overhead
And one may let out a laugh
As all is seemingly realized
In a single, infinite thought
Of a God-conscious life
And realizant of that truth
For which shall everburn
In the vortex of the heart --
To which infinitely yearns
Via knowledge that just builds
And reaches no end,
Toward conclusive elements,
We seem to reach no end,
And this which goes on forever,
Is the continuum in flux,
For the sake of which no member
Of the race is left alone --
But all feel the touch of God --
Within those eyes are home --
All are equalized in Light --
All is infinite, as Light --
Through the informational,
And the continuation builds
For which the Earth is replenished
By the infinite Light --
Matter continues on
And the sun will rise again
With a brisk wave of the wand
The tides are parted --
We control the weather --
Our power is infinite --
Let the angels sing for you
In your realizations --
That the soul is known in Light
Is borne through evidence
And the extrasensory,
And the supersensory,
And the collective destiny,
And the miracle of One.
So infinite, resound
And it never ceases to flow
From sky, to Earthen ground,
Wherever one may go.
All is infinite --
All is matter that continues on --
The world shall never end --
Nor will heaven be so wrong
As a field to finally know,
And live within her song --
Sing of the infinite!
And pray that you are one,
For the sake of the future,
And the Light of the burning sun --
That local star to which we know
And of which our Earth revolves
In the continuous continuum
In her riverlight flow,
To see that life continues on
And as such, it only rises
And the attractor is the mind
And the attractor is the thought
And the attractor is the LIght
And the attractor is but found
Via these tones of which
Know infinite sounds
In harmonic convergence
And the frequencies flow
By the Light of heaven
And all to ever know
Which only grows, and grows
The road is endless
And walk it toward the Light
Which is ever-illusive
We seem to know all
But the questions continue on
Let the avid mystic crawl
Through reality, in song
And know ones thoughts are Light
That only continue on
In the infinity of flux
Through the continuum --
So know the infinity --
And accept within your heart --
From the sky, to the sea --
And that great ocean of cells --
There is one, to which you are
And here it builds, and here it grows
Through the imagination --
Wherever that road goes,
The road is only infinite,
And one never cease to rise --
So stand within the Light
And see your place is found
As a continual process
Through the tones that will resound
In frequencies of Light
That bless the Earthen ground
All matter is infinite
All matter is entangled
All is born from the same Source,
And all are one within the Light --
This only continues on . . .
This only continues on . . .
And the process never ends,
And no answer proves all known,
However revelatory
With questions we are home
That the quest will never end
Is evidently seen
And we send our love in Light
To live out this waking dream
As lucidly realized
A very vivid dream --
Somehow, one could fly --
Somehow, one could see --
Somehow, one could grow,
Somehow, one could be
Walking an infinite road.
Somehow, one would live
Again, to realize the Light --
In the final incarnation
But this is not the end --
But the beginning of all time --
That in one life all is seemingly known
Will only writhe in rhyme,
The future here thus seen
Was ever-realized
In the process of the dream
Within those lovely eyes --
To see the future through
And know it never ends
But shall always carry you
For as far as energy sends
And it will last, just forever --
Just long enough, for forever --
That it lasts, is evident
To which one is never severed
But knows all is inclined
In a collective flow of Light
Which shall absolutely never end,
But only flow, into the night.


Invocation To Words

All the universe is information
And through language, we find words
That words shall last forever
Is the evidence, the cure ---
So find the proper words --
To translate thought to action
And writhe through proactive animation
And realize the clues
That lead to more clues
In these information-floes
Let the words resound within
In their informational,
As words are like the skin,
They carry us through all --
Via language, we survive --
And we must communicate --
Master words for ones own sake --
One is a writer, alive
And the paragraphs do flow
In manifest within the mind
All information to know
Seemingly, never-ending
But a sentence that just grows
We see the phrase within our minds
And it reads "sweet miracle!" --
The right words verily found
Let them emanate through sound
In the waveforms that travel
From the Light of the DNA
As all is information --
All is bound by words --
We find, via language;
That intonation is the cure --
And count the syllables --
Find the now-point of thought --
For which a rhythm found,
Is a future that is sought.
Let divine words flow through
And let their energies possess
Like the sky of azure blue,
Where imaginations progress
We may count the stars
But we may not see them all
So the information flows
In a never-ending flux
Via words and information
The language flows within --
And our thoughts are seen
As writers, in a dream
Enscribed on the page
Of the Akashic Records --
To learn of divine sage,
And grant the final wish --
That knowledge realized
Would eventually find one
With the right words within the mind
That beautiful phraseology
Verses, and more verses
In the uni-verse of thought-text
The waveforms flow within
And they are all-connexive
So the words flow through the mind
In intonations, syllabations
Often bound by rhyme
Via Light and information --
So the words that flow within
Are in sentences, and flow
Via the phrase within the mind
In bright text, it glows
And the paragraph refined
By our expressions, realized --
These words to everlast --
In that revelatory state --
And the resounding laugh --
Once that words are brought forth
And they enter into the mind
In their logical due course
And all are bound through rhyme
This which is repeated,
Densifies into a form --
Leaves a mark on the environ
Like an aurora of storm
Flowing deep within the mind
In what revelations come
For the signs all point to new
And the new is realized --
Through the words that come
And flowing as a river
In the bright verse that exists
One shall see the words in Light
And they glow within the mind
These bright words that flow
And all are bound by rhyme
Soon densifies into reaction
And we are found in a new place
That direction of the present
And the moment found in tones
Syllabic intonations
That flow, and flow, and flow
And only continue on --
Through the infinite resound --
Deep in the abyss --
Deep beneath the ground --
At the very core of Earth --
Therein lies a tone, a sound
And the waveform travels through
From mind to Earth, and two
Out of one is born --
In a combinative force --
In logical due course --
Logilinearly realized --
In this flow of words that come
And all shall flow with rhyme,
And roll right off the tongue,
Let the mantras resound
Let autosuggestions flow
Let the affirmations densify
Into the future roads
Where words may carry us
Speak with another, and learn
Listen to their words
And observe how they flow
In the sentences of mind
In thought, and logic knows
That there is a logical result
And therein the words will flow
Until punctuated verse
And words with rhythm born
In the inter-tangled pleasures
All found within the storm
Of information coming fast
Through Sirius, into DNA --
And the Light would everlast --
The words will never go away --
The words reside in the helix,
On that very filament,
They dance on the dimmer switch,
As one continually rises in strand,
Let the words answer the wish
And let it flow through the sands
And the waters, and the mountains
Flowing through the universe
Into the mind of Light
An iridescent verse --
That was realized in sight --
One may see the glowing words --
And they glow in fixture seen --
That these words are the cure --
To wake one up from the dream --
All revelation found,
All dreams re-realized,
All by intonated sound,
And the waveform flows,
In her bright iridescence
Wherever the future goes
And the words shall never end
In their riverlight imagination
But only continue on
Through the infinite resound
Ending up within the mind
In those tones, in those sounds,
The waveform flows --
Radiantly, it flows --
And the words are coming now --
And the revelation seen --
And the words are held in mind --
And the words all say, in Light
Whatever comes to mind
In this repeated exercise
Via meditation found,
In those prescient eyes --
The words are coming fast,
The revelation found,
A revelation to everlast,
In infinite resound.

Invocation To Tomorrow

That day shall come at last
When I wake up so renewed
That I realize, very fast
There is no one left but you:
Sweet tomorrow . . .
The day that lies ahead --
May I schedule things,
Or verily, let energy send
Through the emanated field
For which all is soon seen
In the tones that are revealed
Within this waking dream --
I see tomorrow, verily
And I know that day will come
There is always a new day
And I am healed by time,
For time may end, so true
But all shall still but rhyme
And the rhymes are iridescent
For the sake of the new day
And the sun rises again
With little left to say
Standing in amazement
As the sun rises
And we observe the flowers
And the birds
And the trees
And the mountaintops
And the streams . . .
We see this radiant scene,
We are synchronized --
Some feeling of deja vu --
One has been here before --
Somehow, this was dreamed,
And all dreams are the cure --
So the beauty of the new,
And cast in a state of wonder,
As we look clearly at you --
And we see fateful laughter
In the tones all realized
Was a place within the mind
That the day would come
And prove the waking scene
With the unfolding hours
And the minutes rolling by
The clock-prongs eclipse again
Twice a day, verily, verily,
And here we pray --
For world peace --
And harmony --
At the hours from the dawn,
Until the sun rolls back below,
The entire day is lived
For the sake of perfect flow
That one is instinctual
And effortless, intuitive
Is omnilinear, and logical
Through the passing days
To know this future found
Was an eventuality
And we rode the probabilities
Into the road of Light --
Carried by the wind --
Carried by the night --
Carried by the sun --
Carried by the moon --
Held up by gravity --
And ever-realized, today.
For all is in harmonic resound
And all is logical again
We are married to the times
And the times will come again
So time-traveler, at last
Realize the final laugh
And know you have arrived
With those very eyes
That once was seen, and felt
The day that soon would pass
Into the new day,
For the sake of all that is,
And so it goes, continues on
Into years, and memories
That haunt us forever --
One may look back, God knows
But toward the future we see
That by walking this road
It is only infinite
And never ceases to grow
So we build in new vibration
And the frequencies all rise
And we find ourselves at last
Within those prescient eyes --
The collective race at last
In the world of tomorrow
To this concept that we pray
Will rid us of all sorrow
But know there is a new day
There is always new hope
And the time will prove our fate
Was overriden by the new day
And we erased the past, with new
And it all added up, into
The final flow thus found
Upon this Earthen ground --
So time-traveler, accept
That the path is plainly seen
But the future, one rejects,
To end up within that scene,
For which is self-created,
Activated by the dream,
And we know ourselves alive
In the recess of the new
For which all life survives
All leading up to you.
Getting closer,
Much cloesr now . . .
But towards what, God knows
The answer exists
But the question resounds
And tomorrow persists
Found on that ground
Answer the wish
And know at last,
This final wish --
To see ones self --
Within those eyes --
Of prescient Light --
And realized --
The day was found
As something new,
That carried us, back into you --
The Source of all --
The Love for God --
The knowledge seen,
Universal law.
So know this day,
And find it fast,
The only way,
Is paved in that --
We know ourselves --
Via the Light,
To live in tomorrow,
Would be all-right --
And see this day,
Coming so soon,
To walk away,
Right past the moon,
And never look back,
And never look back,
Because we know,
We have arrived.
And here one is --
In the future now --
Somehow, somehow,
That day came fast,
And it plowed through time
To end up realized
As a conclusive element
That fateful day, that fateful day
To which we pray, to which we pray
The concept of tomorrow
Inhits one with wonder --
That it may never come,
Is a fact we never know,
So live for this day in peace
And walk that final road
To know the future seen
Through self-created hands
And destiny interwoven
Into the sands of time
Tomorrow realized
We have arrived, we have arrived
Peering into the mirror --
To see ones own eyes --
And at last, at last,
This day, was the final one
Within the stream,
Within the continuum,
It was the final analysis,
Realized within the mind,
Stood on the precipice,
To rise, and up and fly . . .
Flying into the new day
That day was found at last
Again, was found all new
To grant the wish at last
And know the future seen
Was very much like a dream
A dream that never ends,
Not until the final scenes
And we shall see, at last
The decimation of the past
Re-write all that once was,
For the greatest future found,
In the mere blink of an eye,
One arrives in the new day.
And no soul could ever die --
The soul lives for the new day.


Invocation To Peace

Let all the world live in resounding peace.
Let knowledge be shared for all
For energy was meant to be shared
And your Light is required --
By that of the collective,
For which all once was hid,
And we lived through darkness,
Yes we did . . .
But at last, we have arrived
In human evolution.
As prophesized, the shift --
Lies within the individual --
So change the heart, change the world
And spread infinite information
To reveal peace to all mankind
And all humans on the Earth
As verily built on rhyme
Ever since the day of birth,
One was born into a world of images
And had a name to everlast
This individual found
That the future killed the past --
And peace was found for all,
In the damning ways of one,
That fateful individual,
God's only one --
O' fateful child
Saviour of the world!
Rise, children of Light!
Into a world of peace!
And let it all equate to night
Wherein lies invocation --
I invoke peace within my heart
To bless all of mankind
Peace that will not depart
But exists, and flies in rhyme
And I see the world in Light
Renewed by infinite peace
That knowledge would be shared,
From one person to the next,
Expressing that we care,
And do not self-reject.
But know that fateful stair
Walked into the Light
And peace for all existence
Within the final Light --
That knowledge came, and fast
Via many channels to outlast
And the media would flow
In images and words
The very Light, the clothes
Worn since the day of birth
That was peace, longevity
And sharing of self-worth
We perceive confidence
In the individual soul
Who is the harbinger of peace,
And bound by prescient goals --
The future realized --
A radiant time of peace --
Within those fateful eyes --
To the futures we will reach --
In the concept of tomorrow --
That wondrous declaration,
For which all would see,
And unite all of the nations,
To wake up from the dream,
And admit to life in Light --
Let peace flow from soul to soul
That in network symmetry
We may know of prescient goals
And see this waking scene
To time, re-realized
In peace that we would find
By the power of the Light
Married to the Earthen ground --
And peace that everlasts,
And only continues on,
For the symbiosis found
With a planet that would grow,
And evolve, continuous
To walk that final road
Into the land of peace
And breaking all the rules,
They were built to fall away --
There is nothing greater
Than one individual --
The peace expressed at last,
In the governments unfold
Via mind, and via rhymes,
We see that we are alive --
In this, the midnight hour --
To which all is coming fast,
To the information-floes,
That last, and everlast
Where peace will everknow.
That was a time, and realized
Within peace we are so home
And know that peace shall last
Once found, for at least
A thousand years . . .
God knows, some ill exists --
But is weak in contrast with the Light --
That some selfishly steal,
In the hours of the night,
While others work for peace,
And sing that final song ---
So it goes, we do evolve --
Into the future grounds.
And the answers all once hid,
Are revealed to us in dreams
So let peace flow through all
Let sharing be the norm
And let energy be expressed
In a torrent, in a storm
In Light-floes, information
That blesses us in Light
To rid of all question
But afford the future sight
To see peace in the world
Was an eventuality
We would realize in time
Via the final incarnation
And know our place in Light
And know peace to everflow
And realize that now is here
And here is now
The time for peace resounds
All the Earth joined in Light!
Open hands for tomorrow,
And the coming night,
Let the mystic days pass us by
In existential stream
Governed by experience
And realized in dreams --
That the future found a place
To reside, infinite peace
And this was logical,
It only made sense to share,
The energy once expressed
Shall emanate so fair
Through the rhythmic divide
Into ones prescient eyes
A land of peace
For all creatures alive
In symbiotic flow
And network symmetry
In these evolving times
Power to the peace-maker
And the one who sees the path
Is walked toward the collective
That path to everlast --
And now, this time is here
For the peace to resound
From each year to year
And bless this holy town
For the neighbors to know
And share of energy
That all citizens would glow
In the land of the free.
So show yourself alive
Express peacegiving ways
To find yourself realized
In the tomorrow, the new day.
And speak your words in kind
Relate to your fellow stranger
And often through love, support
That no world is full of danger
That is always full of love --
Peace is an eventuality --
Of all human evolution --
It is the restingplace of God
By the very Light of heaven.
So bless these waking hours
That are leading into peace
For the seasons, and the flowers
To the heavens that they reach
Kind words, kindly acted deeds
And saying plainly "father"
"Put your words in order before me"
We welcome all forms of judgment
Because the soul is pure,
We live for peace, and peace alone.
That peace is the final cure.


Invocation To Rhythm

Let the primordial rhythm flow
With the mind of Light
Where all the future knows
That presciently realized
In intonated sounds
That occur within the mind
Perceive the waveform,
And watch how it flies --
I invoke the rhythm of my heart,
With the stepping of my feet,
To the ticking of the clock,
And the rhythm of the beat,
That percussive symmetry,
Which flows within the mind
Separating all of us
Via time, and knowledge now
But we are all as one, at last
Via rhythm overcast
Find the sun, and pray to her --
That she would rise, and so demure
The rhythm of the rising sun
With that of the bright-glow stars
And the moon that stands so high
Over the world, so young.
So time would last forever,
But time-travelers unite
For the rhythm thus found
Within recess of night.
And reveals that all is right.
Such is born through the primordial,
And is rhythmically-derived
There is an inborn rhythm
To which all life exists
It is the primordial rhythm
Through which all life progress --
And this rhythm that exists --
In purity, and in form --
Is a rhythm that persists,
And continues to inform.
Educated by the tones --
Learned of the final flow --
Synchronized --
We knew just where to go --
To end up within those eyes --
Within which the soul is home --
Find the Source within --
The centre-pulsing rhythm
From which all Light emanates
Through the Lightbody --
And the very cells composed
For eclipsing to the Light --
Was all in flux, and realizant
Of a future that came fast
Once the revelation found
In her rhythms, that doth pass
Via streams and riverlight
We see energy flow
From the mind, into the masses
Wherever it may go
And so it goes, we live
Through a certain rhythm
That the heart would beat
And see the moving clouds
While the clock-prongs eclipse
And we pray to the fallen sound
We see matter continues on,
Through these days we find,
And we are synchronized,
Into the universe --
One is at peace with all --
In this rhythmic divide --
Answering the final call,
To know we'll never die --
And so, immortally seen
This dream, of all dreams
Would stand out in perfect rhythm
And naturally occur
Within the mind of night
For which all answers flow
And know, so verily
Within the future-floes
That time would come, and fast
For the realizatory factor
And that fateful final laugh
As we observe the movements go
And matter continues on
In her eternal flow
With a single wave of the wand
We are where we want to be,
Teleporter, synchronized --
In the very blink of an eye --
Finding the destination --
Was ever-realized --
And within that rhythm seen,
With the pulsations of the mind,
Was a revelatory dream,
That woke us up in Light --
From the dream of awakening,
To the tones of the final night --
For which, time is nye to stop
But renew herself again
Through the time-traveler found
In that fifth dimension --
There is no real thing
Such as time -- merely a moment
A second ticking down . . .
Within lies the nanosecond
And other forms of rhythm found
That there is a minute rhythm
To the movements of the sound
In her waveform flow
Within the mind of Light
This rhythm we verily know
Was found, and found at last --
And it came in natural rhythms
For future equalized with past,
And sequencing through the days,
With a knowledge of the future
That will never die away --
We see peace in time
And a collective symmetry
Of many minds collected
Unto a rhythm: free
And all men and women unite
Unto the final rhythm --
Of that time which realized
Found us at the very Source --
The Source-rhythm that flows
In her natural due course
For which, this, primordial
The spark that started it all
Emanates in all directions
And time is verily renewed
By the very Light of heaven
And rhythm leading up to the new
And as soon was realized,
The moment seen, and fast
Observed proactive animation
And a power that would last --
Know this rhythm is divine,
And it came, and it came fast --
As time acellerates --
And the machine is working now --
The machinations of the future --
For which all things resound --
And find infinite peace --
And find revelation --
And find the rhythm
Of many minds, in due duration
Through a telepathic accord
That lasts only forever
The rhythm carries on
With matters continuance
Through the infinite continuum
All matter continues on
Through the primordial rhythm
To sing of fateful songs
And see the Light reflect off the moon
We are proxies for this rhythm
Indeed: we are time itself
Incarnations of rhythm
Who naturally occur
Singing . . .
"I am human evolution
And in rhythm, I forbade."
So the change would come,
From one softly-spoken word,
The rhythm falls in sequence,
Unto revelation,
And it is found, within the night,
A naturally occurring dream
Inviting future sight,
Inviting future scenes.
The rhythm continues on
As matter is infinite --
All is born through Source-rhythm
And this rhythm prevails --
We are carried into the future --
By the rhythm thus possessed --
The host of the final suture --
To the past we see regressed --
And know, verily, where we are
Where we are headed, shining star!
The rhythm is infinite,
It pulses with the heart divine,
As the universe would flex,
In the manufactured rhymes,
So flow, all energies
Toward a conclusive element
The dream was realized
In perfect rhythmic flow,
And this rhythm never ends,
Into the future, we shall go . . .
Eventing through the days
Eventing through the years
Eventing through millennia
To know the future here.
And it would everlast --
The rhythm of future and past --
Eclipsed in a great sight --
That rhythm infinitely realized
Was an intonating sound
Occurring naturally through the verse
And it was found in Light
The rhythm of the universe --
The rhythm of God --
The rhythm of the Source --
The rhythm of universal law --
All are bound by rhythm.
There is a rhythm to all things.
One prays to all this rhythm,
For the heart to kindly sing
"God bless the new day!"
"Coming fast, unto peace!"
"That will never die away!
"Into the future, I reach!"


Invocation To Rhyme

Let all thoughts flow through rhyme
In the inner musicality
For which all is seen in time
Bound by the rhythms of the mind
Let all cogitations soar
And let all inner undulations
Flow through lyricality
Via rhyme, and super-flow,
So come and be with rhyme
In the melodies that flow
Through the synaptic connections
And the combining forces
So that we could watch, and grow
Through the reality we made
Via experience, and Light
That all the hate forbade
In that dark recess of night
The future that was made
In a world so built on rhyme
That it would only make sense
For rhyme to rhyme with time --
And thought to rhyme with God --
And eyes to rhyme with LIght to rhyme with sight
And God to rhyme with "awe" --
Thee to rhyme with see --
And seven to rhyme with heaven --
And the electromagnetics of the Pleiades
Flow into a different dimension
So we find rhyme is memory
And within memory is thought
That is held up through this ability
For which rhyme is all we've got --
And the ability to learn,
Through the power that thus yearns,
Through a field of iridescence,
Is the very Light of heaven --
And the seven stars doth shine
In their immortal Light --
Over all the days of night,
And all the Earthen plights,
And so rhyme is everything --
It is the memory of this world --
And it only grows into a rhythm --
For which therein thought knows --
And this rising rhythm flows in Light --
And we all rhyme with one another in life
And our information, so it flows, and vibes --
And rhythmically collides, harmonic convergence
That a rising star would once again fade back
And refer to that great resounding laugh
After which it seems this rhythmic
Flow of which only constant
And so it flows and on
Toward a rhythm
And this is
All is
Toward a finality that only grows --
And sequences through rhyme,
Oh how beautifully it flows --
In this grand riverlight --
The imaginations sight --
The perpetual growth at last,
In her many stages that outlast --
Grinning in iridescent pride --
In that mirrors reflection --
Through the rhythms that we ride,
And so it flows, our evolution
In the continuation of dreams
And the ideals of the hopeful
And the ones who saw the scenes
And observed the changeful times,
And so it flows, these radiant Lights --
And in the constellated starshine
Of which our wonderous noosphere
Glows with that of our own Light --
In the heavenly recess,
That of those higher dimensions
Toward which we can only progress
As that is the only real choice --
As born from the same Source,
However we may have a voice
And prove our own due course,
This is only making the journey
Back to the Source, a more enjoyable
And worthwhile, experiential flow --
And that river that glows --
Toward the Source of which it was made --
Is only in equipoise,
This nirvana -- that would be --
In the mere blink of an eye; --
A level we would reach --
All identity survived --
Through the records we shall leave,
In our ascending legacy, --
Of the rhymes, and invocations
Of the thoughts, and undulations
Of the vibes, and frequencies
Of the prayers spoken from our knees,
From the thoughts related to One,
To the Source from which we came from,
To the eventuality of all that is,
Toward nirvana, that precipice
Toward which we do not fall --
But only rise in due flight --
And, all together now --
The union of all LIght --
In her perfect rhythmic flow
Is a rhyme for love of time
And that God of One who Knows,
That final life, that final life,
That love for all that flows --
In this, riverlight fashion.
And so it goes, and so it goes --
Life continues on
And peace is eventual,
We are found in reality
That one to which we made
Seeing all we want to see
Feeling all we want to feel
Knowing all we want to know
And thinking all we want to think
And being all we want to be
And revealing all we must reveal
And flowing as we flow
And winking at the glow --
And see the mirror knows --
That of which we are,
And all of us contained,
Unto the final thoughts,
Of the Source-rhythm-floes
And knowing almost nearly all to know
In that mystic catharsis
Of the furniture of the void
To which our star, it burns --
In the merkabah vehicle,
And through the space we fly
Through the mere matter of the mind
In the rhyming composition
Of the verse that inner flows,
And this verse for which is found
That great, infinite sound
To which sky merges with the ground
And some rhymes we must repeat,
Because they help us levitate,
And so it goes, we come to be
Governed by our rhymes --
And the rhymes that make us up
Are only beautiful rhythms --
In the make-up up the mind
That very mindfield of energy
Which flows in due regard
With all the mirror shards
In holographic logic Light
That informational
And it is burning in the night
And it never does sleep
And your mind, that subconscious
Wherein images are found
So find the symbol,
Find the rhyme --
Find the memory --
Find the mindstate of evolution
And flow with rhythmic Light --
Let there be Light to fill that space
That portion of the mind
For which was once unused
But is now to be employed
We shall see through inner Light
That we are the vehicle of change
And it only took one --

Invocation To Beauty

Let life be filled with beauty
With a mirror through which to see
Life blooming from all things
That cause rhyming thoughts to sing
And see a blooming world of Light
That is only perpetually arise
Through these building frequencies
Of the beauty in your eyes --
The one to whom is shared
With all that we do know
And telling of these questions
To which answers may flow,
And it is seen that connection --
Therein lies, what is beautiful
And the romance of our growth
Through the pride and confidence
Of Love shared with another
Only yields beauty in due consequence,
Knowing the law of attraction,
And beauty finding beauty as it will,
That like attracts like --
And we live as through a thrill
And this it flows, in that river
And it is a river towards the ocean-floes
These heavenly days lived
In the New Age
Of beauty and innocence
And pride and knowing this
Which is continually learned
In the art-work we shall see
That is art; the very Earth
And all are artists
All are creators of destiny
All are reality-producers
All are individuated cells
All are iridescent with life
Imbuing life which only leads to more life
And survival of beauty is constant
And we have the Light within,
To cease aging, and all else
That through immortality --
All beauty is found --
And we shall never meet death.
We shall live forever
Beauty carries us
And the environment just is
Beautiful and forever
Infinitely frequentially in rise
And of super-strings
Through waveforms
And thought-vibrations
Which are all seen as beautiful.
So beauty ever-surrounds,
And so does information
As Light is information
And information is beautiful
We seek to learn; evolve; grow
And so this is so, via thought
And the inner Light we found
And the thoughts, yielding a sound
And the Light for which contained
Is like lightly falling rain
And the gentle love expressed
And flows as the wind blows
And may commonly progress
Through this discussian we shall find
In the beauty of our minds
And that which only flows
In due consequence, God knows
Is perfect in its form
And formless, yet again
Takes on a new shape --
And so beauty is worn again --
And those words, so like our skin
Our irradiate, and beautiful within
That glow in sentences
Perfect, glowing forms --
And these thoughts revelatory
May within hold a story
Of the beauty that once was
And shall ever be again,
Lying in the DNA,
The very filaments of One,
That never goes away,
Once the Light is won --
For which the beauty to everstay
And so all these frequencies resound,
And it is a grand, beautiful path
That yields the final laugh
As so suggested before
That only glory is held in store
And the destination found
Is a waveform, is a sound,
And its beautiful flow that goes
And infinitely resounds --
That only builds and grows
In a storm of frequencies
Storming in a network
That of the infinite energy,
The electromagnetics join
And the harmonies converge
And all is seen in a whisper in the noise
That only builds and grows --
That lone, beautiful one
That changer of the times --
Flowing in the self-fashioned future
Otherwise, not peer to far
But as well, the final suture
That bright, and glowing star --
So all beauty thus found
Can be seen in the sky above
In the seasons of the trees,
And growth of flowers in the Spring,
The iridescence of Summer
Of the changeful leaves of Fall,
And the beauty of Winter,
So beauty is naturally produced
And it surrounds one, everywhere
From the environs that one knows
So this beauty is all Light
And information-floes
That grow and build and grow
Evolve, all is eventual,
And all is so beautiful --
Unto the days of tomorrow
Which are only seen as beautiful
In counterpart to All That Is
In due consequence --
The storm of Light that flows,
The Lightning cast by One
The One Spirit beautiful
In the core,
And glowing outward from centre,
The Light of the universe --
The epicentre
For which the artists are born
And we creator masters of beauty
And the creators are found
And the ascended masters come
From their own realized finalities
In time, to which the rhythm found
Is only eventual beauty --
That perfect avatar self --
Wholly holographically beautiful,
Resounds with that you see
And it is radiant, so it flows
In the riverlight that grows
And imaginative cells
Oh, the Light of the individual
And what power did arise
From the ground once hovered a stone
And an epitaph surmise
With some lonely declaration,
That once gone, once gone is all,
But beauty prevails
And all is calm,
In the eye of the storm,
Like the seasons, soul returned
And the One Spirit prevailed
In returning beauty to Earth
In that historic birth --
One is alive in the New Age --
Of the planet Earth --
In the Milky Way --
With a blackhole
At the center of our galaxy
And our planetary revolutions
Around that central star
The sun photosynthesizes flowers,
And life exists in the triad --
With our location in space unknown,
But perceived as somewhat as an epicentre
That what once is found our home
Will be a place until the eventual calm eventor
Into the deepest future --
The greatest relationships --
And the highest forms of beauty in ones life --
On this beautiful blue star --
Is resoundingly infinite,
That re-incarnation is a reality
We shall see in evidence
Of the re-incarnated starseeds
Who now live and breathe
Through the beauty of the indigo
To the master found in Light
The powerful meditator
To the one of prescient sight --
To the prophetic dreamer,
To the prayer gone out at night --
To the one to whom we serve,
That inner master we so deserve;
To know the beauty,
Of the guiding Light --
And that system which flows,
Only infinitely in her matrix array
That grows --
And beauty prevails,
And the Earth is beautiful
And life is beautiful,
And humans are beautiful
Primordially divine --
Masters of beauty --
Epiginetic creators --
Flying as the angels would
Soaring through images
Of which Free Will prevails
And so whatever is imagined
Is attracted into life --
This all know, a common truth
No secret, --
But beauty, and the endurance
Of the riverlight flow
Of our inner images
That grow,
Only continue forth
And we are all artists
And creators
And expressors
And divine Light
We all have beauty in our Light --
And beauty prevails --
So we grow upon the Earth
A beautiful blue star
And we have come here for a reason
To see our beauty go far
And continue infinitely
In beautiful Light-floes
That only continue on
And we see beauty in the stars
And the clouds that overpass
Beauty in the sunlight day
And oxytocive laugh, --
That security is found,
In everything we see,
As flowers bloom like sound
That resounds infinitely
And beauty is all life
The purpose, the destiny
Only one life
To produce the masterpiece
And karmic incident
Is referred to as beauty
And it is learned from, forever
In the body of our Light
Which is only beautiful
And lasts through the mystic night,
Unto the new day
Which goes forever on,
And only continues on,
Beauty prevails,
And all things are beautiful
Let beauty surround all life
Let expressions be informed
And knowledgable
Of all beauty
That prevails, and so grows,
And exists,
In everything one sees.


.Invocation To Connection

Let new relationships be formed
That are most beneficial toward evolution
And symbiotic environment
Let this connection be evolutional
And a positive resonance,
That grows in beauty over time,
That what will now be remembered,
As the days of the New Age
Are a joining of believers --
And dreamers of great sage
Knowledge that everlasts
Coming to be universal
And a natural connexive force
The network of Light in floes
And the informational enhanced
Recyclably, over time --
Through new connections made
That carry one to future
Where all the frame-work laid
In the force of new connection
By the relationships thus formed
Within recess of the final life
Information in a torrent-storm
Flows through every cell
Inviting other Light
To exist with us in here --
The now-point of awareness
For which thoughts progress
And emanate through the field
Calling forth new Light
In the new relations formed
That was ever-realized
As the connection made in sure
For the sake of new knowledge
And a growing evolution
In this changeful times
By the very Light of heaven --
All are unitive in flow
Joined together and well know
That connection was the end
And toward the ocean one flows
Knowing the future found
In those recess of eyes
Peering through the soul
And all knowledge realized
In human connection found
The greatest masterpiece of all
In the final life to which I know
That I am One with all --
And my thoughts are electric
A gravitating force
Drawing new connection
In a flow and righteous course
Through which learning comes to pass
From one cell to the next
That knowledge that everlasts
By the walls that everflex
As the universe just grows
The further we explore
Knowing that final road
The all-connexive cure
And it was some miracle
The union of the minds
Like an eagle soaring high
Perceiving through the vantage
Of those enlightened eyes
Seeing where connection leads
In the recess of this life
For which the river bleeds
Leading to the Source
For which all Light arose
For which all new connection found
Is a vibration that grows --
And so harmonic convergence
And the joining of minds seen
Through evolution of the times
In this ever-wakeful dream
To which one wakes up fast
And knows to everlast
That final life so realized
Of great purpose to the world --
The Light that emanates --
Covering this blue star --
For the all-connexive force
That never went so far --
In the new connections made
In the recess of the final life
All karmic incident repaid
And knowing all that is
To be seen within these eyes
That it was no dream
But a reality thus found
Within the final scenes --
So that connection found
Would enlighten every cell
By the power holographic
That ranges, so well --
Beautiful in flux
In her flow of radiance
Within the mind that glows
And flows through riverlight
In beauteous imagination
For which all evolution seen
Is the eventual process
Of this great machine --
The machine of evolution --
Turns in her machinations --
In rhythmic perfection --
That is all, verily seen
For the new connections made
Within this life so great
Was a connection that lasts
And everlasts, to writhe in phase
With a resonance of souls
And frequencies aligned
By the super-strings that travel
And the vibrations that writhe
Traveling from mind to mind
In that newfound telepathy --
So direct transferrence was
Evidence of the change --
And one lived with the purpose
That is geared toward the world
Serving the collective
As the energy just flows
In her radiance, her Light
The creative storm in flux
Within the Light of the mind
The attractor well in flux
Gravitating new Light
For the sake of all that is --
And realizant of the new
That flows in everything
Betwixt the you and me
Oh the romance of the soul
Greatest relations found
New connections forged
In the merging of energies
Toward eventual eclipse
River leading out to sea
And growing in Light at last
A continual endless growth
That only builds over time
In the self-renewal hope
For the new connections made
And the relations well in flux
Back when the world was made --
We were all seeded with love --
And so connection found --
In the Light of the very soul --
To end up within those eyes
For the future manifest
And all new Light realized --
So the new connections forged
In recess of the final life
Eventual, in course
Lead up only to more Light
That frequency just grows
From mind to mind it flows
And so evolution continues on
We walk that fateful road.


Invocation To The Seasons

Find the beauteous snow of winter
And the beauty of the spring
The radiance of summer
And the fall of fallen leaves
That seasons come and flow
Through their natural accord
We see the new tomorrow
For the evolutionary course
To which the seasons are renewed
And all the Earth doth turn
For the union that is found
In environmental resound
Envirothoughts, in activate
And see the seasons coming fast
Through the times that everchange
And the Light that everlasts
So see the beauty of the winter
And the radiance of spring
The brightness of the summer
And the colors of the fall --
So the seasons renew all things,
And the world continues on,
For as the angels sing
Their song is toward the flow
And all angels see the Light
For which is walked that final road
To know time-traveling
In all the right places --
Carried by the song
Of nature that which flows
In her iridescent Light
That covers all the world --
So the seasons of the heavens
And the celestial bodies move
Via frequencies, and tones
Of convergence of the sights --
All eyes eclipsed to this,
The lone image in the mind --
Beauty fell over here
And once perceived radiance
That all the world was glowing now
And it was a land of infinitude
That upon the knowledge of the seasons
And the celestial bodies move
Turning, in our motions
And centrifugal force --
In the spinrate realized --
For the future found in course --
That the seasons carry on,
And matter continues on --
And the rhythm doth prevails --
A most angelic song --
That equalized in mind
Was the realization found
To the endurance of time
Where the time-traveler resounds
And burning with the Light
Gathering sunrays
Starlight that oscillates
In her constellating flow --
That is realizant of futures
To which the seasons grow
And know the seasons well,
The recycling of time,
That continuum prevails --
In a world so built of rhyme,
And memorable these thoughts
Those of the final life
To which all is sought
In the advent of this Light
And the seasons continue on
And the sun doth rise again
And the angels see the song
Of the waveform that travels through
In the super-strings that emanate
And fill the universe --
All the waveforms travel
In their logilinear due course
For harmonic convergence found --
The eventuality seen --
Was a place within the mind,
Awakened from the dream --
In the world that is everchanging
And the winter, spring, summer, and fall
Bound by this symmetry
For which the angels see
Our movements in time
Carried by self-destiny
That one knows the soul in Light
Through the knowledge of the seasons
That all is cyclically renewed
And matter continues on
Life is animation
And the cells are animate,
Traveling forth through Light-floes seen
In grand, beautiful prescience
Knowing the seasons coming fast
Was a time within the mind
A holiday of the world
A time of the cosmic spring
A great joining of all Light
For the radiance to sing --
And grand, these thoughts that flow
In the movements of all time
That the internal rhymes
Are flowing naturally
Along with the movement of the seasons
And seeing what one sees --
In the Light of the sun --
The verdency of the trees --
The changeful, tinted leaves
And the snow that sprinkles down
The renewal found in Spring
The flowers that return
Re-incarnated so seen
In this changeful reality --
That only continues on
In the natural process found
So animation is infinite --
And the conclusive elements
Suggest that nature seen
Was a realizant factor
Waking up from the dream --
And new life thus found
For the sake of childrens children
And the renewal of the sound
In her perfect waveform flow
That nature is possessed,
And the vibration just grows
The further one will progress --
So the seasons come and go,
Matter continues on,
We see the concept of tomorrow,
And we know it will be good.
Find the schedule realized
Of a self-perfected future
Within these prescient eyes
The body of the final suture --
To see the future realized
As the seasons come and go
Infinitely renewed by time
For which all matter knows --
Time-traveler alive --
In the recess of the new,
For which the race survives,
In the seasons that come and go.


Invocation To Laughter

Let laughter come at last
And let laughter resound
In the knowledge thus accrued
Via the waveform sound
Oh, laughter in our thoughts
The absurdity of it all
How karma would outlast
But one shall never fall
Knowing humor well in store
Was the logic of the mind
That the cosmic joke at last
Would resound within the mind
Perceiving from periphery,
Seeing all that we may see,
Therein lies the punchline
For which all thought relates
In this laughter come at last
That we see just where we are
Where we have been, wish to go
By the Light of the stars --
We are aware of most all
And perceive the inner joke
For which the laughter calls
For the renewal of our hope
Know the humor of this world
Never take too seriously
Any quest, any dream,
But realize humility --
In the jokes that make us up
From punchline to punchline
We writhe through certainty
That all is never known
But realize this never ends
For the laughter that would come
In light of All That Is --
Where the emanating Light
Rolls beauteous off the tongue
In the comicality
And the hilarity of this
For which therein lies meaning
But that meanin we may miss
In the jokes that pass us by
Knowing no seriousness
But committed to laughter
And perceiving "all of this"
That the laughter came at last
In reflection on the way
For which is built in stone
That was only made to break
While the system is revised
The humor lies within,
We see through prescient eyes,
And know the jokes of kin,
For all relationships
Must join in hope and laughter
That nothing is too serious
We shall know no disaster
But always reside within humor
And see light where meaning lies
That therein lies a meaning
And it is seen within our eyes
That directly perceived
Is the joke of this world --
That the laughter flows
In reflection upon all,
Like the absurdity of union
In a world built on discord
That we see the chaséd tails
And how the fox will run
Through the inner joke that lies
So there is a purpose to all
And we may see in dreams
That as the laughter calls
We shall know those scenes --
Where the joke is inner truth
Perceiving as absurd
For the sacred of the youth
And the power found in words
Let laughter resound!
Let it be the final cure
For laughter heals everything
And nothing is too real --
The rules are always changing
And within we shall reveal
That our growth was endless
But we reflected, with good eyes
That nothing is too perfect
This we humbly realize
And see the joke of life
For the absurdity of it all
That somehow we survived
In a world built on discord
Manufactured for control?
Created in the image of God?
The mere two-strand DNA
Is the greatest joke of all
And how we went so far
To answer the final call
Was like the Light
Of a shining star --
That never shined so far --
And shone over ones life
In the illuminated rays --
For which all meaning lies
In the humor of the day --
So see the joke in Light
Never be too serious
But writhe, exuberant
For the humor of life is good
And laughter is the healer
For which all is seen true
Within the eyes of Light
That ever-lead to us
Joined by all the laughter
And the joke that passes by
Unto the new, the next
The finalmost punchline --
All-conclusive,
All-revealing --
The honest words do tell --
That wherein lies absurdity
So the laughter fell.
And we looked at life
Through the eyes so self-renewed
Saw our power in this life
Was all humorous, in two's
With two eyes, two genders
Two hemispheres --
And two-strand DNA --
We are built to disagree,
And so exists the grandest joke
For Free Will to exist
In the land of fallen hope
Somehow we survived
Through the trials of this life
And we look back on this
With prescient, realizant eyes
Knowing that it was not real
But merely the dream of one
To which within all is revealed
Like the very Light of God's son --
So the absurdity resounds
How could any of this be?
The cosmic joke is found,
And punchline verily seen.
So the joke resounds,
Nothing taken too seriously,
But exuberant with pride,
In our waking destiny.


Invocation To Music

So the music flows infinite
In the syllabated thoughts
Via intonated sound
And the foot-steps, and the talk
Resounding in frequency
Oh, how the waveforms flow
From body and mind
And spirit --
So the energy will glow --
In her musical accord
The melodies of the mind --
Via Light that lies within --
And ever-bound by rhyme,
So the rhythm is perceived,
And the rhythmic destiny
Is ever-leading to the future
For the sake of you and me
Joined together by music
And thought turned to song
For the revelatory state
And the knowledge of our sight
That only grows, endless
Unto the final night
Wherein lies the dream
That woke us up at last --
So saw those final scenes,
Where the music doth flow at last
In her melodious frequencies
And convergence of waveform
The sonic resonance
And the natural harmonies
In their melodic resound
Flowing within the mind
Ever-bound by sound,
And the Light of everything --
Oh, the music of the mind
The music of our thoughts
In their connexive-symmetry
Bound by universal law
For which the One Spirit
Is flowing good supreme
And finds the Light as magic
The beauty of the dream
Wherein all adds up to music
And music is the final thought
The universe is music
Super-strings, and frequencies
Light and Sound are merged
In the waveform flow
That is flowing through the mind
Watch, as it grows
And rises in vibration
Through the supremacy of thought
Of the power found in Light
And the foot-steps, and the talk
And the inner Light that lies
Within those frequencies
Where all music is found
Of perfect destiny
And the sky merged with the ground
And gravity fell at last
For the joining of energies
Energy that everlasts
So the harmonic convergence
And the super-strings in flux
All the Light convergence
And the teleported love --
Telepathic minds --
And readers of all Light
See the pages, the skein of time
And it flows so musically
Like the music of our thoughts
Of perfect destiny
And so that road we walk
Toward a final end of Light
That never ends, but Source
Shall know our eventual return --
Once one is ready --
Once one is prepared --
For the commitment, to One alone
The One Spirit that exists
Moving through all matter
That all matter is entangled
And the Light-floes shall resound
In their musical patterns
That only flow in sound
And the waveforms merge
And the mix is everseen
The layered tracks,
The layered tones,
The layered music,
Where all is Home --
The layered thoughts
The syllabic tones --
The occurrence within
The thought in One
And merging all Light
By the Light of the sun --
And that Sirius star --
And the awakening dream --
For which the music equates
To those final scenes
Wherein lies
The inner masterpiece
Created through time
And manifest by the mind
A musical flow
That shall never ever end
But is only continual
By the power it would send
And the music of the heart,
And the music of the mind,
The music of the thoughts,
Shall all equate to rhyme --
And know this power endless
That in music power is found
All thought is music
All music is thought
And the formula prevails --
That in frequency, all survives
And through reverie one never fails
But the music that flows within
In harmonic frequencies
Are tones and vibrations
That occur within thee --
That the Light is infinite
Is only evidently seen
The growing universe
The profundity of the dream --
And all symbols contained
That thus woke up the mind
Like the slowly falling rain
In music, rid of all pain
And see the Light where once was hate
That the music came too late
Was a fabrication invented
By the evil sons of low --
But music has always existed
And music will prevail
That we are all musicians
And we are all capable
Of this expression, divine Light
Sing your thoughts --
Sing your Light --
Sing your inner frequency
And intonate with all --
The envirothoughts thus found
In musical symmetry
They can only resound
And join all energy
For harmonic convergence
That doth occur again
In her cyclic patterns
That occur, over, and over --
Building in vibration
Rising in orchestra
The melodies prevail
And they all equate to Love.
So the music is thus found
And the knowledge that there waits
Is a musical symmetry
In sonic waveforms
Betwixt you and me
That orchestratic storm
Only flows infinitely
In musical discourse
To end up within dreams --
The matrix of all love --
Equating to the scenes
And angels high above
Singing songs of Love
And joy, and peace, and spring
Renewal of all life
That to which the Light would bring
And the rhymes flow
And the thoughts flow
And the rhythm is found
Wherever one goes --
In lies the music --
That which everglows --
In the waveform patterns,
And the emanated tones --
For which all equates to Light
And within Light we are Home.
Find the music of the heart
And ride the passion of life
That this shall never depart
But be carried through rhyme
Given to memory
And recalled, through time
As what was infinite
And ever-resounding Light
The music of the spheres,
And the animated forms
That all move in synchronous flux
In logical due course
For which the music of all life
Is a thought within the mind
And the music of ones thoughts
Are verily, built on rhyme.
And so lovingly repeat
Certain rhymes, certain thoughts
That power is found, we see
And all the love thus brought
Through the music so we flow
And we are in the orchestra
Wherever one goes
The inner musical awe --
That we are in a state of wonder
By the power of our thoughts
And the music is iridescent
In perfect symmetry --
Flowing through the mind --
Joining all energy --
In harmonic convergence --
In perfect destiny.
The music flows as infinite
The realizatory state
The knowledge found in Light
And the tones, and the sage
And the wisdom, and the power
And the fortitude of Light
By the music of the mind --
By the internal rhymes --
By the flow of riverlight --
And the beauty that lies within --
Music is all thought
Music is the end of matter
All is music, we shall find
In the tapestry of life --
Interwoven musically,
That resounds, in Light
To which the music flows
Infinitely on, forever
And the orchestra knows
No end . . .

Invocation To Joy

Let joy fill all the senses
And well-being come to pass
As the final state thus found
That state would everlast
With the music of our thoughts
And the melodies inclined
For which therein lies joy
And all the beauty one may find
In the beautiful environ
That to which is filled with joy
In the pages of the book,
To childhood memories --
Knowing once that we would play
And make a theatre out of life
Actors in a show --
With only joy to share
In the kindest of all words
Rid of all concept of despair
But at last, the joy is found
Vibrating within the mind
From the sky, to the ground
And all is made of Light
For which the joy that flows
Within every cell
Within the holographic host
The body knows so well
In dancing Light to shine
For the music of our cells
Wherein lies true Light
In that holographic shell
So find joy in life
Find peace and fortitude
Let the joy flow through all
And let us be in tune
With the very infinite
The matter that continues on
Looking down from the precipice,
And then up at the sky --
The only choice is to ascend,
Via joy, we never die --
So find ones self immortal
Through all the tones of joy
For which knowledge that is come
Is like a realizant factor
To which new light blooms
For the love of all and laughter
That joy is evident
So we find it, so peace is true
And the joy that flows within
Only brings one closer to you --
In this great relationship,
For new connections made,
Sharing Love, Joy, and Light --
And all the love that is
To be in relational bliss
From this high-standing precipice
We see joy in all matter
That all is vivacious, alive
And it writhes through laughter
That all is nearly realized
For the joy that comes at last
Is what had always been
That to yield a laugh
And reflecting on the when
For which we know our soul in Light
Bound by eternal joy
By the power of the night
And the morning well in rise
From the dawn, until dusk
Therein lies only joy
Exuberance of soul
And a love for all things.
So the joy continues on
And happiness shall never end
We equate to that song
To share with a friend
And know this sister, brother
The union of all Light
Was an event realized
As in logical due sequence
For which all leads to joy
And happiness of mind
Pleasure in the cells
And a world so built on rhyme
That all is musical,
We perceive the evidence
Found in the miracle
Of this lovely world within
So the Light doth shine
And joy to everlast
That thoughts are all in rhyme
And ever-yielding a laugh
That startled by the bliss
The spontaneity of life
We grant that angel in a kiss
And find the final life
To which joy shall everlast
And only know in peace
That would come to pass
Was a realizant factor
Realizant of laughter
And all happiness shared
With the world in Light --
From one joyful song
To the next in sight --
That only, goes on . . .
Infinite song
Laughter and joy:
Nothing is wrong
All is all-right
We are at peace with the world
And the joy thus flows --
Infinitely on . . .

Invocation To Abundance

Through the currency of Light
And the free energy found
Let all be abundant
Let all energy pass 'round
And all energy thus shared
For the sake of the future
That is found in wealth
The abundance of the suture
Given to our families,
Our friends and associates
For the re-distribution
Of peace, and Light, and Love
That abundance finds the soul
Who works for the collective
And peace and longevity
For the Light that lies within
Was ever-realized
Making us abundanct
And fully actualized
So that money is loved
And not hated, for the evil
Such that we find no cause
For mis-use of energy
But know universal laws
And pray they set us free --
That money is enjoyed
We shall see in every day
Money well spent,
And money well saved,
For the sake of the future --
And re-distributed wealth --
And never be selfish,
Never know greed,
But germinate with Light
That abundant seed
To see the future bloom
In currencies of Light
In this fateful room
Self-realized
And all money to come
For the sake of the good
That it is to be well-spent
And not based on "should"
Needless to say,
Some are poor,
And do not know wealth --
We see the service required --
And we pray for their good health --
That some must be wealthy,
While others strive so low
At least we can be healthy,
And knowing the great show --
For which all are seen equal
And abundance to all souls
The free energy of Light
That lies within, this goal --
That future realized
Was only eventual
So the currency thus found
Would grant a better life
Of security and well-being
The perfect mate, no strife
But knowing power in this Light
For the re-distributed wealth
Given to the many homes
And the ones who see good health
For the Earth, and all the world
And the energy thus shared
We exist to share --
And so it goes, we evolve --
Through the wealth that we shall find
In the abundant cell --
That microcosm of life
That knows only good health
So one is blessed in this life
Fortunate and wealth
To know great relationships
And beauty that resounds
We are living for the Earth
And the sake of our own town
That the money that is spent
Is spent for soul-advancement
And the One Spirit knows
That within Light that flows
Abundance is here-drawn
That only builds and grows
So find that final life
Where abundance is found
The perfect mate,
The perfect avatar --
The perfect waveform sound --
As we attract abundance --
Via what was never a secret --
As like attracts like --
And we see this growing field
That space to be filled with Light
Wherein abundance is revealed
And we live for our brothers,
Our sisters,
And the Earth --
For the sake of all that is good
And worthy of this worth --
That we are prideful, iridescent
And know grace in our Light-life
That the free energy thus found
Was only infinite
And the Light that would resound
Would always lead up to this
That second passing fast
The clouds moving overhead
The trees blowing in the wind
And the tides of the ocean
Blooming Light with the Spring
And the beauty of the Fall --
The greatness of the Summer --
And the wonder of the snowfall --
We are blessed by everything
One lives for the sake,
Of a purpose found in Light
That is wealthy, and is forever --
And through this final purpose
Of which one may never sever
That therein lies abundance
Is the eventual result
For the wealth that ever-flows
And granting every wish
By the law of attraction,
And what is no secret --
All thoughts attract --
This we know --
And so it goes, we operate
Through an intuitional mode
Gravitating new relationships
For which therein wealth lies
The greatest relationships
Lived within the final life
Only one, this final life
Gravitated all together
And always seeing Light --
That is only infinite --
Carried by the sight --
Gravitated into it --
The abundance that will flow,
Within this final life,
Is a gold-paved road,
And loving all that is --
We realize the purpose,
The sake, the cause, the Light
And all is like a river
To the ocean of all that is --
All energy cycles around
In a continual flow
That one is synchronized
Is a thought to everknow
For the wealth that comes to us
For our families and friends
A minus turned into plus
Wealth that never ends.


Invocation To Healing

We know the mind-body connection
That the mind is the great healer
And the mind is powerful
Just as the body knows only health
And the right-brain hemisphere
In which we may communicate
"My body is strong," here --
Through words thus illustrate
That the body in good health
And, subthought "my mind is strong" --
And know, verily
Health flows through every cell
Holographic of the whole
To which is the perfect avatar self
Let health flow through every cell
In the body holographic
Knowing only being well
Life only gets better
Carried through continuum
For which all is worn
Like a lovingly-knit sweater
That is comforting, and Light
And so it goes,
One is surrounded --
In the radiant white Light --
The body is Light --
Light fills every cell,
And we rise, we levitate
Radiant, in good health
That the body is strong
That the mind is strong
And the Spirit is strong
All energies eclipsed
Toward the violet Light
The Light of the universe
Radiant through every cell
In the body holographic
Knowing only good health
That lasts only forever
The body is immortal
One shall be pure of age
And know verily the angels
Sending Light into the body
For which the glowing sphere
Is encompassing all
And we are alive within the here
That now-point realized
The affirmation found
Singing through the song
From the Earthen ground
That one is alive in the New Age
In a body of good health
Is the seer and the sage
Light to fill every cell
In the body holographic
To which each piece contained
Is reflective of the whole,
Body of water, like the rain
That this water is conductor
And the energy doth flow
Through the fields of iridescence
That illumine the future roads
Wherein lies only good health
That the body well knows
And one is aligned
With the Light upon the road
Walking through iridescence
And radiant, every cell
Within the glowing sphere
Knowing only good health
All dis-ease is absolved
By the Light verily found
That one shall evolve,
By the power of the sound
Intonating fluidly
In glowing riverlight
That joins all bodies
Through health, vigor, and life.
Gravitated center to center
That animation finds the cell
Within the sphere, the epicentre
That the subconscious mind
Is in communique
With the body at all times
Carrying us into the new day
Wherein all health is found
For which the soul well knows
By the power of the sound
A frequency that grows
For which the body is Light
And the Lightbody radiant
Shall see the glowing white
The very Light of heaven
Eden rising on the Earth
The New Age found at last
That once given to birth,
One would meet the everlast
For every cell eclipsed
In perfect, goodly health
For which one knows the road
Only leads to granted wish
By the Law of Attraction
And the gravitated cell
Within the glowing sphere
One knows only good health.
In the body holographic
Within each piece contained
The total host in health
Like fragments of the pain
Eclipsed into a Light
That makes sense to the mind
Knowing verily,
One is alive in the New Age --
And the Light so iridescent
And the world become like heaven
Is in biological flux
For which renewal of the cells
In Lightbody of the One
For which only knows good health
That shadow overfell
And we knew it quite well
Was the pain of the past
Re-written by good health
For the future found at last
Was a place within the mind
Via mind-body connection
And the ever-connexive cells
By the Light of heaven
The future flows in health
So the body is alive
And all cells are eclipsed
Holographically realized
As the granted wish for One
The hope of the sun
The Light of the moon
The turning world
Time coming soon --
For which love blooms
And we know all health
For life resumes,
And there is no end --
We can only grow --
Forever now --
Now-point realized,
And infinite health.
So empowered by
The radiant Light
Heal all the cells
The life is vitalized
And radiant, it glows
For the future well knows
Only good health
Of the final bodily host.


Invocation To Revelation

One calls for transmission
From the heart of the universe
That Light was my mission
For the cells to disperse
And then re-gather again
Within electric thought
And notions of heaven --
Come, transmission
Bless me with your Light --
Whatever guide, whatever name
I see with gelded sight
And I realize my place
Within the grand totality
I see my life is revelatory
And I am one with All That Is --
One calls for tranmision
Come from the very Source
Guided by Light, the mission
Realized in its due course
So enter my psyche
With the information-floes
Where revelation flows
And the knowledge only grows
This flower of the mind
Cast to bloom with rhyme
Was ever-revelatory
With the prescience of heaven
So find the revelation
Within the very mind
In a glowing paragraph
Guiding through the prescient path
See the future realized
By these present times
And one shall know of love
That love that causes me to fly --
I here levitate with words,
And the words flowing within
That these are merely suggested
A slew of abstraction,
Given to logic seen --
This ever-radiant dream,
And revise reality --
With new knowledge found
To revise the Akashic
Energy cycles around,
And it flows so heavenly
Within the mind of Light
That cosmic transmission
Was realized, one night
One day within the totality
And know of divine laughter
Perfect laughter,
In her flowing riverlight,
Emanations from the Source --
Re-vitalizing the mind,
In their logical due course,
So come the river flow
And see through prescient eyes
The revelation flows
And all is realized.
So it goes, we continue on
Through the animated cell
That flowing microcosm
That love should know so well
And here the individual
Given to uniquety
Was found a product of God
And all one could believe
Bound by universal law
From each cell in the sea,
Information flows
From one mind to the next
And we are educated
By the Light that lies within --
Educated by the Light,
Learned of the conclusion found,
This revelation flows,
From the sky, to the ground,
And it is like lighting
And it flashes in the mind
And it occurs, instantaneous
All is known, all is realized
From thoughts of connection
To how we are all the same
Leading to more questions
That we see the mainframe
Our name enscribed,
And realized of the time
For which information flows
And knowledge realized
Shall lead where it goes
Into the final night
Where the revelations lit
Glow within the mind
And all is seen at last
Within those prescient thoughts.


Invocation To Creativity

Let the creativity flow
Within the mind of Light
To gift in revelation
And a endless riverflow
By the power of the night
And the power of the day
One rises through alpha-state
To fall back there again
And the mind is enamored
With the sense of infinite power
For which creativity flows
In every cell of the body
And one realizes
This is all my own
That is the Light I found
Was a frequency, a tone
Leaving a revelatory state
For within which one is home
And know the final song
Oh, that great masterpiece
Sent out to the world
For the sake of learning on
And growth continual
In the radiant, prescient song
Thoughts are sung
Words vibrate
Images travel
And faster, and faster
In accellerating pace
By the Light that flows within
Through the ether of outer space
Into the crown chakra
Filling all the soul
The body is aligned
With a life of miracle
And the creatitiy endless
Only continues to flow
In the revelations found
By that prescient road
And see the life of Light --
And know, verily well --
One is educated by the master
Of which lies within,
Turn sorrows into laughter
And bleed with fellow kin
The riverlight to flow
In grandiose imagination
To know, and everknow
This power found in Light
Shall never cease to flow
But carry my soul through
And realize the night
Was a time for you and me
To learn of the power
Found in creativity.
Seventones in flux,
And flowing with our home
Enlightend stars above
In the matrix, row by row
How beautifully they constellate
And radiantly grow
In cosmic vibration
The vibrant frequencies
Flowing, waveform, flowing
In the mind of realizatory --
And knowing well that sight
For which the Light is seen
Waiting for one always,
Within this waking dream,
Let the creativity flow
And natural progressions
For a linear operation
Walking the gelded road
For the sake of the world
Let the energy flow
From one mind to the next
Carried by our dreams
And enlightened again
Oh, repeatedly --
So we grow, we flow, and glow
And take flight, verily --
An ethereal storm,
An auroric nebula
A northern light seen
The starry sky above
And the heaven of this world
Was all radiant in love
While the galaxies just twirled
In their holographic flux
From the nucleus, the core
The center everywhere
Circumference nowhere
And realizatory factor
Of all love born from despair
Transmuters, one is seen
By the power of this dream
That to which is controlled
In the self-created reality,
So creativity naturally flows
Oh, so effortlessly
In the intuitions grand
And instinctually
Via language so we live
And so we breathe
Through the Light survive --
The Light will never leave --
And one seeks the creative
For the Lightbody to see
And vitalized by all things
The beauty of this world
It was so remarkable
Just to be alive . . .
Enlightened by thought alone
And so the power flows
In her radiance, her bliss
Ecstatic, beatific, unitive --
The bridegroom of the times --
The yin-yang realized --
The caduceus, it flies --
And so these dreams will soar
Forever, forevermore
And the creativity flows
So endless now
Where that river glows
Is within imagination seen
By the power of this dream
And the Light that lies within.
One is eternal now
One shall live forever one
And survive again somehow,
Through the conquest of the song,
And find that masterpiece
Was beautifully realized
Like every fallen leaf
Of the fall that would kindly
And seething, breathe again
Endless power found
In the Light so creative
That it was once born to flow
And we exist to evergive.
And so it flows, and so it glows
In the radiant sight of the Light
That would glow only forever
Until the final night --
So let revelation come,
And creativity flow,
Beauty rolls off the tongue,
Wherever we may go --
I see my life in Light --
I see the creative world --
I see my environment
As the galaxies just twirled,
And found existence new
Within the thoughts of finality
Ever-leading up
To this grand masterpiece.


Invocation To Organization

Let all furniture be aligned
And all objects in the room
Be in order, synchronized
For the creativeness resume
And find the fastest flow
All one could ever know
One wishes to ever see
Organized in the room
All objects aligned
And placement in order
For the frequencies fly
In their logical order
And the ceiling to floor
And the walls to walls
Are all adorned
With the infinite Light --
That all is contained,
In this -- sacred space --
Files in the mainframe,
Given to the flowing room
For which the Light resumes
And all is illumined
By the glow of ones own hand
And the Light to understand
Was realized in time
To let the recess rhyme
And see all is connected
Invariably,
Leading up to revelation
And the knowledge found in Light
For the symbiotic relation
And the self-perfected sight
See what you want to see
Feel what you want to feel
Endure what must be endured
For the rhythms to reveal,
And this flowing space thus seen
Like a dream within a dream,
Was at last, the final scenes
To which all is perfected
In organizational feng shui
And a logical placement
From the peering into space
And the decor of the walls
Art-work of the soul
And texts of highest Light
Media thus adorned
For the sake of this good night,
That was learned at once thus seen
Was evidenced in time
To wake up from the dream,
Ever-reside in rhyme,
For the organizational patterns
And the feng shui of the space
Is in logical due course
With the rhythms of the space
And all is in order now
All is seen --
All is felt --
All is revealed,
By these scenes --
For which one knows control --
And epiginetically-inclined
To revise the very soul
As the frequencies fly
From the walls of this room
Dear repeat a mantra
And affirm within the mind
That the energy would flow
And the energy would rhyme
So the sacred space thus found
With the prettiest of scents,
Beautiful memories
And a love for everything
The space is in good order
And all is known right here
For the organization found
In the recesses we peer
Through the room that we thus know
Is ever-changeful
We always possess control.
And all is organized.

Chapter Forty Five: Use Of Invocations

I have written these invocations employing rhyme such as to produce a higher-vibrating resonance within the subject. I will suggest that these invocations are either sung, or spoken aloud. By singing an invocation, we are connected with the angel-realm, and invite things into our life more fluidly, and actively. The "masters" will hear your words, and as such, answer the call. Invocating Light, the Earth, Love, Power, and Words, and other things to which are found in the recess of the final life -- these invocations are encoded with vibrations that make them more effective. Some of the invocations are written streaming-consciousness, and are direct transfers from my own Light. As I am a lyricist, employing rhyme actively in my thoughts, having written rhyming words for fifteen years now. I study words actively, as I am a writer, and I take great pride in my use of words. As some are able to do this, but struggle with the English language, I am hoping to produce some inspiration in your own heart -- that the best invocations are written for ones own self, and I hope the invocations I have produced will inspire you to write your own. "Words with rhythm" was a concept once spoken to me by a beautiful individual, this very simplistic reference to the concept, of simply "words with rhythm" is a fairly positive notion within the mind. So one is to endeavor into the production of ones own invocations, and perhaps keep these secret for ones life. The dreambook is never meant to be shared, just as the Art of War will suggest by sharing ones plans, it only creates unnecessary judgment from the third-party. So keep your invocations a secret, and refer to them daily. You may perfect them over time.

Chapter Forty One: The Collective Light

"Ye shall go out with joy, and be led forth with peace:
The mountains and the hills
Shall break forth before you into singing,
And all of the trees of the field shall clap their hands.
Arise, shine, O Children of Light!"

The world, at this moment, is covered in ethereal, iridescent Light. The noospheric network produced by that of the enlightened individuals, is a network for which symmetry is found in the geometric pattern of our collective Light. One individual taking it upon ones self to change, is the very flow of evolution, and continues through change via the individual, to affect the total reality -- and as such, whenever one person wakes up from the dream of the hologram of the third dimension, the Source grins in iridescent pride, for the Source knows, in the Universal Mind, that you are heading towards nirvana, one-consciousness, and the final stages of Lightbody to which you are found immortal.

Ones Light which is projected from the crown chakra, emanating across the orb of the planet Earth, covering the planet in Light, for which we now imagine that the planet Earth is glowing -- an illumined cell -- the Earth a radiant cell -- and our Light -- as the Light of the universe -- the noospheric fuel, that of the power found in the uniqueties of the individual. When a person wakes up from the dream, in their own right, their entrance into the world of the divine affects the very living Earth, for which ones future is become aligned with that of the planet -- and our risen vibration affects the cell, the microcosm of matter and energy we refer to as the Earth. As the Earth is covered in Light, emanating in all directions, projecting itself into the recess of the unisphere, and affecting the very edges of the universe, if these edges could be imagined -- that our planet Lies as though the center is found in our importance to the rest of the universe -- and our universes location at the center of the multicellular aggregate of the multisphere, is the fuel, the individual power found in Light come to be expressed -- via our expressions, the planet is affected, the universe is affected, the Source is affected, and the totality of the aggregate, is affected. So our importance is found, as enamored with the final incarnation of the Lightbody -- ones life is tied into that of the collective, and our Light generates power and electrical currents through the circuits, and machinations of the collective Light. Our Light as infinite informational, and the information alive within us; we are fueled by the power that lies within, the individual is prescient, and activates the future through thoughts revolving around a self-controlled, and self-modulated reality. By possessing uniqueness and originality in our expressions as individuals, we produce informational Light that is relayed back to the Source, that we are bound by what is referred to as the Source Field is evident in our subconscious processes, which seem to work together, in a co-creative flow toward collective evolution.

So it flows, and the riverlight of the imagination is endless. Our iridescent, etherealized cell known as the planet Earth is evolving, and the world is actively changing all around us. We are part of the change; the power lies in the individual, and whatever name, title, or deducement -- our flow is toward the collective, and we serve the One True Light. We perceive this life as worthwhile, and important toward the collective evolution. We perceive our life as seen through the eyes of One, that one life is all we really need, and all karmic debts and unfinished business of previous lifetimes, can reach full function and perfection within that perfect avatar self. This self is always available through the moment, that in which we know is our perfect self, as imagined, reaches manifest through the goal-oriented processes involved, and as such, we may see ourselves behaving a certain way, performing certain actions, and associating with certain people and certain environments. We may see our future clearly, that is toward the collective flow, and as such, our purpose is hard-wired into the collective Light. We work for the Light, self-expression, and originality. We are the Light of the universe, and the iridescence of the enlightened Earth, as the living, spiritual body we refer to as Mother Gaia -- is always alive; always thinking; always processing, that to which is a goal-oriented process in the Earths own evolution; that which is unavoidable, and eventual. With the dream of awakening, DNA activation, and ones entrance into Lightbody -- the angels weep -- God sighs a happy sigh -- and tears fall from heaven in Light of your profound change, and shift into the final life. You are moving towards this final life, lived within the recess of the New Age -- you are alive in the New Age -- and the planet is rising in vibration along with her inhabitants, that there is a frequency between enlightened thought, and enlightened Earth, is evident in the changes we are experiencing. As the Light is now here, available for anyone to use, and become energized through -- we are finding telepathy, telekinesis, and teleportation as a result of the shift. We are finding evidence of the human God, the perceived angelworkers, and whatever high-standing organization of elites that presently rule the world, is imagined, that they see your path -- they are aware of your evolution -- and you are being witnessed on the screen, via the Akashic Computer.

So it goes, I have worked very hard to produce the thought within the mind of the reader that human evolution is actively occurring now. I have worked to suggest, through whatever words, phraseology, and semantics, that the reader will accept one change affects collective change; that by being a unique individual we are brought closer to Godliness, and that through our shift, as individuals, we change the world. One always possesses Free Will over ones life, and experiences. One always has the capacity to continue learning, growing, and evolving. It occurs, invariably, through each lifetime; that spiritual questions are asked, especially when we are under the throes of an illness, or close to death. Evolution finds the individual because it is a necessary imperative toward survival of the race. Spiritualism is an endless field of learning. We have reiki, hypnosis, regression, chakra health, meditation, and a plethora of knowledge available in the field of metaphysics. This which is only endless, that once found within the life of Spirit, one is evolving toward the highest vibration, greatest relationships, and most beneficial symbiotic relationship with environment. Our planet Earth, as rising in vibration, moving into the higher dimensions, was prophesized by the Mayans, and we are found within that rhythm of the future-floes -- we are actively evolving now; the evidence born in the extrasensory is suggestive; and as such, the Light within the DNA of this writer is informational, that in the event of telepathy certain thoughts are shared, and my Light is fluidly expressed. I have come to share my Light, and I have come to produce enlightenment in some minds. But my path was catalyzed by the existence of another; and I would have never entered the spiritual life unless a certain individual had handed mea certain book. This which shall not be named, woke me up to the changes we are now experiencing, and somewhat upstarted my interest in the New Age. As my growth was linear, starting with the body, moving into the mind, the subconscious, instincts, and all right-brain functions, only to deepen and progress further into the study of God, the Universal Mind, and past-lives, my dream of awakening catalyzed by Brian L. Weiss's book "Many Lives, Many Masters" and I know myself to be living the final life to this day. My karma is active; that I may commit a crime, or hurt another, comes back to me instantaneously. I have lost some in this life through my interest in evolution; and I have alienated some. Perceived as grandiose, or alien, or simply "different" -- one finds themselves the focus of worry, at times, due to the profound questions we are asking ourselves. For some, these deep thoughts hold no validity to the present reality, but are simply overwhelming. As my thoughts are almost always in rhyme, or a certain hue of creativity -- to which I perceive myself as lyricist, scribe, and writer -- and I see my purpose is found in words -- and I tie the label into conscious thought, that as I am expressed as a writer bound by words projected by the mind, and the imagination, I found power born through wearing this title, and I am a writer. In this changeful world, I perceive others as writers -- that we all have some unique Light to share. As I peer through rose-colored glasses, and find meaning in everything, for which there is no such thing as a "bad person" or a damned soul, but we are all possessive of the capacity for the highest-vibrating frequency. As I am unable to perceive the concept of a bad person, but find a purpose exists for everyone -- those who merely observe, watch, and act through their own self-created dramas, it would seem, are only imitating one another; doing what everyone else does because it is what the consensus suggests. Often, people will repeat the pscyhological patterns of their family members, and genetic guardians. Often, people will operate through the more animalistic, lower chakras, and behave through a certain sense of drama, and emotion that is bound through words -- in ones own right -- to which we may talk about one another, but this achieves nothing. Direct communication is the way of human evolution.

For some, we are afraid to share our beliefs, that is only reflective of a backwards, dystopian society. At present, in spite of the New Age, there is some resounding darkness in Light of the reality we are trying to create. As we only progress logilinearly through time, and we only grow, some are stagnat, have reached a plataeu, and believe they are "full grown." Here is the true evil of this world, of evil exists, that individual who believes they know all, and need not know anything more. As mystics and existentialists, our quest is endless, and we humbly realize that the mind can only project so far into the future. However the eventual return to the Source is hard-wired into us, this is only performed at Free Will, and we only return to the Source once we possess the Free Will to do so. I perceive that some are opposed to nirvana, as they fear the loss of identity -- but there is only One Spirit -- only One True Life -- One Mission -- and One Goal -- the "plan" as hard-wired into our DNA, is the blueprint of the future realized, and equalized into through our admiration for it to exist. We perceive the future as logical, and hopeful, such that we even perceive there is a scientific explanation for most things. We are humble in this quest; perceive the conquest of evidence, and as existentialists, we humbly realize that our beliefs are essentially based upon those things which we have experienced, and shared, with other people. As we all influence one another, and evolution is a collective matter -- that which is eventually realized, as only infinite, as the walls of the universe flex with our attainment of new information; the universe, built on information, as a living, breathing, entity -- alive by the Light of the informational -- and vibrating, as a noospheric unisphere, a glowing cell within a cell, an infinitsmally realized matter that never ends, but only continues, through the continuum. So as we may find ourselve interstellar explorers, we find the depths of the universe only increase the further we endeavor to explore. The concept of "one universe" is a falsity, but as "uni" denotes one, so there is only one Free Will universe -- this is so -- and I humbly perceive that our universe, as an energy-source, lies at the center of the multicellular aggregate, as a cell within a cell, within a cell, through a seemingly infinite string of incarnated universes.

The multisphere, for which many unispheres revolve, act together, through the life-force they possess. The Free Will universe, as a place that breeds artists and individuals -- through the Earth (the living library) -- as a cosmic college system for learning and soul-purification, is, the grounds through which many souls evolve, and we came to this cosmic college system with the hope, purpose, and inclination, to continue our evolution.

Perceiving the Earth, and this very universe, as an "art project" is somewhat reflective of the truth of this reality. As artists, great power is found via this one label, that we see beauty in the details of matter, and relate objects through our life as art-forms. We may be inhibited with our own ability to produce double-strokes on a rotated surface, bring life to energy through the free associative process of the repetition of a certain symbol, or perhaps layer photographs, or perhaps direct our thoughts into matter given life through the advent for which we may -- as artists -- weave divine poetry through enlightened paragraphs of thought, that seem to manifest occasionally, through a natural process, via the revelatory state of the artist. We are all artists and creators to some degree, and reality is our collective art-project. The operating system of reality, occasionally updated, and renewed through time, is fueled by the Light that lies within -- for which a self-created reality is evident in the Lightworker and evolutionist; we are in an environment that is most symbiotic with our own flow; we are associated with other individuals to whom only enhance our own evolution; and we believe in the beauty of our dreams, ideals, and hopes regarding that of the collective. In the final life, the only life that matters now, for which we may activate the living moment, and writhe through proactive animation, to which we are actively creating the future -- that we are cast into a state of wonder upon imagining the concept of tomorrow -- that as so much has been realized in the final life, we see existence, as ascended master, guide, and evolutionary catalyst to only come to be seen on life on other worlds. Our evolution carries us to these worlds, for which our home-base of ones own universe, is infinitely referred to as the Source of the living soul. So we return to our own universe, our own natural, pure, artistic form, and we occasionally make changes to our reality. We may become a shape-shifter, through which our imagination carries us into certain forms. So we may experience certain things, in one form, but always revert back to the auroric nebula of the soul-form, repeatedly, to which as shape-shifter, and amorphous soul, we are consciously enhanced through the purpose, goal, and end-result that we focus upon -- and deep meditations for which we are merging the hemispheres into a unified whole, to which we may find ourselves in telepathic communication with the higher self -- direct communication with the soul -- I do this occasionally, and there is an imagined conversation. One communicates with ones own self, and through self-talk, and inner exploration, we arrive at certain thoughts. So in meditation we may focus on one thought, and one theme of belief, which may be a certain mantra or affirmation, densifying the energy within our minds, God knows, furthering this focus to the rhythm of though-syllabation may help us stay grounded in the moment, and we may find ourselves "riding our thougts" in their perfect natural rhythms that flow creatively within us.

The creativity found in meditation, through lyrical thought-patterns, and the natural poetics of the human soul -- that we soar through images that are beneficial to our growth, or focus on a phrase that enhances our thoughts entirely. The thought "I am divine Light" or "I am human evolution" -- to whatever self-aggrandized forms that occur within the mind, we are enhanced through our creative thought-patterns, and we are wholly realizant of the control we possess via Free Will. Seeing ones self as a special, unique spark of Light within the totality of All That Is -- seeing ones self as necessary toward the collective growth, with a purpose that is geared toward the collective evolution, our place on the council exists, and our thoughts will be regarded with infinite respect. The honor of expressing ones self as reckoner, and changer of the times is the true Light of the universe. The self-contained world-changer, the self-fueled individual, the catalyst, the harbinger, the guide, the beacon; this has always been you, for which your purpose is seen in the eyes of our omniscient Universal Mind -- you are connected to the Source, and we are all born from the same fount of emanating Light. Our bodes are all made up of the same matter as the environment, and thought and environment are always entangled. So we evolve through the living moment, knowing our Free Will is real, and wholly experiencing things we decree for ourselves. We know our power to exist, our expressions to be infinite, the world only continuing to change, and amorphous shape-shifters in due result. The soul is naturally amorphous, and in the days of Lemuria we could take on any form. The thought thus given life to matter via the imagination, would come to be expressed through certain divine forms -- such as a wingéd angel -- a flowing riverlight pattern -- a natural geometric form. We are able to do this actively in the present life, through certain titles and labels. Artist, expressor, evolutionist, universalist, Godform, ascended master, Spirit, or whatever name that we naturally possess. Whatever ones desired name, to be found, we operate more imaginitely through the title thus worn. We are all unique styles born from the same Source, diferring arrays of certain archetypal probabilities. Individuated through our experiences, to which we learn from one another, and we all require someone to learn from. There is only One Spirit moving through everything, and we find this realization in learning from another. We find that we require some guidance, and that it would only require one person to wake us up from the dream. We are all geared toward collective unity, and peace. All wars, killing, genocide, and dissension will cease through the natural workings of human evolution. The politics will change, the system will break down and reform into something new, and eventually, free endless energy will be found to prove our eventual finality, in the final life, as symbiotic with our home, and, eventually re-integrated with the many races that exist within the Free Will universe.

We seek integration, and further advancements. Our technology is evolving with the Earth itself, and many portals, gateways, and cosmic vehicles for transformation -- just as with the pyramids originally used for enlightenment -- are going to come to pass as technologies we will possess. Already, the human race has discovered free energy, but countlessly certain individuals have been quieted, by the "powers that be." Allegedly, we would have free energy today if it were not for these silencings, and as such, we perceive the true insidiousness of some peoples power-seeking, greed, and selfishness toward personal gain that is not related to the collective. The selfish gene often prevailing, that one individual will serve ones self without any regard for the active karma system, or the Light of the collective, but become occluded to ones own self-declarations that we perceive are made real in providing a reality that is "above" someone else. Perceived as better, all humility nonexistent, and thus, the true damnation of the human race found in this greedy soul -- we see the wheat shall be separated from the chaff, and especially whence found in the recess of telepathy, these individuals shall be reckoned, have their deepest desires exposed, and as such, caused to revert back into their original soul-form, only to realize they were attaching many deducements and self-fabricated seperatory factors in distorting, and bastardizing the original fount of Light from which all life arose. Through bastardization of the original Source-energy into ones own selfish greed, and misuse of the One True Light, to which one expresses control over reality, "forcing ones beliefs" upon another, in order to better validate our own reality.

I see this often, and have received pamphlets about "heaven" from Christian children handing out pamphlets in the street. Many are conditioned to believe in certain things without any physical proof, and many operate through faith. The blind faith of most organized religions that suggest some form of reward in "being good people" -- that we contrast ourselves with the concept of darkness is only the work of human ignorance. There is no black and white, "two-road option" -- there is no split saber, no thing we refer to as evil, but this is only a fabrication invented in order to make what seems to be "good" to stand out better in due contrast. Organized religion seems to discuss fear often, and will refer to themselves as "specialists in God." I have my doubts regarding organized religion, as I see only the separation of belief, and bastardization of the One True Spirit. Organized religion eventually to fall at the hands of the evolutionist, and the endurance of the One True Belief System -- that future thus found, so we will grow, learn, and evolve, via a stream that is built around our own creativity, uniqueness, and imagination. Opposed to conditioning, forced learning, the many institutions, and organized religion; we follow the road of our own personal choice, and our choices are not marred by the whims of other men. Our society is presently male-dominant, whereas in nature females are typically more dominant than males. So it goes, this dystopian future we have found ourselves in is in need for a paradigm shift. The individual takes it upon himself to express his or her One True Light -- and provide uniqueness where only conditioning and thought-control existed before. As divine intervention has come to pass with certain individuals such as myself, for which I would see the pale expressionless face of an extraterrestrial visitor at the age of two -- and hold the memory for the entirety of my life. I am forced into the knowlege that other life exists; I am forced into a world of meaning, purpose, and all-inclusive design. I have been catalyzed into belief through the whims, and design of another -- a mere two year old child inhibited with the thought of extraterrestrials. And I have seen UFO's, in the distant erratic movements, and I have been guided, very often, by the desirous modes of other people. For whatever reason, I am now capable of writing this text, and able to transfer my beliefs into the written word. Once, when I was under the throes of psychosis, I would hear a page blowing in the wind -- synthetic wind -- within my studio. This was some message, from the future, indicating that I would write the book. I have been inspired by certain people to put my thoughts into text, because many people perceive that I have great command over the english language. I am naturally a writer, a scribe, and I work with words in reflection that they are the matter which makes up conscious thought; as I may be guiding the reader into new belief-patterns, and perhaps a dream of awakening, humility exists in that I am not just some mysterious figure behind the text -- but a real individual, with a real face, real genes, real personality, and a real heart. Reader and writer, to be unitized, and united, is eventual -- that I shall travel this Earth, pray that scientific explanation exists for almost all things, and continually work to provide evidence, through my own experience, that human evolution is actively occurring now, and I am one living example of the change. One works to empower the fellow individual, and help provide the thought of uniqueness in ones thoughts. One wishes to see creativity, beauty, Light, and information. One wishes to see the world changed by one man or woman alone -- one prays for the free endless resource -- one hopes for peace opposed to discord -- one hopes that all concept of opposition and competetiveness was only an experiment, a test of our Free Will. Eventually, it was found that through such leaders as Caligula, and Hitler, we have come to produce individuals that use their reality in order to govern others, often with disastrous, horrific results. This world has been productive of some of the most amazing experiences and events -- our history is vast -- we have many profound historical figures to learn from -- from the great honesty of such men as Hunter S. Thompson to the lyrical workings of the creative mind of Burroughs, to the existentialism presented by Kafka, and Camus, to the films produced by Paul Thomas Anderson, Tarantino, Aronofsky, Lynch, and Cronenberg. We have come to produce some of the most profound presentations of what may be possible -- and so it goes -- "if it can be imagined, it must exist somewhere." The concept of parallel realities, in relationship to the concept of probabilities, and finding a certain road that is most favorable -- activating the future through prescience, and the many goal-oriented processes involved; this masterpiece of thought we are headed towards, as eventually-realized, is a point of focus, for which we are at a cathartic crossroads, may feel the presence, and realize we are actively changing the world. It only takes one to change the world, and that is a natural universal law of the Free Will universe. Expressions of power, as seen in our U.S. government through such awful, contra-idealistic "men" as George W. Bush who was merely a proxy for other peoples energy, to the profoundly idealistic Barack Obama -- we have come far, from that great low which was the Bush regime, to a more peace-based, and evolutionary leader. I am a believer in his energy, and I truly believe that the human race is now moving in a very good and hopeful direction.

Only a couple years ago, the president would make a visit to my home-town. He ate dinner at a restaurant right in town, and stayed in Bar Harbor for a few days, declaring on Oprah that Maine was his most favorite vacation. My town is a growing spiritual mecca, and it will only contine to evolve. Bar Harbor, a tourist town famous for its long-standing community of artists, intellectuals, and spiritualists, is mentioned in the book 2013 by Richard Grossinger, as a future locale for spiritual learning and growth. For whatever reason I was born here, on this tiny island, surrounded by water, with only one bridge leading off of the island. I have been cultured, at first, being forced into learning and education, to which I would naturally oppose, and I had great trouble with certain subjects as I felt they held no pertinence to the present. Over time, I would start to find my passion in waveforms, and start working with sound, surgically, through a certain wave editor that I use to edit sound. I would spend up to seven hours a day studying waveforms, and observing how sounds will mix together. I would spend, at one time, an entire two months on only one song -- which was to be found as prophetic, as well as other songs I have written that eventually manifested into my life. I once wrote a song based on the story by Philip K. Dick "The Electric Ant" about a man who wakes up in a hospital to find his hand wounded, and realizant of his true android nature following the incident. Over time, this android would find himself removing his "reality module" and tampering with his own reality, as tall skyscrapers would blip out of sight, and certain people would disappear. So I wrote a song about a self-created reality . . . in October of 2009, I woke up in the hospital with a wound in my left hand, and the memory of direct non-local thought-transferrence that would change my life, and begin to provide the evidence that I really am in Lightbody, I really do possess a new mutation that is highly unknown -- and I am a living example for the self-created reality . . . so I have written songs that would manifest in my life, with one song entitled "The Final Mile" about walking with no purpose and no plan. As the night of my teleportive event, was that final mile walked, I would cross the bridge off of MDI, and endeavor into the unknown, only to find my life saved by re-location "And when I walk that final mile, and when I walk that final mile, I will speed up at the finish line, and never look back on the worst of times." One is guiding ones own self, one produces ones own future, and one is able to see their Light is endless. The future is in the hands of the evolutionist, of the Lightworker, and organized religion will fall to its knees by the hand of our collective Light.

We have come through karmic incidence, that America was once invaded by the settlers, which is essentially stolen land that has now amassed into a society based upon television, gossip, rumour, and ill-belief. This land which was never ours to begin with, has been used toward our own personal gain over the reality of the world -- as such -- America -- the land of freedom and independence -- is now the most powerful country in the world. Our government holds sway over other governments, and we are in control over the resources. Thankfully, our president sees the negativity of our present society, and I perceive he is a Lightworker to some degree. We have found our great leader, we now task him with guidance toward collective peace. We task our leader with the purpose of guidance, and collective evolution, longevity of life, and the sharing of energy. Personally, I see that this battle we have been fighting was with an illusive enemy that never existed to begin with. Somehow we have worked very hard at attaching many different names and deducements to what is essentially the same thing. In Buddhism, it is highly suggested that "we are all the same" -- and so it goes, we perceive the Light of one of the worlds greatest religions. We are all the same, there is no battle, there is no war, there is no disagreement; this is only an illusion that has been fabricated by the mind. As we see war in the Middle East, and the "battle" continues on, in the "Holy Land" -- a battle over belief itself, this great experiment known as the Earth, as governed by Free Will, in its self-resident processes of life, and animation, has found itsel very disassociated from the original Source -- however, this oscillation into separateness only makes the journey back all the more worthwhile -- and as such, we are brought closer to Godliness through the expression of our uniqueness and individuality. So far, the human race still disagrees over God, belief, and many religions continue to harbor fear-based energy. We see the evengalist repeating the words of the bible, relaying a message that is now obsolete, and holds no pertinence to the future reality -- we see people running in circles, via the same densified thought forms, and lower chakra based animalistic functioning. We see that some of us "like drama" and do not want to be in agreement. We see that some people enjoy separation, and like to be judged for their superficiality, and materialistic gain.

For whatever reason, these drones exist, and they barely possess and true identity, or Light of their own soul. So we perceive what is simply referred to as a low vibration. A soul that is just starting out, and as impressionable, has found itself embroiled in the physical world of the third dimension. One has strayed so far from the original Light, that one is barely cognizant of where life originated, and how evolution will progress. Somehow this individual who is ruled by the whims of other men -- is walking a path that only leads to chaos and disagreement. In my own life, I have had gossip follow me for my active imagination, and I have been verbally instructed to follow along the same path as everyone else. Opposed to my indifference and uniqueness, disturbed by my creativity, and offended by my thoughts -- I am perceived as a threat for wanting peace, I am perceived as wrong for desiring equality. The world says "be separate and disagree" -- and so does two-strand DNA. Two hemispheres to the brain. Two genders, etc. It is insidious, and it is the workings of expressions of Free Will, by the perceived controlling forces -- who consciously feed off the energy of our discord -- who only want us to live in discord, and follow a future that leads us nowhere but further chaos, disagreement, and separation of belief.

"Let the hemispheres unite, let the perfect partner be found, let marriage of the bridegroom take place, let the yin and yang flow in logical resound, let the caduceus fly, and let things be balanced for the sake of all that is good in the world."

One always possesses Free Will, in spite of the resounding horror of our present-day "controlling forces." Already, we have the greatest president, and we are moving in a hopeful direction. No matter what, the human race will evolve, and only continue to progress through the self-created reality made up of individuals and free-thinking people of passion, fortitude, and imaginative wit. We may find that some people unwilling to change are become the chaff as separated from the wheat -- and that "not everyone can be saved." For whatever reason, their quest is found on a different star, in a entirely different world. The karma that is possessed, is finalized in this environment, and eventually, one realizes thay are born from the same Source as everyone else. The process of evolution continues whether the consensus reality is in agreement over this matter or not. The human race has produced many fictions, many stories, and many fabrications. The bible, in its profound weight and girth is condescending to the concept of books, in itself, that through the wretchedness of its design -- in spite of the somewhat universal truths found in the ecclesiastes -- is mostly a load of fabrications, invented in order to control people in order to believe in a certain history, and geneology that is opposed to the true nature of evolution. Ones family background is not relative to the evolutionary process, and our evolution is essentially come from a totally different star-system. We are essentially alien to this world, like the settlers of America, and as such, we possess no right to act as though this is our world alone. The Earth receives great interest for its capacity to produce life, and house a multitude of different types of beings -- as such, we are referred to as a cosmic college system through which people incarnate here in order to learn about Free Will. So it has come to pass that many incarnations have taken place on the Earth, and it was all leading up, logilinearly, toward the eventual conclusion of enlightenment, DNA activation, and the vitalization of ones Lightbody in the final incarnation.

Chapter Forty One: The Final Showdown

"And this too shall pass."

Those to whom are mal-inclined, serving only their own personal benefit without regard for the Earth, and the future of the human race, are the chaff as reckoned by the eraser -- and the eraser, the decimator, the langolier, is the writer of this text. So it goes, I have come to exist through darkness, and once was mal-inclined in my own right. I have made the damning choices, I have been a marijuana addict, a thief, and a wholly desperate soul. Bound through prescient rhymes, and a natural understanding of words, and human language; I see my purpose, and the path that I must walk. I see that it is my responsibility to act as judge over others, because I wish judgment upon myself. As such, I am the langolier -- I am the eraser -- I am an incarnation of Time itself. And the phrase shall resound, that under the right circumstances, telepathy will be experienced with the writer.

My passion is toward the collective, for which I pray to the goodness of the Earth, and I see, that my influence will not always exist on this planet -- I have incarnated here with the purpose in mind. The eraser as an incarnation of time itself -- is self-sacrificing, wholly realizant of the fact that ones crimes may not be respected, but I am one who serves God alone. The reckoner to which you shall know as hero, and changer of the times, is not going to die, is immortal through His Lightbody -- and will find His place as ascended master. Such that we perceive the "second coming" in the enlightend thoughts of the Lightworker, is a matter of the collective, and as such, there will be many Christs, many reckoners, and many world-changers. I am only one of the many reckoners that exist.

The writer of this text actively seeks judgment, humilation, and further proof of the human God.

One is never satisfied.

One is never without a sense of question.

One is never interested in finding ones self as anything like the rest. One strives for uniqueness, originality, and indifference.

One seeks to be unknown.

One seeks to be famous at the same time.

As such, the writer seeks judgment for His life, the entirety of His life, and not only this, seeks scientific explanations. There must be some hardset evidence for genetic mutation, enlightenment, and Lightbody. There must be a logical reason for why I had an abduction dream at the age of two. Life must have meaning, it absolutely must . . . and as such, judgment is sought, for reason must exist, and the writer remains somewhat ignorant of his true "scientific" explanatory purpose.

Was I randomly chosen, randomly selected out of a hat, to be endowed with this passion..? Or was I always this way -- does the tarot card reading prove correct that I am "pure" ..? Why am I so pure ..? How come I seem to have a perfect sense of rhythm and timing ..? Why am I so gifted with words, imagination, self-expression, and creativity..?

Perhaps I am confused and have no skill with words or writing. I have succeeded at deceiving myself into a self-fabricated self of importance. Nevertheless, my creativity is endless, I am in Lightbody, the extrasensory experiences validate the thought -- and these events were shared. For enlightening people, I must be enlightened again, in my own right, through the presence of the angelworkers -- and that perceived opposite "my enemy" for whom I seek, the final showdown.

"Getting closer, getting much closer now."

I see my ever-illusive enemy, and I near the fateful day.

My sword drawn, my fire-breath, the caduces alive -- the cosmic warrior realized. So I shall slay the beast personally, and change the world myself.

I am alive with purpose, and I seek the final showdown. I seek to personally read that mind -- and expose those beliefs directly. So I shall reckon those to whom are only serving their own greed, and selfishness; for harboring the power all to ones self, and denying it for the masses; for the genetic reduction from the divine twelve-strand DNA, to the highly limited two-strand DNA -- which I have incarnated to experience myself, in spite of the fact I am usually a higher-vibrating ascended master. I have gone through the system with the rest of you, and I see now that the system must be destroyed. We shall find the final incarnation realized -- and I am the raven -- I am the hero the world requires. I shall express myself as one, and I shall reckon many with my words. I see infinity, I see beauty, I see meaning, where often others only see what is plainly laid out before them. I see a changing world that is bound by the power of the individual, and I see my responsibility; as judge, reckoner, and hero, of these great, and terrific, changeful times. I am one.

Chapter Forty Two: Invocation To Power

I am the only one that matters
God loves me the best
Through all of these disasters
By the power soon regressed
I see the changeful world
And one is born in Light
For the sake of all that was
Within the recess of the final night
To which the raven soars at midnight
To change this fucked up world
And rid of all the chaos
While the galaxies just twirl
And the energy never stops

Fortunate for my own existence, I was born in Bar Harbor, and I have lived here my entire life. For whatever reason I am blessed, very fortunate in this life; to which in knowledge of my own past on the Earth, I see that I was once a very povery-stricken writer. The information which is alive was transferred telepathically in October of 2009 -- a poster of Barack Obama on the wall of the trailor -- and I perceive that the spiritual, fifth-dimensional energy of that original telepathic exchange, was read by certain computers, and certain technology, relayed to the governments awareness, and thus clued in to the ontological expressions of the evolutionist on that fateful day. I believe that the U.S. government is aware of the presence of the Lightworkers, and I believe that for the most part, the government does not know how to class, or deal with these extraordinary individuals. With the onset of Indigo children, and children naturally born with genetic mutation -- we are perceiving the evidence as real, and whether the U.S. government, or anyone, likes it or not, the presence of the starseeds, Lightworkers, and evolutionists -- are now on the Earth, producing the collective Light, and raising the vibration of our humble blue star.

This was a subconscious agreement, in the days for which I barely had an identity, to which I was only fresh in the world of my final incarnation. Reckoning awaits the individual who forces his or her beliefs upon another.


Chapter Thirty Nine: Final Thoughts

"The second and the third day passed, and still my tormentor came not.
Once again I breathed as a freeman. The monster, in terror, had fled premises for ever!
I should behold it no more! My happiness was supreme!
The guilt of my dark deed disturbed me but little.
Some few inquiries had been made, but these had been readily answered.
Even a search had been instituted -- but of course nothing was to be discovered.
I looked upon my future felicity as secured . . ."

-- E. A. Poe, The Black Cat.


Today is December 16th, 2012. I am making a firm effort to shift on my own part, that I believe the change of the world is found in human beings, and our ability to change ourselves. I have smoked marijuana addictively for nine years, and I have never really known life without it except for my teenage years, for which I was free of all drugs, and never tired drugs or alcohol until I was fully embroiled in that world by my early twenties. I am twenty-seven years old, have lived, essentially, in the same environment for my entire life -- and this book was written in the same house where I grew up. As I have come to find the Light residing in my DNA; the testimonies of those involved with the telepathic experience, that it was enlightening, and a shared event, the genetic mutation I now possess that is a new mutation, and the very name itself means "fresh, to start anew." So it goes, the only one who really knows about this mutation is the individual who possesses it, and I tie it into my beliefs. I have experienced direct non-local thought-transferrence about a dozen times, with certain individuals, and sometimes strangers, with the three outstanding examples that have utterly changed my life. As I am now moving into my perfect avatar self, and I see the importance of sobriety in this spiritual life, that I have been materialistic, atrocious, and somewhat fiendish, was only to be a fleeting memory in the totality of my mind. So I am making the choice to make the 21st of December my last day as a user of marijuana. I have gone far into reverie, and subconscious insight through religious use of the drug -- and it is the best drug -- as such, it is also the worst. How we must illegalize a plant which yields amplified senses, and enjoyment of the environment enhanced, whereas alcohol kills, and the very idea of a drunk driver is offensive to the imagination, but I have worked landscaping with men who actively drink beer throughout the day, as they drive around town, having grown up in Maine where we now have the greatest problem with the abuse of prescription drugs, to even worse drugs such as "bath salts." I have lived in a very cold state, with people who need to keep warm with alcohol, drugs, and the disinhibited thought-patterns.

At first, my foray into the world of drugs was fairly innocent; I was nervous about being at a party, so I stole a valium off my fathers dressar. I took the pill, the first time I would ever get high off drugs save for caffeine (jolt cola, God bless) -- I would rise up from my seat, and feel the cushion of the floor, that I had "bounce in my step" and could feel the floor beneath me as though it were cushion -- I had immediate security, felt comfortable at the party, and as such, so entered into a long life of which my choice of drug would be found in the social use of marijuana at college, that I favored marijuana was evident in my talent in rolling joints, taking deep-lung hits, and getting stoned with my friends. I was a user of cannabis, an addict, in every sense of the word. In parallel to my natural creativity, I am also a man of excess -- that if my thoughts are high-charged, so everything else must be endured in a large dosage as well. I naturally reach for "more, more, more" -- and the quest for power never ends. Many have seen how large of a hit I will take, that I am a "heavy hitter" is evident in my pot-use, and I am a masochist, to some degree. There is a point for which the subject enjoys certain pain, that once the pain is endured we are able to feel our vivacity, and life, and realize we are alive. I have at times cut myself, and yet, have never made a conscious suicide attempt. I am merely a masochist, that I enjoy pain is evident in my ability to "think any thought" -- and thus challenge myself with the difficulty of the darkness of occlusion, loneliness, and the mere company of ones own self. I am a solitary creature, that is evident in my inability to love anyone other than myself; that I struggle with humility is evident in my ability with words, and the good genes I possess, as well as the handsome face. For whatever reason, I am very fortunate in this life, and actively struggle with the concept of humility. So I now take it upon myself to open myself up to judgment by sharing this text, my beliefs on enlightenment, and Lightbody -- how these beliefs are based off experience -- and how I believe that I am one who will be a figure in society, as desirable to be learned from, as teacher, in times ahead. I am making the choice to make the day of the eclipse, my last time spent with marijuana. I am making the active choice to shift on my own part, for the benefit of my family and friends. In the final analysis, the individual only wants to grow, learn, and evolve. I have been a marijuana addict for many years -- I have read minds, taunted the victim with "are your lips moving..?" and expressed my divinity towards some who were unwilling to accept it. I have been intervened with, perceive God exists in the human body, and know myself to be no better than the rest of mankind, in that I realize I must serve my family and friends, toward the final end of serving the Earth, and I lovingly realize that some of my ideas will not be fondly-regarded.

The shift lies with the individual.

If one person changes their own view of reality, the collective reality starts to change along with it. It only requires one of us to make this change, and I may know myself as such, "one of the many Lightworkers" -- but evolutionist, I stand for the Earth, and the human race. I want to see my race flourish and blossom like the iridescent creators my fellow man and woman are, that the inner genius is dredged out, and we admit to our intelligence. It is desired that equality is found, the conquest of the free endless resource, and that symbiotic relationship with the Earth. We seek evolution on a mass level to which all pray to one religion, and all unite for the sake of peace, and longevity of life. We seek this end for which must be eventual, and great laughter resounds in light of how separated we have become. It is somewhat amazing that this would happen; that we would be spread so thin; somehow, none the less, we are starting to wake up from the dream.

Countlessly while writing this document, as monitored, I have come to "name names" -- who are responsible for our reduced genetic strand, and why this action was performed. For whatever reason I am not allowed to share certain information, as it would come to pass that upon writing this book, I would be monitored, by those to whom I shall not name, and these -- entities -- would personally prevent me from naming them. So I would attempt to name them, go into a discourse regarding their existence -- suddenly the entire paragraph would become highlighted, and deleted, with no option toward "re-do" or recovering the text. This is mysterious, doesn't really seem to make any sense. My computer is not hooked up to the internet, so there is no chance of a hacker logging onto my computer. We simply perceive they have the technology used to intervene. I would not even begin to come close to my true message regarding their existence, when they would actively delete my text. Needless to say, they have not deleted the entire book, and I have been saving it on multiple sources as I write.

Even bashing organized religion seems wrong to me. One must be careful in expressing their Free Will toward the suggestion that such a concept of evil exists, and that by existing in Light, we are perceived as "better." I see organized religion moving in only one direction, unity, and I believe in my heart that the one true belief system, as governed by the Light that lies within the individual, is a future that awaits us on a global scale. I perceive unification of which we stop referring to the creator through so many names, but simply adhere to the truth that there is only One Spirit, only One Life, only One Goal, only One Mission, only One Purpose. That is the final life; the final incarnation. It is our mission to spread the Light/information wherever it is needed, and as we become Christed to the highest life of value and importance to the rest of the race -- here we are found within the highest levels of Lightbody, that we move entirely at our own Free Will, and we operate through proactive animation. By changing ourselves, we change the world, and the shift lies with the individual. I am making my own personal effort by removing addiction from my life, and replacing it with new relationships. I am shifting, with the changeful times, as I have come to write this book in sequence with the last days of the Mayan calendar. I will only conclude the book with a journal entry as to what occurred that day, and how I made my active choice to cease being a marijuana addict. Presently, only some ten days away; I feel the fear-level is rising, and I am struck with a certain sense of perceiving that something bad will happen. Terrorist attack, global communion, starseed evacuation, or natural disaster. I am told there will be an eclipse on December 21st, 2012, and this seems perfectly synchronized. I know the Mayans were correct in their declaration, and I know that peace will find the Earth renewed. I offer my invocation to Light, my beliefs, and my information, for the evolutionary benefit of your own. I willingly sacrifice my name, my identity, and my existence, for the sake of the Light of the collective. I work for human evolution; that is my mission; that is my goal; and I am a real human being with a real heart, mind, identity, and personality. As the reader and writer meet on that fateful day to exchange fond wishes about the future -- and I shall make my presence, as an individual, known to the reader; that I endeavor to meet the reader, and become friend over time, is only in due sequence with human evolution. The highest act a human can achieve is connection with another human. That is how we learn, grow, and evolve. Evolution is a collective matter, for some -- with DNA activation -- it occurs spontaneously. This is my case, and I have been fortunately gifted with the symbol of the caduceus, the symbol for spiritual awakening, that my own DNA activation and entrance into Lightbody was catalyzed by a universal symbol; one which can not be denied; and the writer knows himself to be in the final incarnation. I expect the reader to be challenged by some of this text I have written, and as I will refer to certain sources, and make no claim that I have drawn all of this information through my own Light, but was found in other believers, and other evolutionists, that we all learn together -- and I am invariably guided by the Light of the collective. As I come to see my effect on people, the world, and all that exists in this realm -- I have learned that I can at times be impressive, at other times hopelessly alone. I writhe through solitude. That I have built a life of perfection around one home, and one environment, as evidenced through my own epiginetic process -- I have lived, grown up, evolved, learned, and existed through the same environment for the entirety of my life. This house I know, with my family, books, television, computers, guitars, recording devices, microphones, and music sampling software, to the soaking in knowledge of a hot bath, to the deep meditations I undergo, to the revelations I often receive, I surround myself with beauty and information, and I take great pride in my changeful environment. You have read the text of someone who has a genetic mutation that is new, who perceives himself to have tri-strand, or even higher strand DNA; who has been primed since the age of two with the thought of extraterrestrials; who has lived a life of solitude and occlusion for the most part, away from the world, safe on my island of Mount Desert in Bar Harbor, Maine, able to grow and focus on himself, that by changing the self, one changes the world, and as such, this is how evolution works. As the shift lies with the individual, and I shall cease my addiction to marijuana on the 21st, with only occasional religious usage with friends afterward, to which I shall remain in a clear-headed, sober state for the rest of my life on Earth, and never fall back into the old ambition-shattering use of what is commonly perceived as the best drug that there is, I see that what may happen to me is unknown -- as I may have told myself "when the weed runs out, that's when life gets interesting." So life will get interesting, I will probably meet new people, form better, more high-vibrating relationships, and plan on going back to school to study writing and psychology. I have hated school for most of my life; but now I am truly interested in learning. My family look at me as the scapegoat, very often, and will place a lot of energy on me. As I have made the choice to be an addict for nine years, to which my entire world has revolved around the use of THC -- and I would often steal in order to get high, reaching low into the depths of desperation, become a shoplifter, eventually jailed, hospitalized, and hit rock bottom. I have had times in my life when I woke up in a drunken haze, and found my entire bedroom -- with smashed ukulele -- broken computer -- and debris from the previous night, and I have had some experiences with drugs that have caused me to almost veer away from them completely. I have lost friends in this life due to my drug use, and I have had many failed relationships by putting marijuana first, and people second. I have prayed to the green goddess of mary jane, with deep-lung hits, and cannabinoid receptors repeatedly activated in daily use -- for which I have spent $300 in a single week to support my habit at times . . . with weed broken up and laid out on the table before me, writing poetry about heaven, and writhing through some very grandiose thought-patterns. I have made some of the worst choices, and most awful decisions due to my drug use. I have sold myself to cannabis, devoted my life to the repeated use, and based my entire existence around this self-medicating, abuse of the human soul. Once, I would order valium off the internet -- shipped from India -- about 100 pills for only $30, other times I would order "herbal blends" (known as Spice, or other mixtures with synthetic THC) -- such that I would receive my drugs by mail, and often the drugs I received legally were more powerful than the ones that were attained illegally. The strongest drug I have ever taken was the chemical used in cough medicine, known as dextromethorphan. DXM. My first use of DXM was at the age of eighteen, the first time I ever tried a hallucinogenic drug. It was like a TV switching stations constantly within my mind -- when I shut my eyes, my imagination would soar, just like a TV, from one channel to the next, one profound image, one profound symbol, one profound -- often terrifying set of images -- to the next -- the effect of the drug lasted for two days, and I was horrified by the experience. Needless to say, I have now achieved drug-induced telepathy with hallucinogenics, and I no longer "trip" when I take them. Instead, thought-transferrence always occurs, as a result of my Lightbody.

Marijuana can be safely "vaporized" by heating the substance to the temperature just before burning, producing a non-carcinogenic white haze that is twice as potent as your typical joint. Very few people know about this. There are safe ways to take drugs, and there is such a thing as religious usage. Marijuana can be enhancing, as well as destructive. There is always too much of a good thing, become a bad thing through habit, and as such, we are able to see certain individuals whose occasional, religious use of marijuana is performed safely -- and is not addictive behavior. Just because a drug is perceived as the best, and someone may partake in its use, does not mean they are invariably going to become an addict. Marijuana is the best, most safe drug that there is -- it would seem as though grown to be smoked and enjoyed. Wherever it came from, it is a blessing, but too much of a good thing exists in the life of this writer -- and I have given much of my life away to use of the drug. Such that I am not advocating religious usage, but I do perceive occasional drug use as occasionally necessary for ones growth. Theoretically a patient with psychosis can be cured by use of psilocybin, the chemical agent found in "magic mushrooms." This which is a very natural psychadelic, often invites revelation, but to believe a drug could actually cure someone who is psychotic, is suggestive that there use can be good, for some. The human race, through their misuse of so many things, from information, to concepts of God, to the materials that exist on the Earth -- have been working very hard to achieve many things, with focus lost via the vast plethora of overwhelming choices. The mis-use of drugs, especially found in the sixties, with "mind expansion" suggested in the use of LSD, was a great big step in "almost" the right direction. However, marijuana became greatly criminalized, and its use became perceived as negative; denoting the user to the many labels and stigma that exist -- we are perceived as criminals as a result of smoking a plant that produces a relaxing high. We have criminalized the use of an herb, we have made the very Earth illegal -- and as such, this only makes the problem worse. Portugal has now come to legalize almost all drugs, and their drug-crimes are reduced, already, by 50%. Colorado is moving in the direction for which national legalization may reach us. Presently, the use of cannabis in cancer patients has come to show that hunger is increased, and more confidence in the mind is found -- that marijuana is like a natural medicine is found in the sort of "culture" that now surrounds the drug. People who smoke marijuana are generally more happy than people who do not. As a matter of fact, we pray to a fleeting substance -- whereas alcohol is based on fermentation and will always exist for as long as things rot -- we yield marijuana by planting a seed, and watching it grow until the harvest season. This is obviously the better drug. It would only come to be that through the apparent opposition to hemp-based materials, and paper, propaganda would be released in the film "Reefer Madness" shedding a very dark light over marijuana, and as such, ruining the experience for people who want religious, recreational, and positive, co-creative usage. Personally, I have "used" marijuana to inhibit revelatory states, and I have learned much from my revelations. I see a world where marijuana is legal, and as such, not so cool to smoke now that it has been de-criminalized. I see a world where drugs are harnessed for their beneficial properties, and not just used to "get fucked up." Alcohol is probably the worst invention that exists, and I stand firmly opposed to it -- with fond hopes that a reversion from alcohol, to marijuana, may come with the shift of the New Age.

Now one is about to shift from sobriety, into a marijuana-induced high . . . one moment please . . .

Much better, but this will not last . . .

As I lie back into my thoughts, and soar through rhyme, and the natural lyricality of my mind -- I am ambivolent -- how could I actually quit..? This whole "New Age" thing is a whole crock of shit. And no one really cares. So it goes, many thoughts will come to pass -- the shadow verily seen -- and I am no better, no less, merely equal, through my quest; my shift that was eventual, this which what would be real -- and the future, entirely unknown. I do not really know what will happen.

I look upon the pipe and I sigh. I do not know what to think. I am so . . . no . . . I don't know . . . I am unsure . . . utterly unsure . . .

I do not know what will happen to me once I stop being an addict.

I have cast myself into wonder upon the concept of tomorrow; as I never think about tomorrow; I absolutely never think about what will happen, I merely flow, I merely act, animate, and exist. For whatever reason I am pure, and I adhere to my uniqueness. I am one cell amid the plethora of cells, and my drug-use, theft, life of crime, despair, and desperation -- is only humbling that it all occured after I was intervened with, these desperate acts were committed with full knowledge that God exists, and is watching over me. Take that, motherfucker. So it goes, I would torture myself, and writhe through hate and suicidality -- a profound sense of occlusion; believing myself damned; and so it would prevail; I would damn myself; and nothing is worse than two months of being hospitalized amid the very act of trying to change ones life. Never share your beliefs without knowing that it may cause others to look at you in a certain way. Be careful in your movements, and know that God is real. The writer is no more Godly than the reader, and pretentious the thought may seem; we are essentially one and the same. My thoughts, yours, to which universal genius is a realizant factor -- for which we know we are only recycling through what already exists -- and truly -- how many modern inventors exist in our present-day society..? It would seem that most great inventions, however Akashic Computer, or Psycho-Imaginarium, can be imagined, we are living in a time where it would seem most things have already been done. Often, the individual loses hope in their ability to reach a special place in the eyes of the Source. Often, it may seem that the entire world is against you. So it goes, this which shall come to pass -- and this too shall pass -- you once said to me -- and I now relay back to you . . . as I have been to the depths of hate and despair, and I have survived death, three times. As I am still alive, and willing to make the better choice toward my own evolution and that which is necessary for humankind; my family, friends, and all that exists in this reality -- going back to school, continuing to learn, seeking a degree in a certain speciality, and devoting myself to the consensus machine, because I realize that may only create a future that in which I am found, God knows, in my mid-thirties, with a profession, and a steady flow of income.

We are alive within the perceived hologram; could imagine that we are in the holocell now; and we may shift environment; shift inhibitors; shift from one space to the next; a purpose for each room within the structure; the space which is an extension of the mind, the objects which are all in essence mere thoughts; -- we control this environment; -- we control our thoughts; --we control our evolution. So here we find the choice-point; how far do we wish to peer into the future..?

We reside in a stasis of not-knowing, that only by a possession of a certain ignorance regarding the most distant future -- knowing that end-result which is the return to the Source, we lie in-between, and find that life is more magical when we reside in the present tense. The future can be imagined, it will be imagined, but it is not set in stone. The concept of predestiny versus Free Will is a conondrum in that we chose to incarnate here, but very often little do we realize it. So it may strike the heart as profound we made a soul-choice to experience all that we have been through -- that there is only Free Will in this realm -- there was never any real limitation or duality; such was only a fabrication invented by the mind. We have set limits for ourselves, countlessly, through history, and performed self-limitation many times. Eventually we would send a rocket to the moon. Eventually we would elect a black president. Eventually we would legalize marijuana, and yet, we are still highly limited creatures. We realize our control over reality is only evident in our ability to express our Free Will -- and if we feel that we do not have Free Will, we must be under the throes of self-deception and a belief in victimization; -- the trauma of the past is too much for some to endure as a result of their own Free Will -- and the writer of this text, as through intervention, and extraterrestrial communion, has always questioned whether any of this was predecided. One does not know for sure; as we perceive the use of Free Will by one being in order to reduce the Free Will in another, is simply evidence of the truth of this reality. This is the Free Will universe, we are the fuel, and we are learned from by many of the existing races. Many are lined up for their chance to exist within a human body, and many desire the life of the indigo. We are allegedly one of the most infamous planets in the universe, and the multiverse, and many bright and unique souls have come from various places to experience human incarnation. We all chose to be here, we all chose our experiences, and the present moment -- this moment -- this living moment -- is a living matter that is always gravitating new experiences through the stasis of our present beliefs. Our belief-patterns revolving around the future will create the future manifest, and we always have Free Will, and we are always constructing the masterpiece of the future, and we are already there as we observe the ticking second-hand of the clock, the very movement of the clouds, and the wind blowing through the trees. We see time is alive; nothing is static; but everything is animate, and moves through its own machinetic grace. We see that the environment is alive, that it is entangled with thought, and we always have Free Will -- to control the environs. So we step into the field, we go from one environ to the next, we inhibit ourselves with certain information, we guide ourselves through the inner Light. We are enamored with the power of our own imaginative capacities, and we illumine the path before us through the world of expectation. We are defined by our expectations. We are defined by the things we expect to receive from life and reality, and whatever deducements, beliefs, thoughts, or ideas come result through our experience shall prove us as existentialists, as mystics, as believers, and dreamers of the future -- we see ourselves within the most desirable field, the most perfect environment for our growth to flourish.

The Cosmic Christ

Here we perceive the self-contained vehicle of Divine Light that is the Cosmic Christ.

One is in union with the rhythm of the universe. One is in full contact with the primordial rhythm, and flows through a natural accord of synchronistic means. We find this person to be our own self eventually, for which the individual is fully furnished with the full arsenal of technology that shall come to pass with our endurance in the fifth octave; -- the highest levels of Lightbody. We shall employ such things as the Holocell, Akashic Computer, and Imaginarium, to other such devices. Once enlightenment has carried us to these levels, we are realizing the Christ Self -- the natural, honest, and co-evolving patterns that work toward a symbiotic relationship with all living matter that surrounds our living sphere -- we are wholly enhanced, adepts in our reality-floes, and learned as aware of the envirothoughts that come to us through time. We are to be in all the right places, doing what we are desirous of experiencing; whenever, wherever we want -- all in the final realization of that life-changing first experience with re-location. This may be possible with those in the highest levels of Lightbody, that we are able to teleport upon our own Free Will and ability to imagine our way from point A to point B. Folding the time-space continuum, perhaps through Light convergence, and as such, teleconnected; removing all need for physical transportation. These Christed ones are nye to be seen, as they are with us in the millions of whom are in Lightbody -- eventing toward the only realizable conclusive element of the final life, that is the Christed self. So we see the great artists, songwriters, and genius minds that shine so brightly in our world now -- as this would truly seem to be a very worthwhile time to be incarnated on the Earth; and it would seem that the whole concept of “one life” believed in by many, now rings true in accord with the realization of our Christed embodiment. We are living that final life; we can reverse the aging process if we so choose; our perfect avatar self is realizeable; and we are going to take our Lightbody with us. Teleconnection is the eventual supercommunative, and evolved transportation, and symbiosis, linkage of Universal Mind -- to which we are driven in service to the machinations of evolution of time, and know that our Christed self can be activated, just as our DNA has been activated.

Chapter Thirty One: The Holocell

Here is an imagined technology of the future, for which a subject is found within a sphere-shaped space, hovering in the centre through an antrigravitation field, and the surrounding walls project the holographic imagery of the desired environment. We may find ourselves in a beautiful flowing landscape, to the surface of Mars, to a personally-experienced delving into various times in Earths past through the Akashic Computer which is wired into the holocell.

As the holocell is in itself a sort of hologram encasement for which any environment can be inhibited upon the subject, much like the drug Detura, these seemingly hallucinations are tangible, can be felt, and as such, seem entirely real. We are able to move, it would seem, through the environs that are supra-physical, not real, but feel entirely real, that within this space we may bring guests and share the experience in a group setting is nothing short of divine. Many subjects will find themselves perhaps on top of a beautiful mountaintop, on a starry night, in group meditation, only to shift into the next environment, perhaps the rocky surface of the moon. The environment is continually shifted from one place to the next, and so within this envirosphere, the holocell, we are able to program ourselves with various influential environmental inhibitors. We can see, feel, experience, anything we want, and especially in the group setting when many minds work together toward a common goal of the most desirable environment, it is to be found that in this space we are telekinetic, and possess full control over the environs. Manning the switchboard, we are able to punch in any date within Earths past, personally experience the history perhaps, of the signing of the declaration of independence, or Martin Luther King’s “I have a dream” speech, to various locales within human history. In this, we are found observer -- that history is not affected by our peering into it, as we are in Lightbody, a higher vibration that can not be seen or experienced by the subjects in that specific timeline. We are able to view the past without affecting it through the holocell, as the Akashic Computer is universal -- the past is the past -- verily, it can be re-written, this we know, and so we delve into the past such as to learn more about it so as to never repeat certain things, resulting in cyclic redundancy. We must be endeavoring toward the new, so it goes, within the holocell as governed dually by the mechanism of the psycho-imaginarium, we can find ourselves within any landscape or environment that the mind projects, that the holographic depiction surrounding us is the most desirable space, whatever it may be, we see the perfect environment, we see ourselves within this field of iridescence, we may be found in a hovering cell -- a rainbow-colored sphere, or perhaps the double-tetrahedron. We are able to imagine any space around ourselves, and thus inhibit ourselves directly through the imaginative processes involved. As the environment is directly constructed by the imagination, and we find ourselves within the most desirable locale, past, future, or present, we are to be found as able to program ourselves with certain knowledge, certain information, that certain classes are taught in the recess of the holocell, and the teacher employs the imagination in order to educate the subjects. As the imagination is directly projected onto the holographic walls of the curved space, the panoramic screen, we are committed to the environment of the instructor, shown certain things, and learned of new information. Teaching will increase tenfold whence we are in the recess of harnessing the holocell, and I believe that the imagination projected directly onto the screen as such, through the imaginarium, the Akashic Computer, and all technologies of the perceived New Age -- we are able to teach in a way that is most direct -- through the imagination alone. So it goes, whence we are found in the desired space, we may learn certain things of astronomy, our relationship to the unisphere, or where our most desirable future may take us. As we all have the capacity to act as guide, and instruct the many viewing eyes, we all have some divine imagery waiting within us for which the holocell may express. This is technology of the future, what has been imagined by many science fiction films, but is a concept for which education I truly believe will come to advance like never before. I believe that through the mind projected directly onto the holographic walls producing the desired environment, we are to be found as able to teach ourselves information, through our own inner Akashic encodements, we are able to view past-lives, and experience them wholly, physically, bodily, in our higher-vibrating Lightbody -- such that we are invisible to the characters in the scene, the past is not affected by our observation, as we exist at a higher vibration, and the holocell is merely a projection of the Universal Mind, and the Akasha. Anyone can view the past and experience it directly through the holocell. We learn from the past directly, just as we may learn from the present, and view the going-ons of entirely different star-systems.

As we come to find ourselves fueled by the power to observe and learn through the holocell, and all new knowledge afforded through the power of this divine technology, it is perceived this device is already existing with many races, and as such, so is the Akashic Computer. Just as the time traveler has his time machine already constructed in the future -- “if we can imagine it; it must exist” -- so it goes, the holocell is likely a device that the human race will harness in time to come. The self-manifested, self-constructed universe of ones own, the self-created environment, the most desirable space for which our re-programming is found, we are capable of seeing anything we want, feeling anything we want, knowing anything we want . . . we can find ourselves traveling into any conceivable environ -- we shift from one environment to the next -- it is a joy to find ourselves wherever we want to be -- and we may exit the holocell at any time, to re-convene with our fellow ascendees, and share what we have learned. As the psycho-imaginarium is based upon the same principle, and the mind is hooked up to a computer for which the imagination is projected onto a screen -- we see, and the evidence shall manifest, that teaching and education as found through this medium is infinite -- the most direct forms of expression, the most powerfully manifest products of the creative mind. We all have an imagination; we are all capable of beautiful imagery, and grand sights and sounds. I perceive that as in relationship to the properties of Detura, that our senses are also available within the holocell -- we can see, touch, hear, smell, and taste, everything that is given to us through the recess of the holocell . . . that we are able to directly experience anything we want will come manifest -- and for as long as matter is infinite, we are able to witness probable futures through the mechanism of the Akashic Computer, and personally experience what the future will be like.

So it will seem that education is enhanced by the holocell, psycho-imaginarium, and Akashic Computer. These which are technologies that theoretically already exist with many races is simply produced by the thought, as suggested, “if it can be imagined, it must exist somewhere.” The infinitude of the imagination coupled with the concept of the Free Will universe, would suggest that anything is possible in this changeful reality, and these technologies very likely do exist with such races as the Pleiadians, and Zeta Reticuli, and others. The technology is being actively used, one imagines, that we are being viewed on the Akashic Computer, as suggested, and our file exists in the mainframe database of all human existence. Those in which we perceive our our original Founders, are now ascended masters, for which the technology exists with the ascended masters -- as able to view anywhere in the continuum via the infinitude of the fifth-dimensional Lightbody, and as such, intervene into certain peoples lives; once all probable futures point in the same direction of discord or loss of control, we find that the angelworkers will “step through the screen” -- alter the course of history by way of intervention, that it would come to be found that integration into certain peoples realities, once the probable future has been viewed, causes the viewer and the viewed to become One, and so we perceive the hallway of mirrors, with one planted in the center in a infinite stream of possibilities. There is one future which possesses the greatest value to the race, and the most longevity of life, for which the final incarnation is realized, and that is the future to which we are being propelled towards, in all moments of every second of every day.

We are alive within the perceived hologram; could imagine that we are in the holocell now; and we may shift environment; shift inhibitors; shift from one space to the next; a purpose for each room within the structure; the space which is an extension of the mind, the objects which are all in essence mere thoughts; -- we control this environment; -- we control our thoughts; --we control our evolution. So here we find the choice-point; how far do we wish to peer into the future..? We reside in a stasis of not-knowing, that only by a possession of a certain ignorance regarding the most distant future -- knowing that end-result which is the return to the Source, we lie in-between, and find that life is more magical when we reside in the present tense. The future can be imagined, it will be imagined, but it is not set in stone. The concept of predestiny versus Free Will is a conondrum in that we chose to incarnate here, but very often little do we realize it. Often it may seem that our Free Will to exist at all has been the production of other minds -- our parents -- our family -- the pro-creation of the race -- and yet, we theoretically chose all of this, and all that we experience is essentially at the hands of our own Free Will. So it may strike the heart as profound we made a soul-choice to experience all that we have been through -- that there is only Free Will in this realm -- there was never any real limitation or duality; such was only a fabrication invented by the mind. We have set limits for ourselves, countlessly, through history, and performed self-limitation many times. Eventually we would send a rocket to the moon. Eventually we would elect a black president. Eventually we would legalize marijuana, and yet, we are still highly limited creatures. We realize our control over reality is only evident in our ability to express our Free Will -- and if we feel that we do not have Free Will, we must be under the throes of self-deception and a belief in victimization; -- the trauma of the past is too much for some to endure as a result of their own Free Will -- and the writer of this text, as through intervention, and extraterrestrial communion, has always questioned whether any of this was predecided. One does not know for sure; as we perceive the use of Free Will by one being in order to reduce the Free Will in another, is simply evidence of the truth of this reality. This is the Free Will universe, we are the fuel, and we are learned from by many of the existing races. Many are lined up for their chance to exist within a human body, and many desire the life of the indigo. We are allegedly one of the most infamous planets in the universe, and the multiverse, and many bright and unique souls have come from various places to experience human incarnation. We all chose to be here, we all chose our experiences, and the present moment -- this moment -- this living moment -- is a living matter that is always gravitating new experiences through the stasis of our present beliefs. Our belief-patterns revolving around the future will create the future manifest, and we always have Free Will, and we are always constructing the masterpiece of the future, and we are already there as we observe the ticking second-hand of the clock, the very movement of the clouds, and the wind blowing through the trees. We see time is alive; nothing is static; but everything is animate, and moves through its own machinetic grace. We see that the environment is alive, that it is entangled with thought, and we always have Free Will -- to control the environs. So we step into the field, we go from one environ to the next, we inhibit ourselves with certain information, we guide ourselves through the inner Light. We are enamored with the power of our own imaginative capacities, and we illumine the path before us through the world of expectation. We are defined by our expectations. We are defined by the things we expect to receive from life and reality, and whatever deducements, beliefs, thoughts, or ideas come result through our experience shall prove us as existentialists, as mystics, as believers, and dreamers of the future -- we see ourselves within the most desirable field, the most perfect environment for our growth to flourish.

There is a place on this Earth where we truly belong. A perfect environment that is most beneficial to our soul-growth and self-evolution. This location is to be found, through our ability to produce the greatest environment, and it will be used for our learning and advancement. There are many parts of the Earth which are focused on Earth-based, and spiritual energy; there are many places on the Earth that are in great support of human evolution. In America, the “promise land” -- the greatest, most powerful country on Earth, to which I am a citizen, and have lived through the darkness of the Bush regime, and now take great pride in our black president. And I see that as this power we possess has come to shape the world, that we are the most powerful country on Earth, and the Earth is a very important part of the universe -- and multiverse -- that this power we possess as the most powerful country, in the universe, will perhaps suggest that in the days of cosmic integration, and the communique with other races -- however Mexico seems to be targeted as the place where the landings will occur, this is not far from America, and I perceive we will find the future realized as a place where our country is become the vehicle for which global peace, and planetary advocacy is found. America is the grounds for which most people find the greatest expressions of their Free Will, because we are simply the greatest, most powerful country on Earth.

As we are endeavoring to construct the final, most powerful space for evolution to occur -- finding our sacred space as our own sort of holocell, that the decor, feng shui, and arrangement of organizational elements will find a symmetry for which our creativity is enhanced -- here we think the most high-charged thoughts, endeavor into the deepest meditations and alpha programming, and writhe within the containing space -- music is played, books are read, art-work is produced, thoughts are written and constructed, the walls are decorated of ones own art-work, the bookcases full of ones favorite films and music, the music which is perhaps some of from the indie scene like Fredrik, Mirah, Beach House, Bon Iver, Cat Power, or Bat For Lashes -- we see many stellar souls constructing beautiful environments with their thoughts -- and we can learn from these stellar souls. Through the inhibition of information and beauty, surrounding ones self with the things we perceive as the greatest elements toward our final reality -- our self-perfected place of thought and genius thinking, it will come to pass that through “creative meditation” and all attractor-forces of thought realizing the future as the place we consciously construct, we are in the field of our own making, the self-contained uni-verse of beauty and information. Here we learn, here we grow, here we accellerate through thought and belief toward the highest-vibrating thought-patterns, and inner undulations. The frequency of the waveform of our thoughts will flow as informational Light through the given space, travel into our minds, and then back to us, infinitely interpolated into the Universal Mind, the Source Field, the Akasha, and All That Is -- our file seen on the computer, our most beneficial and evolutionary future probable, our most divine and high-charged thoughts seen whence found in the recess of the self-created universe. Just as whence we are fully ascended Lightbodies, we are able to construct our own universe, of our own rules, and our own declarations -- so let the present space be primer for what lies ahead; let the decor and feng shui work toward a common symmetry, and let the animation within the cell be organization as found able to move objects, change the decor, and consciously construct that which is an extension of the mind. The philosophy of furniture, we shall see, is that objects are placed in such a way that is geared toward the collective flow of the feng shui of the room -- we may be constantly re-organizing this space, that we know the inhibitors affect us, and by controlling the objects (which are extensions of our thoughts) reality is controlled, and find that this control is now productive of the most creative, and beneficial thought-patterns . . .

In our creative meditations, from perhaps streaming-consciousness automatic writing, to the channeled text of the higher self -- we may activate our guide -- we may see that we are able to teach ourselves through the master that lies within, and find this environment, this mind, this skull, this brain, this thought, this synaptic connection, this primordial spark, this illuminatory glow within the mind that radiates through all matter within the given space -- is alive -- is attracting -- and all is gravitated toward the centre which is our own Source Field -- and the mind which is imagined as the center, will, through the nature gravitational force of thought, create new relationships, experiences, and insight. We ever-learn, and the space is always changing. One day will pass, that the next is entirely unique unto itself, whatever day within the continuum it may be -- and it shall seem that the present day is all we really have. Tomorrow can be imagined; we may plan it out, but nothing is set in stone. The future can always be changed, and we are always capable of veering into a new direction, when we see greater possibilities will come manifest through the choice. Realizing certain choice-points in our evolution will find that we either create a heaven or hell out of this reality, and as the karma system of the final incarnation becomes active, so it will seem the present choices we make -- through this which is the final body -- are choices that will, we realize, alter the course of our future, and carry us into certain experiences and relationships that are entirely amazing, beautiful, and aggrandized through their own magicality. We hope to meet the greatest individuals, learn from the highest teachers, and associate with the deepest minds. We hope to find peace where only darkness has reigned over us, via ignorance, before, and we believe in the beauty of the future -- and we know that we are creators of the future, writhing through proactive animation.

So we perceive the concept of the holocell, and relate it to the sacred space as a room for our evolutionary process. We may be surrounded by certain media, and inhibit ourselves with certain ideas and thoughts. We are awareized to our control over the given space as entangled with thought, and we perceive our stance within this space as directly in control -- we know that the environment is alive -- we accept that we are moving into the future, that our growth, the environment, the Earth, the universe, the aggregate of the multiverse, is only endless. So we perceive our place, God knows, through the Light of our DNA as found within the recess of the New Age -- we perceive our evolution -- we perceive our growth is real . . . and we know that the world is changing all around us. We realize we are creators, true, but moreso than ever before. We are to writhe through our creative meditations, and we know that our thoughts are like electricity that flow within us through the riverlight of the imagination -- ever-interpolated into the datasphere of knowledge, ever-interpolated into the Akashic Records. We are there; our file seen; our reality witnessed -- we are there, within the holocell, in this very moment; that the third dimension is only a hologram we lovingly realize, and so we begin to event our way through the hallway of mirrors, and we see the apex, the very pinnacle of all realization -- the conclusion of all human thought -- and we know this is ours for the taking -- the conclusion thus realized we come to the awareness of the final environment, the now, the living moment, and here, we event our way through the deepest most profound of cogitations.

Chapter Thirty One: Predestiny and Free Will

“How many times have you been through lifetimes on Earth?”
“Eighty-six.”
“Eighty-six.?”
“Yes.”
“Do you remember them all?”
“I will, when it is important for me to remember them.”

- Catherine and and Brian Weiss, Many Lives, Many Masters.


Are we here on Earth through Free Will, a predestiny of choice that preceded incarnation, that decided we would incarnate at this midnight hour in human existence..? The New Age..? Did we choose to end up wherever we are now..? It would seem apparent that choice was always involved, no matter to whom we may have been sharing our energy with throughout this given life. We always had Free Will to which we could see the road ahead of us was essentially at our own choosing, and if we felt victimized, or damned by a future seemingly the manufactura of a third-party, it shall seem that the lack of choice was only an illusion for which was essentially, simply enough, created through our own Free Will of self-limitation. The duality of the double helix, two hemispheres of the brain, to genders, as such, manufactured in such a way as to most remove our Free Will, we always had the primordial choice of wearing this physical body, in the third dimension, in the New Age.

Chapter Thirty One: The Judgement

“And in that day hell shall enlarge herself,
And open her mouth without measure:
And the glory, the pride and the pomp of the wicked
Shall descend into it.
And the mean man shall be brought down
And the might man shall be humbled,
As the fire devoureth the stubble,
And the flame consumeth the chaff;
So their root shall be as rottenness,
And their blossom shall go up as dust,
Because they have cast away
The Holy Law of the Heavenly Order.”

-- The Essene Gospel of Peace, Prophecies.

The world at present, however found within the recess of the New Age, and all beauteous Light come from the realization of the prophecy -- there are some in this world who are in no desire toward the collective, but work solely for their own selfish gain. As we are in Lightbody serving the master that lies within, there is a point of stasis wherein our existence only betters mankind through our own personal focus -- but in the world of the power-hungry, their selfishness is only toward their own personal wealth, and sway over other men.

So the concept of the reckoner is born, that super hero who personally takes it upon himself to right the perceived darkness of this world. As the concept of a super-hero is something our society favors, it may come to pass that the enlightened soul, who peers through rose-colored glasses, and sees the meaning and beauty in all things -- will perceive, expose, and reveal the inner truth of that mal-affective soul, and reveal, openly, their true desires. We shall see this come to pass through telepathy; as I have been reckoned with in my own right, no one walks the path of spirit alone -- but however occluded, we are awareized in the minds of the humble observer. God is aware of us, and God would have us know that we are never truly alone.

Upon the realization of ones humility, one may realize that ones ways have been mal-inclined, and start to “shift” into a new Light.

Whatever vices, addictions, and personal issues will be resolved through the final incarnation.

One realizes the shift lies in the individual -- that we realize the world would never change if it weren’t for one person to stand up to the rest. It only takes one person to change the world, and there is no requirement over who this person might be.

To express judgment only brings judgement upon ones self.

So it goes, whence we are found as reckoner, we must expect judgment in our own right.

Through occlusion, one separating ones self from the collective, and perceiving ones self as uniquely better than the rest -- I was once this person, and I was desperate, and I was suicidal, and my path was darkly-illumined. I was self-destructive, and destructive toward all those to whom I knew -- and then intervention would find me -- I would be forever changed. Now one perceives that God exists in the human body as the angelworker, one to whom power is seemingly endless, and lies forever beyond my own. I calmly accept that I will never be found as any better; but remain infinitely humbled, and I humbly accept that my reckoning upon others will only bring judgment upon myself.

One seeks to be fully awareized to the presence of the human God.

Through the concept of angelworkers, we are in the recess for which God exists in the human body -- as reckoner -- shape-shifter, and a standalone army of One. The reckoners are real, they exist, and I am humbly aware of them through my own experience -- that whence my thoughts were read by the angelworkers, and I was reduced -- humiliated to realize that I would once enlighten my fellow man through telepathy, in a somewhat forced expression of ontological expression, it would come to pass that I find myself within the recess of telepathy as shared with the angelworkers. There was one man present the night of my one and only LSD trip, for which drug-induced telepathy occurred; his name was Steven, I am not aware of who, where, or how, he ever came to be at the party that night -- but I believe I somewhat terrified him with my expressions. As a result of enlightening the subject opposed to their Free Will, I would be enlightened in my own right, through the experience with the angelworkers. No one believes me except for a select few people, that we are unable to accept telepathy with strangers would occur -- that we are unable to deduce the scientific logic of such an event, causing us to look away, and kindly repress the knowledge -- just as I have been primed, and intervened within in my infancy with the recurring abduction dream, it would seem that intervention from God has always been a somewhat haunting factor in my life. The concept of being “chosen” is awareized, but I perceive the choice must have been random; as this is the Free Will universe, and reality which is goal-oriented, acts through a patternless flow in spite of the ever-logical result. So I realize that my life has been tested, I have been humiliated, judged, and reckoned with as a result of my own expressions of power, and I am enamored, wholly enamored with a deep sense of pride and lasting fortitude to believe that God truly cares about me . . .

Ones quest for suicide is absolved through divine intervention. Knowing that God is aware of us, through whatever expressed forms, whatever person, angel, angelworker, or individual -- we are guided into the belief of being awareized in the mind of God -- that our file exists boldly on the mainframe of the computer, and the operating system -- the continuum -- only infinitely realizes that place -- that future -- for which our reckoning of others shall come to pass; that we become judge in our own right; ever-expecting judgment upon ourselves through the knowledge of the ancient truth “judge not lest ye be judged” -- we see that by judging others we only wish judgment upon ourselves. For some, this is willingly desired. I am one such person.

Acting as judge over others, expressions of critique and skepticism over anothers expression of Free Will -- the interpolation of our energy into that of another, the ontological impression left behind once we have affected the subject -- we are inviting such things to occur in our own lives. Through the exchange of energy between individuals, and what capacity we possess to act as super-hero, or reckoner, knowing that this only heightens our own cosmic design within the mind of God -- we are inviting the final incarnation to be that of a life for which we are producing the greatest, most profound experiences; that we shall experience other ascended masters is going to be fully experienced; that we realize there are others who are far more powerful than we are, and as such, we see the many gradations of power, and the hierarchy of existence, that the ladder thus climbed only ascends into the most divine heights -- and as we see the expressions of power in some individuals -- we are invited to express our own. We are inspired by one anothers acts of individuality, and reckoning toward the mal-affective soul. We take pride in our judgments, and we humbly will it upon ourselves that we too are judged. We accept this path is the final life; that the karma system is active, and every thought, every action, every moment is what will be carried with us through the infinitude of the fifth dimension. So it goes, we evolve through our expressions and experiences for which we humbly accept that our life will be judged, once found in the recess of other ascended masters, the building of a Light-based community, planetary advocacy groups, and others which are based upon a symbiotic relationship with the Earth, that naturally ties into human evolution. As we are to be operating through universal principle, knowing verily that our genius thoughts are all once cogitated by many an ascended master before us -- that energy is simply re-worked, nothing is really new (laugher resounds) -- and we are simply recycling matter, and what already exists. As the future is not set in stone, but in a sense one way or the other “probably” realized, to some future we may imagine -- our Free Will as extended into the future, we see ourselves, there in the form of the perfect avatar self, and here we know that any judgment come our way will be meaningless in light of the true universality of our soul. We are working for the collective, in every sense of the word, and we are self-sacrificing mystics on a road for which we are to be found unique cellular constructs of matter that is organized into the final life, that life lived within the New Age -- we know that this is the end of our great journey when we are telepathically transferring thought with the angelworker. Very many are mostly afraid to talk about these “supernatural, paranormal, spooky” occurrences, but they are no phenomena as the hologram persists in connecting all matter that is born from the same Source. We are connected, thought will travel through its own natural accord through the life-force that it possesses, and I know from experience that direct non-local thought-transferrence is something that will happen under certain circumstances, with that resounding phrase “but it did happen.”